Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Stackable Switches
Configuration Guide
Firmware Version 4.1.xx
P/N 9034133-13
Notice
EnterasysNetworksreservestherighttomakechangesinspecificationsandotherinformationcontainedinthisdocumentand itswebsitewithoutpriornotice.ThereadershouldinallcasesconsultEnterasysNetworkstodeterminewhetheranysuch changeshavebeenmade. Thehardware,firmware,orsoftwaredescribedinthisdocumentissubjecttochangewithoutnotice. INNOEVENTSHALLENTERASYSNETWORKSBELIABLEFORANYINCIDENTAL,INDIRECT,SPECIAL,OR CONSEQUENTIALDAMAGESWHATSOEVER(INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOLOSTPROFITS)ARISINGOUTOF ORRELATEDTOTHISDOCUMENT,WEBSITE,ORTHEINFORMATIONCONTAINEDINTHEM,EVENIFENTERASYS NETWORKSHASBEENADVISEDOF,KNEWOF,ORSHOULDHAVEKNOWNOF,THEPOSSIBILITYOFSUCH DAMAGES. EnterasysNetworks,Inc. 50MinutemanRoad Andover,MA01810 2008 Enterasys Networks, Inc. All rights reserved. PartNumber: 903413313 February 2008 ENTERASYS,ENTERASYSNETWORKS,ENTERASYSNETSIGHT,WEBVIEW,andany logosassociatedtherewith,aretrademarksorregisteredtrademarksofEnterasysNetworks,Inc.intheUnitedStatesandother countries. Allotherproductnamesmentionedinthismanualmaybetrademarksorregisteredtrademarksoftheirrespectivecompanies. DocumentationURL:http://www.enterasys.com/support/manuals DocumentacionURL:http://www.enterasys.com/support/manuals DokumentationimInternet:http://www.enterasys.com/support/manuals
Version:
ii
Moldova,Mongolia,NorthKorea,thePeoplesRepublicofChina,Russia,Tajikistan,Turkmenistan,Ukraine,Uzbekistan, Vietnam,orsuchothercountriesasmaybedesignatedbytheUnitedStatesGovernment),(ii)exporttoCountryGroupsD:1or E:2(asdefinedherein)thedirectproductoftheProgramorthetechnology,ifsuchforeignproduceddirectproductissubjectto nationalsecuritycontrolsasidentifiedontheU.S.CommerceControlList,or(iii)ifthedirectproductofthetechnologyisa completeplantoranymajorcomponentofaplant,exporttoCountryGroupsD:1orE:2thedirectproductoftheplantora majorcomponentthereof,ifsuchforeignproduceddirectproductissubjecttonationalsecuritycontrolsasidentifiedonthe U.S.CommerceControlListorissubjecttoStateDepartmentcontrolsundertheU.S.MunitionsList. 5. UNITEDSTATESGOVERNMENTRESTRICTEDRIGHTS. TheenclosedProgram(i)wasdevelopedsolelyatprivate expense;(ii)containsrestrictedcomputersoftwaresubmittedwithrestrictedrightsinaccordancewithsection52.22719(a) through(d)oftheCommercialComputerSoftwareRestrictedRightsClauseanditssuccessors,and(iii)inallrespectsis proprietarydatabelongingtoEnterasysand/oritssuppliers.ForDepartmentofDefenseunits,theProgramisconsidered commercialcomputersoftwareinaccordancewithDFARSsection227.72023anditssuccessors,anduse,duplication,or disclosurebytheU.S.Governmentissubjecttorestrictionssetforthherein. 6. DISCLAIMEROFWARRANTY. EXCEPTFORTHOSEWARRANTIESEXPRESSLYPROVIDEDTOYOUINWRITING BYENTERASYS,ENTERASYSDISCLAIMSALLWARRANTIES,EITHEREXPRESSORIMPLIED,INCLUDINGBUTNOT LIMITEDTOIMPLIEDWARRANTIESOFMERCHANTABILITY,SATISFACTORYQUALITY,FITNESSFORAPARTICULAR PURPOSE,TITLEANDNONINFRINGEMENTWITHRESPECTTOTHEPROGRAM.IFIMPLIEDWARRANTIESMAYNOT BEDISCLAIMEDBYAPPLICABLELAW,THENANYIMPLIEDWARRANTIESARELIMITEDINDURATIONTOTHIRTY (30)DAYSAFTERDELIVERYOFTHEPROGRAMTOYOU. 7. LIMITATIONOFLIABILITY. INNOEVENTSHALLENTERASYSORITSSUPPLIERSBELIABLEFORANY DAMAGESWHATSOEVER(INCLUDING,WITHOUTLIMITATION,DAMAGESFORLOSSOFBUSINESS,PROFITS, BUSINESSINTERRUPTION,LOSSOFBUSINESSINFORMATION,SPECIAL,INCIDENTAL,CONSEQUENTIAL,OR RELIANCEDAMAGES,OROTHERLOSS)ARISINGOUTOFTHEUSEORINABILITYTOUSETHEPROGRAM,EVENIF ENTERASYSHASBEENADVISEDOFTHEPOSSIBILITYOFSUCHDAMAGES.THISFOREGOINGLIMITATIONSHALL APPLYREGARDLESSOFTHECAUSEOFACTIONUNDERWHICHDAMAGESARESOUGHT. THECUMULATIVELIABILITYOFENTERASYSTOYOUFORALLCLAIMSRELATINGTOTHEPROGRAM,IN CONTRACT,TORTOROTHERWISE,SHALLNOTEXCEEDTHETOTALAMOUNTOFFEESPAIDTOENTERASYSBY YOUFORTHERIGHTSGRANTEDHEREIN. 8. AUDITRIGHTS. YouherebyacknowledgethattheintellectualpropertyrightsassociatedwiththeProgramareofcritical valuetoEnterasys,and,accordingly,Youherebyagreetomaintaincompletebooks,recordsandaccountsshowing(i)license feesdueandpaid,and(ii)theuse,copyinganddeploymentoftheProgram.YoualsogranttoEnterasysanditsauthorized representatives,uponreasonablenotice,therighttoauditandexamineduringYournormalbusinesshours,Yourbooks,records, accountsandhardwaredevicesuponwhichtheProgrammaybedeployedtoverifycompliancewiththisAgreement,including theverificationofthelicensefeesdueandpaidEnterasysandtheuse,copyinganddeploymentoftheProgram.Enterasysright ofexaminationshallbeexercisedreasonably,ingoodfaithandinamannercalculatedtonotunreasonablyinterferewithYour business.IntheeventsuchauditdiscoversnoncompliancewiththisAgreement,includingcopiesoftheProgrammade,used ordeployedinbreachofthisAgreement,YoushallpromptlypaytoEnterasystheappropriatelicensefees.Enterasysreserves theright,tobeexercisedinitssolediscretionandwithoutpriornotice,toterminatethislicense,effectiveimmediately,forfailure tocomplywiththisAgreement.Uponanysuchtermination,YoushallimmediatelyceasealluseoftheProgramandshallreturn toEnterasystheProgramandallcopiesoftheProgram. 9. OWNERSHIP. Thisisalicenseagreementandnotanagreementforsale.YouacknowledgeandagreethattheProgram constitutestradesecretsand/orcopyrightedmaterialofEnterasysand/oritssuppliers.Youagreetoimplementreasonable securitymeasurestoprotectsuchtradesecretsandcopyrightedmaterial.Allright,titleandinterestinandtotheProgramshall remainwithEnterasysand/oritssuppliers.AllrightsnotspecificallygrantedtoYoushallbereservedtoEnterasys. 10. ENFORCEMENT. YouacknowledgeandagreethatanybreachofSections2,4,or9ofthisAgreementbyYoumaycause Enterasysirreparabledamageforwhichrecoveryofmoneydamageswouldbeinadequate,andthatEnterasysmaybeentitled toseektimelyinjunctiverelieftoprotectEnterasysrightsunderthisAgreementinadditiontoanyandallremediesavailableat law. 11. ASSIGNMENT. Youmaynotassign,transferorsublicensethisAgreementoranyofYourrightsorobligationsunderthis Agreement,exceptthatYoumayassignthisAgreementtoanypersonorentitywhichacquiressubstantiallyallofYourstock assets.EnterasysmayassignthisAgreementinitssolediscretion.ThisAgreementshallbebindinguponandinuretothebenefit oftheparties,theirlegalrepresentatives,permittedtransferees,successorsandassignsaspermittedbythisAgreement.Any attemptedassignment,transferorsublicenseinviolationofthetermsofthisAgreementshallbevoidandabreachofthis Agreement. 12. WAIVER. AwaiverbyEnterasysofabreachofanyofthetermsandconditionsofthisAgreementmustbeinwritingand willnotbeconstruedasawaiverofanysubsequentbreachofsuchtermorcondition.Enterasysfailuretoenforceatermupon YourbreachofsuchtermshallnotbeconstruedasawaiverofYourbreachorpreventenforcementonanyotheroccasion.
iii
13. SEVERABILITY. IntheeventanyprovisionofthisAgreementisfoundtobeinvalid,illegalorunenforceable,thevalidity, legalityandenforceabilityofanyoftheremainingprovisionsshallnotinanywaybeaffectedorimpairedthereby,andthat provisionshallbereformed,construedandenforcedtothemaximumextentpermissible.Anysuchinvalidity,illegality,or unenforceabilityinanyjurisdictionshallnotinvalidateorrenderillegalorunenforceablesuchprovisioninanyother jurisdiction. 14. TERMINATION. EnterasysmayterminatethisAgreementimmediatelyuponYourbreachofanyofthetermsand conditionsofthisAgreement.Uponanysuchtermination,YoushallimmediatelyceasealluseoftheProgramandshallreturn toEnterasystheProgramandallcopiesoftheProgram.
iv
Contents
About This Guide
Using This Guide ............................................................................................................................................. xix Structure of This Guide .................................................................................................................................... xix Related Documents ..........................................................................................................................................xx Conventions Used in This Guide ..................................................................................................................... xxi Getting Help ..................................................................................................................................................... xxi
Chapter 1: Introduction
SecureStack B2 CLI Overview ....................................................................................................................... 1-1 Switch Management Methods ........................................................................................................................ 1-1 Factory Default Settings ................................................................................................................................. 1-2 Using the Command Line Interface ................................................................................................................ 1-5 Starting a CLI Session ............................................................................................................................. 1-5 Logging In ................................................................................................................................................ 1-6 Navigating the Command Line Interface .................................................................................................. 1-6
set system lockout .............................................................................................................................. 3-7 Setting Basic Switch Properties ...................................................................................................................... 3-8 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................... 3-8 Commands ............................................................................................................................................... 3-8 show ip address.................................................................................................................................. 3-9 set ip address ..................................................................................................................................... 3-9 clear ip address ................................................................................................................................ 3-10 show ip protocol................................................................................................................................ 3-10 set ip protocol ................................................................................................................................... 3-11 show system..................................................................................................................................... 3-11 show system hardware..................................................................................................................... 3-12 show system utilization..................................................................................................................... 3-13 set system enhancedbuffermode ..................................................................................................... 3-14 show time ......................................................................................................................................... 3-15 set time ............................................................................................................................................. 3-15 show summertime ............................................................................................................................ 3-16 set summertime ................................................................................................................................ 3-16 set summertime date ........................................................................................................................ 3-17 set summertime recurring ................................................................................................................. 3-17 clear summertime ............................................................................................................................. 3-18 set prompt......................................................................................................................................... 3-19 show banner motd ............................................................................................................................ 3-19 set banner motd................................................................................................................................ 3-20 clear banner motd............................................................................................................................. 3-20 show version..................................................................................................................................... 3-21 set system name .............................................................................................................................. 3-22 set system location ........................................................................................................................... 3-22 set system contact............................................................................................................................ 3-23 set width ........................................................................................................................................... 3-23 set length .......................................................................................................................................... 3-24 show logout ...................................................................................................................................... 3-24 set logout ......................................................................................................................................... 3-25 show console .................................................................................................................................... 3-25 set console baud .............................................................................................................................. 3-26 Activating Licensed Features ....................................................................................................................... 3-26 License Key Field Descriptions .............................................................................................................. 3-26 Licensing Procedure in a Stack Environment ........................................................................................ 3-27 Adding a New Member to a Licensed Stack .......................................................................................... 3-27 Clearing, Showing, and Moving Licenses .............................................................................................. 3-28 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-28 set license......................................................................................................................................... 3-28 show license ..................................................................................................................................... 3-29 clear license...................................................................................................................................... 3-30 Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) ....................................................................................................... 3-31 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-31 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-31 show inlinepower .............................................................................................................................. 3-31 set inlinepower threshold.................................................................................................................. 3-32 set inlinepower trap .......................................................................................................................... 3-32 show port inlinepower ....................................................................................................................... 3-33 set port inlinepower .......................................................................................................................... 3-33 Downloading a New Firmware Image ........................................................................................................... 3-34 Downloading from a TFTP Server .......................................................................................................... 3-34 Downloading via the Serial Port ............................................................................................................. 3-35 Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image ........................................................................................ 3-36 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-36
ii
Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-37 show boot system ............................................................................................................................. 3-37 set boot system ................................................................................................................................ 3-37 Starting and Configuring Telnet .................................................................................................................... 3-38 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-38 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-38 show telnet ....................................................................................................................................... 3-38 set telnet ........................................................................................................................................... 3-38 telnet................................................................................................................................................. 3-39 Managing Switch Configuration and Files .................................................................................................... 3-40 Configuration Persistence Mode ............................................................................................................ 3-40 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-40 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-40 show snmp persistmode ................................................................................................................... 3-41 set snmp persistmode ...................................................................................................................... 3-41 save config ....................................................................................................................................... 3-42 dir...................................................................................................................................................... 3-42 show file............................................................................................................................................ 3-43 show config....................................................................................................................................... 3-44 configure ........................................................................................................................................... 3-45 copy .................................................................................................................................................. 3-45 delete................................................................................................................................................ 3-46 show tftp settings.............................................................................................................................. 3-46 set tftp timeout .................................................................................................................................. 3-47 clear tftp timeout ............................................................................................................................... 3-48 set tftp retry....................................................................................................................................... 3-48 clear tftp retry.................................................................................................................................... 3-49 Clearing and Closing the CLI ........................................................................................................................ 3-49 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-49 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-49 cls (clear screen) .............................................................................................................................. 3-49 exit .................................................................................................................................................... 3-50 Resetting the Switch ..................................................................................................................................... 3-50 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-50 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-50 reset.................................................................................................................................................. 3-51 clear config ....................................................................................................................................... 3-51 Using and Configuring WebView .................................................................................................................. 3-52 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 3-52 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 3-53 show webview .................................................................................................................................. 3-53 set webview ...................................................................................................................................... 3-53 show ssl............................................................................................................................................ 3-54 set ssl ............................................................................................................................................... 3-54
iii
show neighbors .................................................................................................................................. 4-6 Configuring Cisco Discovery Protocol ............................................................................................................ 4-6 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................... 4-6 Commands ............................................................................................................................................... 4-7 show ciscodp ...................................................................................................................................... 4-7 show ciscodp port info ........................................................................................................................ 4-8 set ciscodp status ............................................................................................................................... 4-9 set ciscodp timer................................................................................................................................. 4-9 set ciscodp holdtime ......................................................................................................................... 4-10 set ciscodp port ................................................................................................................................ 4-10 clear ciscodp..................................................................................................................................... 4-12 Configuring Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED ........................................................................ 4-13 Overview ................................................................................................................................................ 4-13 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 4-13 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 4-13 Configuration Tasks ............................................................................................................................... 4-15 show lldp........................................................................................................................................... 4-15 show lldp port status......................................................................................................................... 4-16 show lldp port trap ............................................................................................................................ 4-16 show lldp port tx-tlv........................................................................................................................... 4-17 show lldp port location-info ............................................................................................................... 4-17 show lldp port local-info .................................................................................................................... 4-18 show lldp port remote-info ................................................................................................................ 4-20 set lldp tx-interval.............................................................................................................................. 4-22 set lldp hold-multiplier ....................................................................................................................... 4-22 set lldp trap-interval .......................................................................................................................... 4-23 set lldp med-fast-repeat .................................................................................................................... 4-24 set lldp port status ............................................................................................................................ 4-24 set lldp port trap................................................................................................................................ 4-25 set lldp port med-trap........................................................................................................................ 4-25 set lldp port location-info................................................................................................................... 4-26 set lldp port tx-tlv .............................................................................................................................. 4-26 clear lldp ........................................................................................................................................... 4-28 clear lldp port status ......................................................................................................................... 4-29 clear lldp port trap ............................................................................................................................. 4-29 clear lldp port med-trap..................................................................................................................... 4-29 clear lldp port location-info................................................................................................................ 4-30 clear lldp port tx-tlv ........................................................................................................................... 4-30
iv
show port alias.................................................................................................................................... 5-7 set port alias ....................................................................................................................................... 5-8 Setting Speed and Duplex Mode .................................................................................................................... 5-9 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................... 5-9 Commands ............................................................................................................................................... 5-9 show port speed ................................................................................................................................. 5-9 set port speed................................................................................................................................... 5-10 show port duplex .............................................................................................................................. 5-10 set port duplex .................................................................................................................................. 5-11 Enabling / Disabling Jumbo Frame Support ................................................................................................. 5-11 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 5-11 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-11 show port jumbo ............................................................................................................................... 5-11 set port jumbo................................................................................................................................... 5-12 clear port jumbo ................................................................................................................................ 5-13 Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability ........................................................................................... 5-13 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 5-13 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-13 show port negotiation ....................................................................................................................... 5-14 set port negotiation ........................................................................................................................... 5-14 show port advertise .......................................................................................................................... 5-15 set port advertise .............................................................................................................................. 5-16 clear port advertise ........................................................................................................................... 5-16 Setting Flow Control ..................................................................................................................................... 5-17 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 5-17 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-17 show flowcontrol ............................................................................................................................... 5-17 set flowcontrol................................................................................................................................... 5-18 Setting Port Link Traps and Link Flap Detection .......................................................................................... 5-18 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 5-18 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-19 show port trap................................................................................................................................... 5-19 set port trap ...................................................................................................................................... 5-20 show linkflap ..................................................................................................................................... 5-20 set linkflap globalstate ...................................................................................................................... 5-22 set linkflap portstate.......................................................................................................................... 5-23 set linkflap interval ............................................................................................................................ 5-23 set linkflap action .............................................................................................................................. 5-24 clear linkflap action ........................................................................................................................... 5-25 set linkflap threshold......................................................................................................................... 5-25 set linkflap downtime ........................................................................................................................ 5-26 clear linkflap down ............................................................................................................................ 5-26 clear linkflap...................................................................................................................................... 5-27 Configuring Broadcast Suppression ............................................................................................................. 5-27 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 5-27 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-27 show port broadcast ......................................................................................................................... 5-28 set port broadcast............................................................................................................................. 5-28 clear port broadcast.......................................................................................................................... 5-29 Port Mirroring ................................................................................................................................................ 5-29 Mirroring Features .................................................................................................................................. 5-29 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 5-30 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-30 show port mirroring........................................................................................................................... 5-30 set port mirroring .............................................................................................................................. 5-31 clear port mirroring ........................................................................................................................... 5-31
v
Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) ................................................................................................... 5-32 LACP Operation ..................................................................................................................................... 5-32 LACP Terminology ................................................................................................................................. 5-33 SecureStack B2 Usage Considerations ................................................................................................. 5-34 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-34 show lacp.......................................................................................................................................... 5-35 set lacp ............................................................................................................................................. 5-36 set lacp asyspri................................................................................................................................. 5-37 set lacp aadminkey........................................................................................................................... 5-37 clear lacp .......................................................................................................................................... 5-38 set lacp static.................................................................................................................................... 5-38 clear lacp static ................................................................................................................................. 5-39 set lacp singleportlag........................................................................................................................ 5-40 clear lacp singleportlag..................................................................................................................... 5-40 show port lacp .................................................................................................................................. 5-41 set port lacp ...................................................................................................................................... 5-42 clear port lacp ................................................................................................................................... 5-44 Configuring Protected Ports ......................................................................................................................... 5-45 Protected Port Operation ....................................................................................................................... 5-45 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 5-45 set port protected.............................................................................................................................. 5-46 show port protected .......................................................................................................................... 5-46 clear port protected........................................................................................................................... 5-47 set port protected name.................................................................................................................... 5-47 show port protected name ................................................................................................................ 5-48 clear port protected name................................................................................................................. 5-48
vi
set snmp access............................................................................................................................... 6-17 clear snmp access............................................................................................................................ 6-18 Configuring SNMP MIB Views ...................................................................................................................... 6-18 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 6-18 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 6-18 show snmp view ............................................................................................................................... 6-19 show snmp context........................................................................................................................... 6-20 set snmp view................................................................................................................................... 6-20 clear snmp view................................................................................................................................ 6-21 Configuring SNMP Target Parameters ......................................................................................................... 6-22 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 6-22 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 6-22 show snmp targetparams ................................................................................................................. 6-22 set snmp targetparams..................................................................................................................... 6-23 clear snmp targetparams.................................................................................................................. 6-24 Configuring SNMP Target Addresses .......................................................................................................... 6-25 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 6-25 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 6-25 show snmp targetaddr ...................................................................................................................... 6-25 set snmp targetaddr.......................................................................................................................... 6-26 clear snmp targetaddr....................................................................................................................... 6-27 Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters ................................................................................................. 6-28 About SNMP Notify Filters ..................................................................................................................... 6-28 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 6-28 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 6-28 show newaddrtrap ............................................................................................................................ 6-28 set newaddrtrap................................................................................................................................ 6-29 show snmp notify .............................................................................................................................. 6-30 set snmp notify ................................................................................................................................. 6-31 clear snmp notify .............................................................................................................................. 6-32 show snmp notifyfilter ....................................................................................................................... 6-32 set snmp notifyfilter........................................................................................................................... 6-33 clear snmp notifyfilter........................................................................................................................ 6-34 show snmp notifyprofile .................................................................................................................... 6-34 set snmp notifyprofile........................................................................................................................ 6-35 clear snmp notifyprofile..................................................................................................................... 6-35 Creating a Basic SNMP Trap Configuration ................................................................................................. 6-36 Example ................................................................................................................................................. 6-37
vii
set spantree bridgeprioritymode ....................................................................................................... 7-10 clear spantree bridgeprioritymode .................................................................................................... 7-11 show spantree mstilist ...................................................................................................................... 7-12 set spantree msti .............................................................................................................................. 7-12 clear spantree msti ........................................................................................................................... 7-13 show spantree mstmap .................................................................................................................... 7-13 set spantree mstmap ........................................................................................................................ 7-14 clear spantree mstmap ..................................................................................................................... 7-14 show spantree vlanlist ...................................................................................................................... 7-15 show spantree mstcfgid .................................................................................................................... 7-15 set spantree mstcfgid ....................................................................................................................... 7-16 clear spantree mstcfgid .................................................................................................................... 7-16 set spantree priority .......................................................................................................................... 7-17 clear spantree priority ....................................................................................................................... 7-17 set spantree hello ............................................................................................................................. 7-18 clear spantree hello .......................................................................................................................... 7-18 set spantree maxage ........................................................................................................................ 7-19 clear spantree maxage ..................................................................................................................... 7-19 set spantree fwddelay....................................................................................................................... 7-20 clear spantree fwddelay.................................................................................................................... 7-20 show spantree backuproot ............................................................................................................... 7-21 set spantree backuproot ................................................................................................................... 7-21 clear spantree backuproot ................................................................................................................ 7-22 show spantree tctrapsuppress.......................................................................................................... 7-22 set spantree tctrapsuppress ............................................................................................................. 7-23 clear spantree tctrapsuppress .......................................................................................................... 7-23 set spantree protomigration .............................................................................................................. 7-24 show spantree spanguard ................................................................................................................ 7-24 set spantree spanguard .................................................................................................................... 7-25 clear spantree spanguard ................................................................................................................. 7-26 show spantree spanguardtimeout .................................................................................................... 7-26 set spantree spanguardtimeout ........................................................................................................ 7-26 clear spantree spanguardtimeout ..................................................................................................... 7-27 show spantree spanguardlock .......................................................................................................... 7-27 clear / set spantree spanguardlock................................................................................................... 7-28 show spantree spanguardtrapenable ............................................................................................... 7-28 set spantree spanguardtrapenable ................................................................................................... 7-29 clear spantree spanguardtrapenable ................................................................................................ 7-29 show spantree legacypathcost ......................................................................................................... 7-30 set spantree legacypathcost............................................................................................................. 7-30 clear spantree legacypathcost .......................................................................................................... 7-31 Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters ............................................................................................... 7-31 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 7-31 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 7-32 set spantree portadmin..................................................................................................................... 7-32 clear spantree portadmin.................................................................................................................. 7-32 show spantree portadmin ................................................................................................................. 7-33 show spantree portpri ....................................................................................................................... 7-33 set spantree portpri........................................................................................................................... 7-34 clear spantree portpri........................................................................................................................ 7-35 show spantree adminpathcost .......................................................................................................... 7-35 set spantree adminpathcost ............................................................................................................. 7-36 clear spantree adminpathcost .......................................................................................................... 7-36 show spantree adminedge ............................................................................................................... 7-37 set spantree adminedge ................................................................................................................... 7-37 clear spantree adminedge ................................................................................................................ 7-38
viii
Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Parameters .................................................................................. 7-39 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 7-39 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 7-39 set spantree lp .................................................................................................................................. 7-40 show spantree lp .............................................................................................................................. 7-40 clear spantree lp ............................................................................................................................... 7-41 show spantree lplock ........................................................................................................................ 7-42 clear spantree lplock......................................................................................................................... 7-42 set spantree lpcapablepartner .......................................................................................................... 7-43 show spantree lpcapablepartner ...................................................................................................... 7-44 clear spantree lpcapablepartner ....................................................................................................... 7-44 set spantree lpthreshold ................................................................................................................... 7-45 show spantree lpthreshold................................................................................................................ 7-45 clear spantree lpthreshold ................................................................................................................ 7-46 set spantree lpwindow ...................................................................................................................... 7-46 show spantree lpwindow .................................................................................................................. 7-47 clear spantree lpwindow ................................................................................................................... 7-47 set spantree lptrapenable ................................................................................................................. 7-48 show spantree lptrapenable ............................................................................................................. 7-48 clear spantree lptrapenable .............................................................................................................. 7-49 set spantree disputedbpduthreshold ................................................................................................ 7-49 show spantree disputedbpduthreshold ............................................................................................. 7-50 clear spantree disputedbpduthreshold ............................................................................................. 7-50 show spantree nonforwardingreason ............................................................................................... 7-51
ix
set vlan egress ................................................................................................................................. 8-13 clear vlan egress .............................................................................................................................. 8-14 show vlan dynamicegress ................................................................................................................ 8-15 set vlan dynamicegress .................................................................................................................... 8-16 Setting the Host VLAN .................................................................................................................................. 8-16 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 8-16 Commands. ............................................................................................................................................ 8-17 show host vlan.................................................................................................................................. 8-17 set host vlan ..................................................................................................................................... 8-17 clear host vlan .................................................................................................................................. 8-18 Enabling/Disabling GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol) .................................................................. 8-18 About GARP VLAN Registration Protocol (GVRP) ................................................................................ 8-18 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 8-20 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 8-20 show gvrp ......................................................................................................................................... 8-20 show garp timer ................................................................................................................................ 8-21 set gvrp............................................................................................................................................. 8-22 clear gvrp .......................................................................................................................................... 8-22 set garp timer.................................................................................................................................... 8-23
xi
Configuring Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping ......................................................................................... 11-4 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 11-4 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 11-4 show port priority-queue ................................................................................................................... 11-4 set port priority-queue....................................................................................................................... 11-5 clear port priority-queue.................................................................................................................... 11-6 Configuring Quality of Service (QoS) ........................................................................................................... 11-6 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 11-6 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 11-6 show port txq .................................................................................................................................... 11-7 set port txq........................................................................................................................................ 11-7 clear port txq..................................................................................................................................... 11-8 Configuring Port Traffic Rate Limiting ........................................................................................................... 11-9 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 11-9 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 11-10 show port ratelimit .......................................................................................................................... 11-10 set port ratelimit .............................................................................................................................. 11-11 clear port ratelimit ........................................................................................................................... 11-12
xii
Monitoring Network Events and Status ...................................................................................................... 13-11 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 13-11 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 13-11 history ............................................................................................................................................. 13-11 show history.................................................................................................................................... 13-12 set history ....................................................................................................................................... 13-12 ping................................................................................................................................................. 13-13 show users ..................................................................................................................................... 13-13 disconnect ...................................................................................................................................... 13-14 Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes ..................................................................................... 13-15 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 13-15 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 13-15 show arp ......................................................................................................................................... 13-15 set arp............................................................................................................................................. 13-16 clear arp.......................................................................................................................................... 13-17 traceroute ....................................................................................................................................... 13-17 show mac ....................................................................................................................................... 13-18 show mac agetime.......................................................................................................................... 13-19 set mac agetime ............................................................................................................................. 13-20 clear mac agetime .......................................................................................................................... 13-20 set mac algorithm ........................................................................................................................... 13-21 show mac algorithm........................................................................................................................ 13-21 clear mac algorithm ........................................................................................................................ 13-22 set mac multicast ............................................................................................................................ 13-22 clear mac address .......................................................................................................................... 13-23 show mac unreserved-flood ........................................................................................................... 13-24 set mac unreserved-flood ............................................................................................................... 13-24 Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) ................................................................................... 13-25 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 13-25 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 13-25 show sntp ....................................................................................................................................... 13-25 set sntp client.................................................................................................................................. 13-27 clear sntp client............................................................................................................................... 13-27 set sntp server ................................................................................................................................ 13-28 clear sntp server ............................................................................................................................. 13-28 set sntp poll-interval........................................................................................................................ 13-29 clear sntp poll-interval..................................................................................................................... 13-29 set sntp poll-retry ............................................................................................................................ 13-30 clear sntp poll-retry ......................................................................................................................... 13-30 set sntp poll-timeout ....................................................................................................................... 13-31 clear sntp poll-timeout .................................................................................................................... 13-31 Configuring Node Aliases ........................................................................................................................... 13-32 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 13-32 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 13-32 show nodealias config .................................................................................................................... 13-32 set nodealias .................................................................................................................................. 13-33 clear nodealias config ..................................................................................................................... 13-34
xiii
clear rmon stats ................................................................................................................................ 14-6 History Group Commands ............................................................................................................................ 14-6 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 14-6 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 14-6 show rmon history ............................................................................................................................ 14-7 set rmon history ................................................................................................................................ 14-7 clear rmon history ............................................................................................................................. 14-8 Alarm Group Commands .............................................................................................................................. 14-9 Purpose .................................................................................................................................................. 14-9 Commands ............................................................................................................................................. 14-9 show rmon alarm .............................................................................................................................. 14-9 set rmon alarm properties............................................................................................................... 14-10 set rmon alarm status ..................................................................................................................... 14-11 clear rmon alarm............................................................................................................................. 14-12 Event Group Commands ............................................................................................................................ 14-13 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 14-13 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 14-13 show rmon event ............................................................................................................................ 14-13 set rmon event properties ............................................................................................................... 14-14 set rmon event status ..................................................................................................................... 14-15 clear rmon event............................................................................................................................. 14-15 Filter Group Commands ............................................................................................................................. 14-16 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 14-16 show rmon channel ........................................................................................................................ 14-16 set rmon channel ............................................................................................................................ 14-17 clear rmon channel ......................................................................................................................... 14-18 show rmon filter .............................................................................................................................. 14-18 set rmon filter .................................................................................................................................. 14-19 clear rmon filter ............................................................................................................................... 14-20 Packet Capture Commands ....................................................................................................................... 14-20 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 14-20 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 14-21 show rmon capture ......................................................................................................................... 14-21 set rmon capture............................................................................................................................. 14-22 clear rmon capture.......................................................................................................................... 14-22
Configuring IP Address Pools ..................................................................................................................... 15-10 Manual Pool Configuration Considerations .......................................................................................... 15-10 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 15-11 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 15-11 set dhcp pool .................................................................................................................................. 15-12 clear dhcp pool ............................................................................................................................... 15-12 set dhcp pool network..................................................................................................................... 15-13 clear dhcp pool network.................................................................................................................. 15-14 set dhcp pool hardware-address .................................................................................................... 15-14 clear dhcp pool hardware-address ................................................................................................. 15-15 set dhcp pool host .......................................................................................................................... 15-15 clear dhcp pool host ....................................................................................................................... 15-16 set dhcp pool client-identifier .......................................................................................................... 15-16 clear dhcp pool client-identifier ....................................................................................................... 15-17 set dhcp pool client-name............................................................................................................... 15-18 clear dhcp pool client-name............................................................................................................15-18 set dhcp pool bootfile...................................................................................................................... 15-19 clear dhcp pool bootfile................................................................................................................... 15-19 set dhcp pool next-server ............................................................................................................... 15-20 clear dhcp pool next-server ............................................................................................................15-20 set dhcp pool lease......................................................................................................................... 15-21 clear dhcp pool lease...................................................................................................................... 15-21 set dhcp pool default-router ............................................................................................................15-22 clear dhcp pool default-router......................................................................................................... 15-22 set dhcp pool dns-server ................................................................................................................ 15-23 clear dhcp pool dns-server ............................................................................................................. 15-23 set dhcp pool domain-name ........................................................................................................... 15-24 clear dhcp pool domain-name ........................................................................................................ 15-24 set dhcp pool netbios-name-server ................................................................................................ 15-25 clear dhcp pool netbios-name-server ............................................................................................. 15-25 set dhcp pool netbios-node-type .................................................................................................... 15-26 clear dhcp pool netbios-node-type ................................................................................................. 15-26 set dhcp pool option ....................................................................................................................... 15-27 clear dhcp pool option .................................................................................................................... 15-28 show dhcp pool configuration ......................................................................................................... 15-28
set eapol ......................................................................................................................................... 16-17 clear eapol ...................................................................................................................................... 16-18 Configuring MAC Authentication ................................................................................................................ 16-19 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-19 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-19 show macauthentication ................................................................................................................. 16-20 show macauthentication session .................................................................................................... 16-21 set macauthentication..................................................................................................................... 16-22 set macauthentication password .................................................................................................... 16-22 clear macauthentication password ................................................................................................. 16-23 set macauthentication port ............................................................................................................. 16-23 set macauthentication portinitialize................................................................................................. 16-24 set macauthentication portquietperiod............................................................................................ 16-25 clear macauthentication portquietperiod......................................................................................... 16-25 set macauthentication macinitialize ................................................................................................ 16-26 set macauthentication reauthentication .......................................................................................... 16-26 set macauthentication portreauthenticate.......................................................................................16-27 set macauthentication macreauthenticate ...................................................................................... 16-27 set macauthentication reauthperiod ...............................................................................................16-28 clear macauthentication reauthperiod ............................................................................................ 16-28 set macauthentication significant-bits ............................................................................................. 16-29 clear macauthentication significant-bits .......................................................................................... 16-29 Configuring Multiple Authentication Methods ............................................................................................. 16-30 About Multiple Authentication Types .................................................................................................... 16-30 Configuring Multi-User Authentication (User + IP phone) .................................................................... 16-30 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-31 show multiauth................................................................................................................................ 16-31 set multiauth mode ......................................................................................................................... 16-32 clear multiauth mode ...................................................................................................................... 16-32 set multiauth precedence ............................................................................................................... 16-33 clear multiauth precedence ............................................................................................................16-34 show multiauth port ........................................................................................................................ 16-34 set multiauth port ............................................................................................................................ 16-35 clear multiauth port ......................................................................................................................... 16-35 show multiauth station .................................................................................................................... 16-36 show multiauth session .................................................................................................................. 16-36 show multiauth idle-timeout ............................................................................................................16-37 set multiauth idle-timeout................................................................................................................ 16-38 clear multiauth idle-timeout............................................................................................................. 16-39 show multiauth session-timeout ..................................................................................................... 16-39 set multiauth session-timeout ......................................................................................................... 16-40 clear multiauth session-timeout ...................................................................................................... 16-41 Configuring VLAN Authorization (RFC 3580) ............................................................................................. 16-41 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-41 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-42 show policy maptable response ..................................................................................................... 16-42 set policy maptable response ......................................................................................................... 16-42 set vlanauthorization....................................................................................................................... 16-43 set vlanauthorization egress ........................................................................................................... 16-44 clear vlanauthorization.................................................................................................................... 16-44 show vlanauthorization ................................................................................................................... 16-45 Configuring MAC Locking ........................................................................................................................... 16-46 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-46 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-46 show maclock ................................................................................................................................. 16-47 show maclock stations.................................................................................................................... 16-48
xvi
set maclock enable......................................................................................................................... 16-49 set maclock disable ........................................................................................................................ 16-50 set maclock..................................................................................................................................... 16-50 clear maclock.................................................................................................................................. 16-51 set maclock static ........................................................................................................................... 16-52 clear maclock static ........................................................................................................................ 16-52 set maclock firstarrival .................................................................................................................... 16-53 clear maclock firstarrival ................................................................................................................. 16-54 set maclock agefirstarrival .............................................................................................................. 16-54 clear maclock agefirstarrival ........................................................................................................... 16-55 set maclock move ........................................................................................................................... 16-55 set maclock trap ............................................................................................................................. 16-56 Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) .............................................................................................. 16-57 About PWA ........................................................................................................................................... 16-57 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-57 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-57 show pwa........................................................................................................................................ 16-58 set pwa ........................................................................................................................................... 16-59 show pwa banner ........................................................................................................................... 16-60 set pwa banner ............................................................................................................................... 16-60 clear pwa banner ............................................................................................................................ 16-61 set pwa displaylogo ........................................................................................................................ 16-61 set pwa ipaddress........................................................................................................................... 16-62 set pwa protocol ............................................................................................................................. 16-62 set pwa guestname ........................................................................................................................ 16-63 clear pwa guestname ..................................................................................................................... 16-63 set pwa guestpassword .................................................................................................................. 16-64 set pwa gueststatus........................................................................................................................ 16-64 set pwa initialize ............................................................................................................................. 16-65 set pwa quietperiod ........................................................................................................................ 16-66 set pwa maxrequest ....................................................................................................................... 16-66 set pwa portcontrol ......................................................................................................................... 16-67 show pwa session .......................................................................................................................... 16-67 set pwa enhancedmode ................................................................................................................. 16-68 Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) ................................................................................................................. 16-69 Purpose ................................................................................................................................................ 16-69 Commands ........................................................................................................................................... 16-69 show ssh status .............................................................................................................................. 16-69 set ssh ............................................................................................................................................ 16-69 set ssh hostkey............................................................................................................................... 16-70
Index Figures
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 8-7 SecureStack B2 Startup Screen ......................................................................................................... 1-5 Sample CLI Defaults Description........................................................................................................ 1-7 Performing a Keyword Lookup ........................................................................................................... 1-7 Performing a Partial Keyword Lookup ................................................................................................ 1-7 Scrolling Screen Output...................................................................................................................... 1-8 Abbreviating a Command ................................................................................................................... 1-8 Example of VLAN Propagation via GVRP ........................................................................................ 8-19
Tables
1-1 1-2 Default Settings for Basic Switch Operation ....................................................................................... 1-2 Basic Line Editing Commands............................................................................................................ 1-9
xvii
3-3 3-4 3-5 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-15 5-16 6-17 6-18 6-19 6-20 6-21 6-22 6-23 6-24 6-25 6-26 6-27 7-28 8-29 8-30 8-31 9-32 10-33 10-34 10-35 11-36 13-37 13-38 13-39 13-40 13-41 13-42 13-43 14-44 14-45 14-46 14-47 16-48 16-49 16-50 16-51 16-52 16-53 16-54 16-55
show system lockout Output Details................................................................................................... 3-7 show system Output Details ............................................................................................................. 3-12 show version Output Details ............................................................................................................. 3-21 show cdp Output Details..................................................................................................................... 4-2 show ciscodp Output Details .............................................................................................................. 4-7 show ciscodp port info Output Details ................................................................................................ 4-8 show lldp port local-info Output Details ............................................................................................ 4-19 show lldp port remote-info Output Display........................................................................................ 4-21 show port status Output Details.......................................................................................................... 5-4 show port counters Output Details ..................................................................................................... 5-6 show linkflap parameters Output Details .......................................................................................... 5-22 show linkflap metrics Output Details................................................................................................. 5-22 LACP Terms and Definitions ............................................................................................................ 5-33 show lacp Output Details.................................................................................................................. 5-36 SNMP Security Levels........................................................................................................................ 6-2 show snmp engineid Output Details ................................................................................................... 6-4 show snmp counters Output Details ................................................................................................... 6-6 show snmp user Output Details.......................................................................................................... 6-9 show snmp group Output Details ..................................................................................................... 6-11 show snmp access Output Details ................................................................................................... 6-16 show snmp view Output Details ....................................................................................................... 6-20 show snmp targetparams Output Details ......................................................................................... 6-23 show snmp targetaddr Output Details .............................................................................................. 6-26 show snmp notify Output Details ...................................................................................................... 6-31 Basic SNMP Trap Configuration....................................................................................................... 6-36 show spantree Output Details ............................................................................................................ 7-6 Command Set for Creating a Secure Management VLAN ................................................................. 8-2 show vlan Output Details.................................................................................................................... 8-4 show gvrp configuration Output Details ............................................................................................ 8-21 Valid IP DSCP Numeric and Keyword Values .................................................................................... 9-6 show policy profile Output Details .................................................................................................... 10-3 show policy rule Output Details ........................................................................................................ 10-7 Valid Values for Policy Classification Rules ................................................................................... 10-11 show port ratelimit Output Details................................................................................................... 11-10 show logging server Output Details.................................................................................................. 13-2 show logging application Output Details........................................................................................... 13-7 Mnemonic Values for Logging Applications...................................................................................... 13-8 show arp Output Details ................................................................................................................. 13-16 show mac Output Details................................................................................................................ 13-19 show sntp Output Details................................................................................................................ 13-26 show nodealias config Output Details ............................................................................................ 13-33 RMON Monitoring Group Functions and Commands ....................................................................... 14-2 show rmon stats Output Details........................................................................................................ 14-4 show rmon alarm Output Details .................................................................................................... 14-10 show rmon event Output Details .................................................................................................... 14-14 show radius Output Details............................................................................................................... 16-4 show eapol Output Details.............................................................................................................. 16-16 show macauthentication Output Details ......................................................................................... 16-20 show macauthentication session Output Details ............................................................................ 16-22 show vlanauthorization Output Details ........................................................................................... 16-46 show maclock Output Details ......................................................................................................... 16-48 show maclock stations Output Details............................................................................................ 16-49 show pwa Output Details................................................................................................................ 16-59
xviii
Important Notice
Depending on the firmware version used in your SecureStack device, some features described in this document may not be supported. Refer to the Release Notes shipped with your device to determine which features are supported.
xix
Related Documents
Chapter 6,SNMPConfiguration,describeshowtoconfigureSNMPusersandusergroups,access rights,targetaddresses,andnotificationparameters. Chapter 7,SpanningTreeConfiguration,describeshowtoreviewandsetSpanningTreebridge parametersforthedevice,includingbridgepriority,hellotime,maximumagingtimeandforward delay;andhowtoreviewandsetSpanningTreeportparameters,includingportpriorityandpath costs.ConfiguringtheSpanGuardandLoopProtectfunctionsisalsodescribed. Chapter 8,802.1QVLANConfiguration,describeshowtocreatestaticVLANs,selectthemodeof operationforeachport,establishVLANforwarding(egress)lists,routeframesaccordingto VLANID,displaythecurrentportsandporttypesassociatedwithaVLANandprotocol,createa securemanagementVLAN,andconfigureportsonthedeviceasGVRPawareports. Chapter 9,DifferentiatedServicesConfiguration,describeshowtodisplayandconfigure Diffservparameters. Chapter 10,PolicyClassificationConfiguration,describeshowtocreate,changeorremoveuser rolesorprofilesbasedonbusinessspecificuseofnetworkservices;howtopermitordenyaccess tospecificservicesbycreatingandassigningclassificationruleswhichmapuserprofilestoframe filteringpolicies;howtoclassifyframestoaVLANorClassofService(CoS);andhowtoassignor unassignportstopolicyprofilessothatonlyportsactivatedforaprofilewillbeallowedto transmitframesaccordingly. Chapter 11,PortPriorityandRateLimitingConfiguration,describeshowtosetthetransmit priorityofeachportandconfigurearatelimitforagivenportandlistofpriorities. Chapter 12,IGMPConfiguration,describeshowtoconfigureInternetGroupManagement Protocol(IGMP)settingsformulticastfiltering. Chapter 13,LoggingandNetworkManagement,describeshowtoconfigureSyslog,howto managegeneralswitchsettings,howtomonitornetworkeventsandstatus,andhowtoconfigure SNTPandnodealiases. Chapter 14,RMONConfiguration,describeshowtouseRMON(RemoteNetworkMonitoring), whichprovidescomprehensivenetworkfaultdiagnosis,planning,andperformancetuning informationandallowsforinteroperabilitybetweenSNMPmanagementstationsandmonitoring agents. Chapter 15,DHCPServerConfiguration,describeshowtoreviewandconfigureDHCPserver parameters,howtoreviewandconfigureDHCPaddresspools,andhowtodisplayDHCPserver information. Chapter 16,SecurityConfiguration,describeshowtoconfigure802.1Xauthenticationusing EAPOL,howtoconfigureRADIUSserver,SecureShellserver,MACauthentication,MAC locking,andPortWebAuthentication.
Related Documents
ThefollowingEnterasysNetworksdocumentsmayhelpyoutosetup,control,andmanagethe SecureStackdevice: EthernetTechnologyGuide CablingGuide SecureStackB2InstallationGuide(s) SecureStackRedundantPowerSystemInstallationGuide
Thefollowingiconsareusedinthisguide:
Note: Calls the readers attention to any item of information that may be of special importance.
Getting Help
Foradditionalsupportrelatedtothisswitchordocument,contactEnterasysNetworksusingone ofthefollowingmethods:
World Wide Web Phone http://www.enterasys.com/support 1-800-872-8440 (toll-free in U.S. and Canada) or 1-978-684-1000 For the Enterasys Networks Support toll-free number in your country: http://www.enterasys.com/support Internet mail support@enterasys.com To expedite your message, type [SWITCHING] in the subject line. To send comments or suggestions concerning this document to the Technical Publications Department: techpubs@enterasys.com Make sure to include the document Part Number in the email message.
xxi
Getting Help
1
Introduction
ThischapterprovidesanoverviewoftheSecureStackB2suniquefeaturesandfunctionality,an overviewofthetasksthatmaybeaccomplishedusingtheCLIinterface,anoverviewofwaysto managetheswitch,factorydefaultsettings,andinformationabouthowtousetheCommandLine Interfacetoconfiguretheswitch.
For information about... SecureStack B2 CLI Overview Switch Management Methods Factory Default Settings Using the Command Line Interface Refer to page... 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-5
RemotelyusingWebView,EnterasysNetworksembeddedwebserverapplication.
TheInstallationGuideforyourSecureStackB2deviceprovidessetupinstructionsforconnectinga terminalormodemtotheswitch.
1-2
Introduction
Table 1-1
Feature
Link aggregation admin key Link aggregation flow regeneration Link aggregation system priority Link aggregation outport algorithm Lockout Logging MAC aging time MAC locking Passwords Password aging Password history Policy classification Port auto-negotiation Port advertised ability
Port broadcast suppression Enabled and set to limit broadcast packets to 14,881 per second on all switch ports. Port duplex mode Port enable/disable Port priority Port speed Port trap Power over Ethernet port admin state Priority classification RADIUS client RADIUS last resort action RADIUS retries RADIUS timeout Rate limiting SNMP Set to half duplex, except for 100BASE-FX and 1000BASE-X, which is set to full duplex. Enabled. Set to 0. Set to 10 Mbps, except for 1000BASE-X, which is set to 1000 Mbps, and 100BASE-FX, which is set to 100 Mbps. All ports are enabled to send link traps. Administrative state is on (auto). Classification rules are automatically enabled when created. Disabled. When the client is enabled, set to Challenge. When the client is enabled, set to 3. When the client is enabled, set to 20 seconds. Disabled (globally and on all ports). Enabled.
1-3
Table 1-1
Feature SNTP
Spanning Tree Spanning Tree edge port administrative status Spanning Tree edge port delay Spanning Tree forward delay Spanning Tree hello interval Spanning Tree ID (SID) Spanning Tree maximum aging time Spanning Tree port priority Spanning Tree priority Spanning Tree topology change trap suppression Spanning Tree version SSH System baud rate System contact System location System name Terminal Timeout User names VLAN dynamic egress VLAN ID Host VLAN
1-4
Introduction
Figure 1-1
Username:admin Password: Enterasys SecureStack B2 Command Line Interface Enterasys Networks, Inc. 50 Minuteman Rd. Andover, MA 01810-1008 U.S.A. Phone: +1 978 684 1000 E-mail: support@enterasys.com WWW: http://www.enterasys.com (c) Copyright Enterasys Networks, Inc. 2006 Chassis Serial Number: Chassis Firmware Revision: 041800249041 4.1.xx
B2(su)->
RefertotheinstructionsincludedwiththeTelnetapplicationforinformationaboutestablishinga Telnetsession.
Logging In
Bydefault,theSecureStackB2switchisconfiguredwiththreeuserloginaccountsrofor ReadOnlyaccess,rwforReadWriteaccess,andadminforsuperuseraccesstoallmodifiable parameters.Thedefaultpasswordissettoablankstring.Forinformationonchangingthese defaultsettings,refertoSettingUserAccountsandPasswordsonpage 31.
ThenoticeofauthorizationandthepromptdisplaysasshowninFigure 11.
Note: Users with Read-Write (rw) and Read-Only access can use the set password command (page 3-4) to change their own passwords. Administrators with Super User (su) access can use the set system login command (page 3-3) to create and change user accounts, and the set password command to change any local account password.
1-6
Introduction
Figure 1-2
Syntax
show port status [port-string]
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,statusinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
B2(su)->show snmp ? community notify targetaddr targetparams SNMP SNMP SNMP SNMP v1/v2c notify target target community name configuration configuration address configuration parameters configuration
Enteringaquestionmark(?)withoutaspaceafterapartialkeywordwilldisplayalistof commandsthatbeginwiththepartialkeyword.Figure 14showshowtousethisfunctionforall commandsbeginningwithco: Figure 1-4 Performing a Partial Keyword Lookup
copy
Note: At the end of the lookup display, the system will repeat the command you entered without the ?.
1-7
B2(su)->show mac MAC Address FID Port Type ---------------------------------------------------------00-00-1d-67-68-69 1 host Management 00-00-02-00-00-00 1 ge.1.2 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-01 1 ge.1.3 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-02 1 ge.1.4 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-03 1 ge.1.5 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-04 1 ge.1.6 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-05 1 ge.1.7 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-06 1 ge.1.8 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-07 1 ge.1.9 Learned 00-00-02-00-00-08 1 ge.1.10 Learned --More--
B2(su)->sh net Active Internet connections (including servers) Proto Recv-Q Send-Q Local Address Foreign Address ----- ------ ------ --------------------- --------------------TCP 0 0 10.21.73.13.23 134.141.190.94.51246 TCP 0 275 10.21.73.13.23 134.141.192.119.4724 TCP 0 0 *.80 *.* TCP 0 0 *.23 *.* UDP 0 0 10.21.73.13.1030 134.141.89.113.514 UDP 0 0 *.161 *.* UDP 0 0 *.1025 *.* UDP 0 0 *.123 *.*
1-8
Introduction
Key Sequence Ctrl+A Ctrl+B Ctrl+D Ctrl+E Ctrl+F Ctrl+H Ctrl+I or TAB Ctrl+K Ctrl+N Ctrl+P Ctr1+Q Ctr1+S Ctrl+T Ctrl+U or Ctrl+X Ctrl+W Ctrl+Y
1-9
1-10
Introduction
2
Configuring Switches in a Stack
ThischapterprovidesinformationaboutconfiguringSecureStackB2switchesinastack.
For information about ... About SecureStack B2 Switch Operation in a Stack Installing a New Stackable System of Up to Eight Units Installing Previously-Configured Systems in a Stack Adding a New Unit to an Existing Stack Creating a Virtual Switch Configuration Considerations About Using Clear Config in a Stack Issues Related to Mixed Type Stacks Stacking Configuration and Management Commands Refer to page ... 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-5 2-6
Onceinstalledinastack,theswitchesbehaveandperformasasingleswitchproduct.Assuch, youcanstartwithasingleunitandaddmoreunitsasyournetworkexpands.Youcanalsomix differentproductsinthefamilyinasinglestacktoprovideadesiredcombinationofporttypes andfunctionstomatchtherequirementsofindividualapplications.Inallcases,astackofunits performsasonelargeproduct,andismanagedasasinglenetworkentity. WhenswitchesareinstalledandconnectedasdescribedintheSecureStackB2InstallationGuides, thefollowingoccursduringinitialization: Theswitchthatwillmanagethestackisautomaticallyestablished.Thisisknownasthe managerswitch. Allotherswitchesareestablishedasmembersinthestack. Thehierarchyoftheswitchesthatwillassumethefunctionofbackupmanagerisalso determinedincasethecurrentmanagermalfunctions,ispowereddown,orisdisconnected fromthestack.
2-1
Onceastackiscreated(morethanoneswitchisinterconnected),thefollowingprocedureoccurs: 1. 2. Bydefault,unitIDsarearbitrarilyassignedonafirstcome,firstservedbasis. UnitIDsaresavedagainsteachmodule.Then,everytimeaboardispowercycled,itwill initializewiththesameunitID.Thisisimportantforportspecificinformation(forexample: ge.4.12isthe12thGigabitEthernetportonUnit#4). Themanagementelectionprocessusesthefollowingprecedencetoassignamanagement switch: a. b. c. Previouslyassigned/electedmanagementunit Managementassignedpriority(values115) Hardwarepreferencelevel
3.
Important
The following procedures assume that all units have a clean configuration from manufacturing. When adding a new unit to an already running stack, it is also assumed that the new unit is using the same firmware image version as other units in the stack.
3. 4. 5.
2-2
3.
Applypowertothenewunit.
2-3
4.
ThefollowingexampleaddsaB2G12424modeltoastackasunit2ofthestack.Thefirstporton thatvirtualswitchisthenassociatedwithVLAN555.
B2(su)->show switch switchtype SID --1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Switch Model ID -------------------------------B2G124-24 B2G124-48 B2G124-48P B2H124-48 B2H124-48P B3G124-24P B3G124-48P B3G124-48 B3G124-24 Mgmt Pref ---1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Code Version --------0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245
B2(su)->set switch member 2 1 B2(su)->show switch Management Preconfig Plugged-in Switch Code Switch Status Model ID Model ID Status Version ------ ------------ ------------- ------------- --------------------- -------1 Mgmt Switch B2G124-48 B2G124-48 OK 4.1.xx 2 Unassigned B2G124-24 Not Present 00.00.00 B2(su)->set vlan create 555 B2(su)->clear vlan egress 1 ge.2.1 B2(su)->set port vlan ge.2.1 555 untagged B2(su)->show port vlan ge.2.1 ge.2.1 is set to 555 Note: If you preconfigure a virtual switch and then add a physical switch of a different type to the stack as that unit number, any configured functionality that cannot be supported on the physical switch will cause a configuration mismatch status for that device and the ports of the new device will join detached. You must clear the mismatch before the new device will properly join the stack.
2-4
Configuration
Common Firmware Version
MixedstackingisonlysupportedbySecureStackB2firmwareversion4.00.xxandhigher.Inorder tomixSecureStackB3switcheswithB2switches,youmustinstalltheB2firmware(version 4.00.xxorhigher)ontheB3switch.YoucaninstalltheB2firmwarefirst,withtheB3switchin standalonemode,oryoucanaddtheB3switchtothestackandthencopytheB2firmwaretothe B3switchusingthesetswitchcopyfwcommand(page29).AftercopyingtheB2firmwaretothe B3switch,youmustresetthestack.
Switch Manager
ItisrecommendedthataSecureStackB3switchbemadethemanagerofamixedstack.Usetheset switchmovemanagementcommand(page211)tochangethemanagerunit.
2-5
Commands
For information about... show switch show switch switchtype show switch stack-ports set switch set switch copy-fw set switch description set switch movemanagement set switch member clear switch member Refer to page... 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-11 2-12
show switch
Usethiscommandtodisplayinformationaboutoneormoreunitsinthestack.
Syntax
show switch [status] [unit]
Parameters
status unit (Optional)Displayspowerandadministrativestatusinformationforone ormoreunitsinthestack. (Optional)Specifiestheunit(s)forwhichinformationwilldisplay.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,statusandotherconfigurationinformationaboutallunitswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Afterastackhasbeenconfigured,youcanusethiscommandtophysicallyconfirmtheidentityof eachunit.Whenyouenterthecommandwithaunitnumber,theMGRLEDofthespecified switchwillblinkfor10seconds.ThenormalstateofthisLEDisoffformemberunitsandsteady greenforthemanagerunit.
2-6
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationaboutallswitchunitsinthestack:
B2(rw)->show switch Management Switch Status ------ -----------1 Mgmt Switch 2 Stack Member 3 Stack Member 4 Stack Member 5 Stack Member 6 Stack Member 7 Stack Member 8 Stack Member Preconfig Model ID ------------B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 Plugged-in Model ID ------------B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 Switch Status --------------------OK OK OK OK OK OK OK OK Code Version -------04.1.xx 04.1.xx 04.1.xx 04.1.xx 04.1.xx 04.1.xx 04.1.xx 04.1.xx
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationaboutswitchunit1inthestack:
B2(ro)->show switch 1 Switch Management Status Hardware Management Preference Admin Management Preference Switch Type Preconfigured Model Identifier Plugged-in Model Identifier Switch Status Switch Description Detected Code Version Detected Code in Flash Detected Code in Back Image Up Time 1 Management Switch Unassigned Unassigned B2G124-24 B2G124-24 B2G124-24 OK Enterasys Networks, Inc. B2 -- Model B2G124-24 04.1.xx 03.01.20 02.01.37 0 days 6 hrs 37 mins 54 secs
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaystatusinformationforswitchunit1inthestack:
B2(ro)->show switch status 1 Switch Switch Status Admin State Power State Inserted Switch: Model Identifier Description Configured Switch: Model Identifier Description 1 Full
B2G124-24 Enterasys Networks, Inc. B2 -- Model B2G124-24 B2G124-24 Enterasys Networks, Inc. B2 -- Model B2G124-24
Syntax
show switch switchtype [switchindex]
2-7
Parameters
switchindex (Optional)Specifiestheswitchindex(SID)oftheswitchtypetodisplay.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayswitchtypeinformationaboutallswitchesinthestack:
B2(su)->show switch switchtype SID --1 2 3 4 5 Switch Model ID -------------------------------B2G124-24 B2G124-48 B2G124-48P B2H124-48 B2H124-48P Mgmt Pref ---1 1 1 1 1 Code Version --------0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245 0xa08245
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayswitchtypeinformationaboutSID1:
B2(rw)->show switch switchtype 1 Switch Type....................... 0x56950200 Model Identifier.................. B2G124-24 Switch Description................ Enterasys Networks, Inc. B2 -- Model B2G124-24 Management Preference............. 1 Expected Code Version............. 0xa08245 Supported Cards: Slot........................... 0 Card Index (CID)............... 1 Model Identifier............... B2G124-24
Syntax
show switch stack-ports [unit]
Parameters
unit (Optional)SpecifiestheswitchunitID,anintegerrangingfrom1to8.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
2-8 Configuring Switches in a Stack
set switch
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaydataanderrorinformationonstackports:
B2(ro)->show switch stack-ports ------------TX-------------- ------------RX----------Data Error Data Error Stacking Rate Rate Total Rate Rate Total Switch Port (Mb/s) (Errors/s) Errors (Mb/s) (Errors/s) Errors ------ ---------- ------ ---------- ---------- ------ ---------- -------1 Up 0 0 0 0 0 0 Down 0 0 0 0 0 0
set switch
UsethiscommandtoassignaswitchID,tosetaswitchspriorityforbecomingthemanagement switchifthepreviousmanagementswitchfails,ortochangetheswitchunitIDforaswitchinthe stack.
Syntax
set switch {unit [priority value | renumber newunit]}
Parameters
unit priorityvalue renumbernewunit Specifiesaunitnumberfortheswitch.Valuecanrangefrom1to8. Specifiesapriorityvaluefortheunit.Validvaluesare1to15withhigher valuesassigninghigherpriority. Specifiesanewnumberfortheunit.
Note: This number must be a previously unassigned unit ID number.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoassignpriority3toswitch5:
B2(su)->set switch 5 priority 3
Thisexampleshowshowtorenumberswitch5toswitch7:
B2(su)->set switch 5 renumber 7
2-9
Syntax
set switch copy-fw [destination-system unit]
Parameters
destinationsystem (Optional)Specifiestheunitnumberofunitonwhichtocopythe unit managementimagefile.
Defaults
Ifdestinationsystemisnotspecified,themanagementimagefilewillbereplicatedtoallswitches inthestack.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoreplicatethemanagementimagefiletoallswitchesinthestack:
B2(su)->set switch copy-fw Are you sure you want to copy firmware? (y/n) y Code transfer completed successfully.
Syntax
set switch description unit description
Parameters
unit description Specifiesaunitnumberfortheswitch. Specifiesatextdescriptionfortheunit.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoassignthenameFirstUnittoswitchunit1inthestack:
B2(su)->set switch description 1 FirstUnit
2-10
Syntax
set switch movemanagement fromunit tounit
Parameters
fromunit tounit Specifiestheunitnumberofthecurrentmanagementswitch. Specifiestheunitnumberofthenewlydesignatedmanagementswitch.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtomovemanagementfunctionalityfromswitch1toswitch2:
B2(su)->set switch movemenagement 1 2 Moving stack management will unconfigure entire stack including all interfaces. Are you sure you want to move stack management? (y/n) y
Syntax
set switch member unit switch-id
Parameters
unit switchid Specifiesaunitnumberfortheswitch. SpecifiesaswitchID(SID)fortheswitch.SIDscanbedisplayedwiththe showswitchswitchtypecommand.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
RefertoCreatingaVirtualSwitchConfigurationonpage24formoreinformationabouthowto addavirtualswitchtoastack.
2-11
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtospecifyaswitchasunit1withaswitchIDof1:
B2(su)->set switch member 1 1
Syntax
clear switch member unit
Parameters
unit Specifiestheunitnumberoftheswitch.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovetheswitch5entryfromthestack:
B2(su)->clear switch member 5
2-12
3
Basic Configuration
Atstartup,theSecureStackB2switchisconfiguredwithmanydefaultsandstandardfeatures. Thischapterdescribeshowtocustomizebasicsystemsettingstoadapttoyourworkenvironment.
For information about... Setting User Accounts and Passwords Setting Basic Switch Properties Activating Licensed Features Configuring Power over Ethernet (PoE) Downloading a New Firmware Image Reviewing and Selecting a Boot Firmware Image Starting and Configuring Telnet Managing Switch Configuration and Files Clearing and Closing the CLI Resetting the Switch Using and Configuring WebView Refer to page... 3-1 3-8 3-26 3-31 3-34 3-36 3-38 3-40 3-49 3-50 3-52
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoconfigureuseraccountsandpasswordsarelistedbelow.
For information about... show system login set system login clear system login set password Refer to page... 3-2 3-3 3-3 3-4
3-1
For information about... set system password length set system password aging set system password history show system lockout set system lockout
Syntax
show system login
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayloginaccountinformation.Inthiscase,switchdefaultshave notbeenchanged:
B2(su)->show system login Password history size: 0 Password aging : disabled Username admin ro rw Access super-user read-only read-write State enabled enabled enabled
3-2
Basic Configuration
Table 3-1
Output Access State
Syntax
set system login username {super-user | read-write | read-only} {enable | disable}
Parameters
username Specifiesaloginnameforaneworexistinguser.Thisstringcanbea maximumof80characters,althoughamaximumof16charactersis recommendedforproperviewingintheshowsystemlogindisplay. Specifiestheaccessprivilegesforthisuser.
Enablesordisablestheuseraccount.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableanewuseraccountwiththeloginnamenetopswithsuper useraccessprivileges:
B2(su)->set system login netops super-user enable
Syntax
clear system login username
Parameters
username Specifiestheloginnameoftheaccounttobecleared.
Note: The default admin (su) account cannot be deleted.
3-3
set password
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovethenetopsuseraccount:
B2(su)->clear system login netops
set password
UsethiscommandtochangesystemdefaultpasswordsortosetanewloginpasswordontheCLI.
Syntax
set password [username]
Parameters
username (Onlyavailabletouserswithsuperuseraccess.)Specifiesasystem defaultorauserconfiguredloginaccountname.Bydefault,the SecureStackB2switchprovidesthefollowingaccountnames: roforReadOnlyaccess. rwforReadWriteaccess. adminforSuperUseraccess.(ThisaccesslevelallowsReadWriteaccess toallmodifiableparameters,includinguseraccounts.)
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite. Switchcommand,superuser.
Usage
ReadWriteuserscanchangetheirownpasswords. SuperUsers(Admin)canchangeanypasswordonthesystem.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowasuperuserwouldchangetheReadWritepasswordfromthesystem default(blankstring):
B2(su)->set password rw Please enter new password: ******** Please re-enter new password: ******** Password changed. B2(su)->
3-4
Basic Configuration
ThisexampleshowshowauserwithReadWriteaccesswouldchangehispassword:
B2(su)->set password Please enter old password: ******** Please enter new password: ******** Please re-enter new password: ******** Password changed. B2(su)->
Syntax
set system password length characters
Parameters
characters Specifiestheminimumnumberofcharactersforauseraccountpassword. Validvaluesare0to40.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheminimumsystempasswordlengthto8characters:
B2(su)->set system password length 8
Syntax
set system password aging {days | disable}
Parameters
days disable Specifiesthenumberofdaysuserpasswordswillremainvalidbefore agingout.Validvaluesare1to365. Disablespasswordaging.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 3-5
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystempasswordagetimeto45days:
B2(su)->set system password aging 45
Syntax
set system password history size
Parameters
size Specifiesthenumberofpasswordscheckedforduplication.Validvalues are0to10.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigurethesystemtocheckthelast10passwordsforduplication
B2(su)->set system password history 10
Syntax
show system lockout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
3-6
Basic Configuration
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayuserlockoutsettings.Inthiscase,switchdefaultshavenot beenchanged:
B2(su)->show system lockout Lockout attempts: 3 Lockout time: 15 minutes.
Syntax
set system lockout {[attempts attempts] [time time]}
Parameters
attemptsattempts timetime Specifiesthenumberoffailedloginattemptsallowedbeforeareadwrite orreadonlyusersaccountwillbedisabled.Validvaluesare1to10. Specifiesthenumberofminutesthedefaultadminuseraccountwillbe lockedoutafterthemaximumloginattempts.Validvaluesare0to60.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,superuser.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetloginattemptsto5andlockouttimeto30minutes:
B2(su)->set system lockout attempts 5 time 30
3-7
Commands
Thecommandsusedtosetbasicsysteminformationarelistedbelow.
For information about... show ip address set ip address clear ip address show ip protocol set ip protocol show system show system hardware show system utilization set system enhancedbuffermode show time set time show summertime set summertime set summertime date set summertime recurring clear summertime set prompt show banner motd set banner motd clear banner motd show version set system name set system location set system contact set width set length show logout set logout Refer to page... 3-9 3-9 3-10 3-10 3-11 3-11 3-12 3-13 3-14 3-15 3-15 3-16 3-16 3-17 3-17 3-18 3-19 3-19 3-20 3-20 3-21 3-22 3-22 3-23 3-23 3-24 3-24 3-25
3-8
Basic Configuration
show ip address
show ip address
UsethiscommandtodisplaythesystemIPaddressandsubnetmask.
Syntax
show ip address
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesystemIPaddressandsubnetmask:
B2(su)->show ip address Name ---------------host Address ---------------10.42.13.20 Mask ---------------255.255.0.0
set ip address
UsethiscommandtosetthesystemIPaddress,subnetmaskanddefaultgateway.
Syntax
set ip address ip-address [mask ip-mask] [gateway ip-gateway]
Parameters
ipaddress SetstheIPaddressforthesystem.ForSecureStackB2systems,thisisthe IPaddressofthemanagementswitchasdescribedinAboutSecureStack B2SwitchOperationinaStackonpage21. (Optional)Setsthesystemssubnetmask. (Optional)Setsthesystemsdefaultgateway(nexthopdevice).
maskipmask gatewayipgateway
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,ipmaskwillbesettothenaturalmaskoftheipaddressandipgatewaywillbesetto theipaddress.
3-9
clear ip address
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemIPaddressto10.1.10.1withamaskof255.255.128.0and adefaultgatewayof10.1.0.1:
B2(su)->set ip address 10.1.10.1 mask 255.255.128.0 gateway 10.1.10.1
clear ip address
UsethiscommandtoclearthesystemIPaddress.
Syntax
clear ip address
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthesystemIPaddress:
B2(rw)->clear ip address
show ip protocol
UsethiscommandtodisplaythemethodusedtoacquireanetworkIPaddressforswitch management.
Syntax
show ip protocol
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
3-10
Basic Configuration
set ip protocol
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythemethodusedtoacquireanetworkIPaddress:
B2(su)->show ip protocol System IP address acquisition method: dhcp
set ip protocol
UsethiscommandtospecifytheprotocolusedtoacquireanetworkIPaddressforswitch management.
Syntax
set ip protocol {bootp | dhcp | none}
Parameters
bootp dhcp none SelectsBOOTPastheprotocoltousetoacquirethesystemIPaddress. SelectsDHCPastheprotocoltousetoacquirethesystemIPaddress. NoprotocolwillbeusedtoacquirethesystemIPaddress.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthemethodusedtoacquireanetworkIPaddresstoDHCP.
B2(su)->set ip protocol dhcp
show system
Usethiscommandtodisplaysysteminformation,includingcontactinformation,powerandfan traystatusanduptime.
Syntax
show system
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
3-11
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaysysteminformation:
B2(su)->show system System contact: System location: System name: Primary PS Status Secondary PS Status ----------------------------------Ok Not Installed Fan1-Status Fan2-Status --------------------Ok Ok Fan3-Status ----------Ok Thermal Sensor 1 ---------------+28 degrees Celsius (82 degrees Fahrenheit) Thermal Sensor 2 ---------------+31 degrees Celsius (87 degrees Fahrenheit) Uptime d,h:m:s -------------0,0:26:52 Logout ------3 min
Syntax
show system hardware
3-12
Basic Configuration
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesystemshardwareconfiguration.Pleasenotethatthe informationyouseedisplayedmaydifferfromthisexample.
B2(su)->show system hardware SLOT HARDWARE INFORMATION -------------------Model: Serial Number: Vendor ID: Base MAC Address: Hardware Version: FirmWare Version: Boot Code Version:
Syntax
show system utilization {cpu | storage | process}
Parameters
cpu storage process Displayinformationabouttheprocessorrunningontheswitch. Displayinformationabouttheoverallmemoryusageontheswitch. Displayinformationabouttheprocessesrunningontheswitch.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
3-13
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesystemsCPUutilization:
B2(ro)->show system utilization cpu Total CPU Utilization: Switch CPU 5 sec 1 min 5 min ----------------------------------------------1 1 3% 1% 1%
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesystemsoverallmemoryusage:
B2(ro)->show system utilization storage Storage Utilization: Type Description Size(Kb) Available (Kb) --------------------------------------------------------------RAM RAM device 262144 97173 Flash Images, Config, Other 31095 8094
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationabouttheprocessesrunningonthesystem.Only partialoutputisshown.
B2(ro)->show system utilization process TID Name 5Sec 8d45148 captureTask 0.00% 8e264f8 poe_monitor 0.00% 8ea6d38 poe_read 0.80% 8eb7140 vlanDynEg 0.00% 8f0be10 tcdpSendTask 0.00% 8f1c0e8 tcdpTask 0.00% 1Min 0.00% 0.01% 0.22% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 5Min 0.00% 0.05% 0.20% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00%
Syntax
set system enhancedbuffermode {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable Enablesordisablesenhancedbuffermode.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
3-14
Basic Configuration
show time
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableenhancedbuffermode:
B2(su)->set system enhancedbuffermode enable Changes in the enhanced buffer mode will require resetting this unit. Are you sure you want to continue? (y/n)
show time
Usethiscommandtodisplaythecurrenttimeofdayinthesystemclock.
Syntax
show time
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrenttime.Theoutputshowsthedayoftheweek, month,day,andthetimeofdayinhours,minutes,andsecondsandtheyear:
B2(su)->show time THU SEP 05 09:21:57 2002
set time
Usethiscommandtochangethetimeofdayonthesystemclock.
Syntax
set time [mm/dd/yyyy] [hh:mm:ss]
Parameters
[mm/dd/yyyy] [hh:mm:ss] Setsthetimein: month,day,yearand/or 24hourformat Atleastonesetoftimeparametersmustbeentered.
Defaults
None.
3-15
show summertime
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemclockto7:50a.m:
B2(su)->set time 7:50:00
show summertime
Usethiscommandtodisplaydaylightsavingstimesettings.
Syntax
show summertime
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaydaylightsavingstimesettings:
B2(su)->show summertime Summertime is disabled and set to '' Start : SUN APR 04 02:00:00 2004 End : SUN OCT 31 02:00:00 2004 Offset: 60 minutes (1 hours 0 minutes) Recurring: yes, starting at 2:00 of the first Sunday of April and ending at 2:00 of the last Sunday of October
set summertime
Usethiscommandtoenableordisablethedaylightsavingstimefunction.
Syntax
set summertime {enable | disable} [zone]
Parameters
enable|disable zone Enablesordisablesthedaylightsavingstimefunction. (Optional)Appliesanametothedaylightsavingstimesettings.
Defaults
Ifazonenameisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
3-16
Basic Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenabledaylightsavingstimefunction:
B2(su)->set summertime enable
Syntax
set summertime date start_month start_date start_year start_hr_min end_month end_date end_year end_hr_min [offset_minutes]
Parameters
start_month start_date start_year start_hr_min end_month end_date end_year end_hr_min offset_minutes Specifiesthemonthoftheyeartostartdaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthedayofthemonthtostartdaylightsavingstime. Specifiestheyeartostartdaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthetimeofdaytostartdaylightsavingstime.Formatishh:mm. Specifiesthemonthoftheyeartoenddaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthedayofthemonthtoenddaylightsavingstime. Specifiestheyeartoenddaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthetimeofdaytoenddaylightsavingstime.Formatishh:mm. (Optional)Specifiestheamountoftimeinminutestooffsetdaylight savingstimefromthenondaylightsavingstimesystemsetting.Valid valuesare11440.
Defaults
Ifanoffsetisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetadaylightsavingstimestartdateofApril4,2004at2a.m.andan endingdateofOctober31,2004at2a.m.withanoffsettimeofonehour:
B2(su)->set summertime date April 4 2004 02:00 October 31 2004 02:00 60
3-17
clear summertime
Syntax
set summertime recurring start_week start_day start_month start_hr_min end_week end_day end_month end_hr_min [offset_minutes]
Parameters
start_week start_day start_hr_min end_week end_day end_hr_min offset_minutes Specifiestheweekofthemonthtorestartdaylightsavingstime.Valid valuesare:first,second,third,fourth,andlast. Specifiesthedayoftheweektorestartdaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthetimeofdaytorestartdaylightsavingstime.Formatis hh:mm. Specifiestheweekofthemonthtoenddaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthedayoftheweektoenddaylightsavingstime. Specifiesthetimeofdaytoenddaylightsavingstime.Formatishh:mm. (Optional)Specifiestheamountoftimeinminutestooffsetdaylight savingstimefromthenondaylightsavingstimesystemsetting.Valid valuesare11440.
Defaults
Ifanoffsetisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowsetdaylightsavingstimetorecurstartingonthefirstSundayofAprilat 2a.m.andendingthelastSundayofOctoberat2a.m.withanoffsettimeofonehour:
B2(su)->set summertime recurring first Sunday April 02:00 last Sunday October 02:00 60
clear summertime
Usethiscommandtoclearthedaylightsavingstimeconfiguration.
Syntax
clear summertime
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
3-18
Basic Configuration
set prompt
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthedaylightsavingstimeconfiguration:
B2(su)->clear summertime
set prompt
Usethiscommandtomodifythecommandprompt.
Syntax
set prompt prompt_string
Parameters
prompt_string Specifiesatextstringforthecommandprompt.
Note: A prompt string containing a space in the text must be enclosed in quotes as shown in the example below.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthecommandprompttoSwitch1:
B2(su)->set prompt Switch 1 Switch 1(su)->
Syntax
show banner motd
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
3-19
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythebannermessageoftheday:
B2(rw)->show banner motd O Knights of Ni, you are just and fair, and we will return with a shrubbery -King Arthur
Syntax
set banner motd message
Parameters
message Specifiesamessageoftheday.Thisisatextstringthatneedstobein doublequotesifanyspacesareused.Usea\nforanewlineand\tfora tab(eightspaces).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthemessageofthedaybannertoreadOKnightsofNi,youare justandfair,andwewillreturnwithashrubberyKingArthur:
B2(rw)->set banner motd "O Knights of Ni, you are just and \n fair, and we will return with a shrubbery \n \t -King Arthur"
Syntax
clear banner motd
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
3-20 Basic Configuration
show version
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthemessageofthedaybannertoablankstring:
B2(rw)->clear banner motd
show version
Usethiscommandtodisplayhardwareandfirmwareinformation.RefertoDownloadingaNew FirmwareImageonpage334forinstructionsonhowtodownloadafirmwareimage.
Syntax
show version
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayversioninformation.Pleasenotethatyoumayseedifferent informationdisplayed,dependingonthetypeofhardware.
B2(su)->show version Copyright (c) 2007 by Enterasys Networks, Inc. Model -------------B2G124-48P Serial # ----------------001188021035 Versions ------------------Hw:BCM5665 REV 17 Bp:01.00.29 Fw:4.1.xx BuFw:03.01.13 PoE:500_3
3-21
Syntax
set system name [string]
Parameters
string (Optional)Specifiesatextstringthatidentifiesthesystem.
Note: A name string containing a space in the text must be enclosed in quotes as shown in the example below.
Defaults
Ifstringisnotspecified,thesystemnamewillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemnametoInformationSystems:
B2(su)->set system name Information Systems
Syntax
set system location [string]
Parameters
string (Optional)Specifiesatextstringthatindicateswherethesystemis located.
Note: A location string containing a space in the text must be enclosed in quotes as shown in the example below.
Defaults
Ifstringisnotspecified,thelocationnamewillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemlocationstring:
B2(su)->set system location Bldg N32-04 Closet 9
3-22
Basic Configuration
Syntax
set system contact [string]
Parameters
string (Optional)Specifiesatextstringthatcontainsthenameofthepersonto contactforsystemadministration.
Note: A contact string containing a space in the text must be enclosed in quotes as shown in the example below.
Defaults
Ifstringisnotspecified,thecontactnamewillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemcontactstring:
B2(su)->set system contact Joe Smith
set width
Usethiscommandtosetthenumberofcolumnsfortheterminalconnectedtotheswitchsconsole port.
Syntax
set width screenwidth [default]
Parameters
screenwidth default Setsthenumberofterminalcolumns.Validvaluesare50to150. (Optional)Makesthissettingpersistentforallfuturesessions(writtento NVRAM).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThenumberofrowsofCLIoutputdisplayedissetusingthesetlengthcommandasdescribedin setlengthonpage324.
3-23
set length
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheterminalcolumnsto50:
B2(su)->set width 50
set length
UsethiscommandtosetthenumberoflinestheCLIwilldisplay.Thiscommandispersistent (writtentoNVRAM).
Syntax
set length screenlength
Parameters
screenlength SetsthenumberoflinesintheCLIdisplay.Validvaluesare0,which disablesthescrollingscreenfeaturedescribedinDisplayingScrolling Screensonpage18,andfrom5to512.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheterminallengthto50:
B2(su)->set length 50
show logout
Usethiscommandtodisplaythetime(inseconds)anidleconsoleorTelnetCLIsessionwill remainconnectedbeforetimingout.
Syntax
show logout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheCLIlogoutsetting:
3-24 Basic Configuration
set logout
set logout
Usethiscommandtosetthetime(inminutes)anidleconsoleorTelnetCLIsessionwillremain connectedbeforetimingout.
Syntax
set logout timeout
Parameters
timeout Setsthenumberofminutesthesystemwillremainidlebeforetimingout.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesystemtimeoutto10minutes:
B2(su)->set logout 10
show console
Usethiscommandtodisplayconsolesettings.
Syntax
show console [baud] [bits] [flowcontrol] [parity] [stopbits]
Parameters
baud bits flowcontrol parity stopbits (Optional)Displaystheinput/outputbaudrate. (Optional)Displaysthenumberofbitspercharacter. (Optional)Displaysthetypeofflowcontrol. (Optional)Displaysthetypeofparity. (Optional)Displaysthenumberofstopbits.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allsettingswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
3-25
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayallconsolesettings:
B2(su)->show console Baud Flow Bits ------ ------- ---9600 Disable 8 StopBits ---------1 Parity -----none
Syntax
set console baud rate
Parameters
rate Setstheconsolebaudrate.Validvaluesare:300,600,1200,2400,4800,5760, 9600,14400,19200,38400,and115200.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheconsoleportbaudrateto19200:
B2(su)->set console baud 19200
Thecontentsofthesixfields,fromtheleft,indicate:
3-26
Basic Configuration
Typethetypeoflicense.FortheSecureStackB2,thevalueinthisfieldisalways INCREMENT. Featuredescriptionofthefeaturebeinglicensed.Forexample,B2Policyasshowninthe characterstringabove. Datebasedversion(DBV)adaterelatedstring.FortheSecureStackB2,thevalueinthis fieldisnotsignificant. Expirationtypeindicateswhetherthelicenseisapermanentoranevaluationlicense.Ifthe licenseisanevaluationlicense,thisfieldwillcontaintheexpirationdateofthelicense.Ifthe licenseisapermanentlicense,thisfieldwillcontainthewordpermanent. Keythelicensekey. HostIDtheserialnumberoftheswitchtowhichthislicenseapplies.
WhenactivatinglicensesonSecureStackdevices,werecommendthatyoucopyandpastethe licensecharacterstring,ratherthanenteringthetextmanually.
3.
Enablethelicensesonthestackmembersfirst,beforeenablingthemasterunit,usingtheset licensecommand(page328).Forexample:
B2(rw)->set license INCREMENT B2Policy 2006.0127 27-jan-2011 0123456789AB 0123456789AB
4.
Enablethelicenseontheswitchmasterunitlast,usingthesetlicensecommand.
Alternatively,youcaninstallandactivatethenewswitchslicensefirst,beforeaddingtheswitch tothestack.
3-27
set license
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoactivateandverifylicensedfeaturesarelistedbelow.
For information about... set license show license clear license Refer to page... 3-28 3-29 3-30
set license
UsethiscommandtoactivatetheSecureStackB2licensedfeatures.
Syntax
set license type feature DBV expiration key hostid
Parameters
type feature DBV expiration Specifiesthetypeoflicense.FortheSecureStackB2,thevalueinthisfield isalwaysINCREMENT. Thenameofthefeaturebeinglicensed. Adaterelatedstringgeneratedaspartofthelicense. Indicateswhetherthelicenseisapermanentoranevaluationlicense.If thelicenseisanevaluationlicense,thisfieldwillcontaintheexpiration dateofthelicense.Ifthelicenseisapermanentlicense,thisfieldwill containthewordpermanent. Thelicensekey. Theserialnumberoftheswitchtowhichthislicenseapplies.
key hostid
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Ifmultipleswitchesareusedinastack,anindividuallicenseisrequiredforeachstackmember. RefertoLicensingProcedureinaStackEnvironmentonpage327formoreinformation.
3-28 Basic Configuration
show license
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoactivateapermanentlicensekeyontheswitchwithserialnumber 045100039001.Inthisexample,theswitchisastandaloneunitsoitsunitnumberis1.
B2(rw)->set license INCREMENT B2Policy 2006.0728 permanent 31173CAC6495 045100039001 Validating license on unit 1 License successfully validated and set on unit 1 B2(rw)->
show license
Usethiscommandtodisplaylicensekeyinformationforswitcheswithactivatedlicenses.
Syntax
show license [unit number]
Parameters
unitnumber (Optional)Specifiestheswitchinastackforwhichtodisplaylicense information. RefertoChapter 2,ConfiguringSwitchesinaStack,formore informationaboutstackunitIDs,ornumbers.
Defaults
Ifnounitnumberisspecified,licensekeyinformationforallswitchesinthestackisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Licensescanbedisplayed,applied,andclearedonlywiththelicensecommandsdescribedinthis chapter.Generalconfigurationcommandssuchasshowconfigorclearconfigdonotaffect licenses.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaylicensekeyinformatioinforswitchunit1inthestack.
B2(ro)->show license unit 1 unit 1 key: INCREMENT B2Policy 2006.0728 permanent 31173CAC6495 045100039001 status: Active
3-29
clear license
clear license
Usethiscommandtoclearthelicensekeysettings.Ifmultipleswitchesareusedinthestack,you canusetheallparametertoclearalltheswitchesatonce.
Syntax
clear license featureId feature {all | unit number}
Parameters
featureIDfeature all unitnumber Thenameofthefeaturebeingcleared. Clearsthelicensekeysettingsonallunitsinthestack. Clearsthelicensekeysettingsonthespecifiedswitch.Unitnumbercan rangefrom1to8. RefertoChapter 2,ConfiguringSwitchesinaStackformore informationaboutstackunitIDs,ornumbers.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Ifyouclearalicensefromamemberunitinastackwhilethemasterunithasanactivatedlicense, thestatusofthememberunitwillchangetoConfigMismatchanditsportswillbedetached fromthestack(thatis,willnotpasstraffic). Ifyouclearalicensefromthemasterunitofastack,thememberunitswillremainattachedtothe stackbutthelicensedfunctionalitywillnolongerbeavailabletothememberunits,evenifthey havelicensesinstalled. Licensescanbedisplayed,applied,andclearedonlywiththelicensecommandsdescribedinthis chapter.Generalconfigurationcommandssuchasshowconfigorclearconfigdonotaffect licenses.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheB2Policylicensedfeatureonstackunit3.
B2(rw)->clear license featureId B2Policy unit 3
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheB2Policylicensedfeatureonalltheunitsinastack:
B2(rw)->clear license featureId B2Policy all
3-30
Basic Configuration
Purpose
ToreviewandsetPoEparameters,includingthepoweravailabletothesystem,theusage thresholdforeachmodule,whetherornotSNMPtrapmessageswillbesentwhenpowerstatus changes,andperportPoEsettings.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandsetPoEportparametersarelistedbelow.
For information about... show inlinepower set inlinepower threshold set inlinepower trap show port inlinepower set port inlinepower Refer to page... 3-31 3-32 3-32 3-33 3-33
show inlinepower
UsethiscommandtodisplayswitchPoEproperties.
Syntax
show inlinepower
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
3-31
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayswitchPoEproperties.Inthiscase,modulesinslots2and3 arePoEmodules,sotheirpowerconfigurationsdisplay:
B2(su)->show inlinepower Detection Mode : Total Power Detected : Total Power Available : Total Power Assigned : Power Allocation Mode : Power Trap Status : Power Redundancy Status: Power Supply 1 Status : Power Supply 2 Status : Slot ---2 3 Status -----auto auto Power(W) -------360 360 auto 400 Watts 250 Watts 0 Watts auto enable not redundant Ok Not Installed Consumption(W) -------------0.00 5.20 Usage(%) -------0.00 1.44 Threshold(%) -----------80 80 Trap ---enable enable
Syntax
set inlinepower threshold usage-threshold unit-number
Parameters
thresholdvalue modulenumber SpecifiesaPoEthresholdasapercentageoftotalsystempowerusage. Validvaluesare11to100. SpecifiesthemoduleonwhichtosetthePoEthreshold.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePoEthresholdto50onmodule/unit1:
B2(su)->set inlinepower threshold 50 1
3-32
Basic Configuration
Syntax
set inlinepower trap {disable | enable} module-number
Parameters
disable|enable modulenumber DisablesorenablesPoEtrapmessaging. Specifiesthemoduleonwhichtodisableorenabletrapmessaging.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePoEtrapmessagingonmodule1:
B2(su)->set inlinepower trap enable 1
Syntax
show port inlinepower [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysinformationforspecificPoEport(s).
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,informationforallPoEportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPoEinformationforportge.2.1.Inthiscase,theports administrativestate,PoEpriorityandclasshavenotbeenchangedfromdefaultvalues:
B2(su)->show port inlinepower ge.2.1 Port Type Admin Oper -------------ge.2.1 wireless auto searching Priority -------low Class ----0 Power(W) -------360
Syntax
set port inlinepower port-string {[admin {off | auto}] [priority {critical | high | low}] [type type]}
3-33
Parameters
portstring adminoff|auto prioritycritical| high|low typetype Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoconfigurePoE. SetsthePoEadministrativestatetooff(disabled)orauto(on). Setstheport(s)priorityforthePoEallocationalgorithmtocritical (highest),highorlow. Specifiesastringdescribingthetypeofdeviceconnectedtoaport.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePoEonportge.3.1withcriticalpriority:
B2(su)->set port inlinepower ge.3.1 admin auto priority critical
3-34
Basic Configuration
2.
Beforethebootupcompletes,type2toselectStartBootMenu.Useadministratorforthe Password.
Note: The above Boot Menu password administrator can be changed using boot menu option 11. Boot Menu Version 01.00.29 05-09-2005 Options available 1 - Start operational code 2 - Change baud rate 3 - Retrieve event log using XMODEM (64KB). 4 - Load new operational code using XMODEM 5 - Display operational code vital product data 6 - Run Flash Diagnostics 7 - Update Boot Code 8 - Delete operational code 9 - Reset the system 10 - Restore Configuration to factory defaults (delete config files) 11 - Set new Boot Code password [Boot Menu] 2
3.
Type2.Thefollowingbaudrateselectionscreendisplays:
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 0 1200 2400 4800 9600 19200 38400 57600 115200 no change
4.
Type8tosettheswitchbaudrateto115200.Thefollowingmessagedisplays:
Setting baud rate to 115200, you must change your terminal baud rate.
5.
Settheterminalbaudrateto115200andpressENTER.
3-35
6.
7. 8.
Fromthebootmenuoptionsscreen,type2todisplaythebaudrateselectionscreenagain. Type4settheswitchbaudrateto9600.Thefollowingmessagedisplays:
Setting baud rate to 9600, you must change your terminal baud rate.
9.
Settheterminalbaudrateto9600andpressENTER.
3-36
Basic Configuration
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewandselecttheswitchsbootimagefilearelistedbelow.
For information about... show boot system set boot system Refer to page... 3-37 3-37
Syntax
show boot system
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheswitchsbootfirmwareimage:
B2(su)->show boot system Current system image to boot: bootfile
Syntax
set boot system filename
Parameters
filename Specifiesthenameofthefirmwareimagefile.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
3-37
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthebootfirmwareimagefiletonewimage:
B2(su)->set boot system newimage
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoenable,startandconfigureTelnetarelistedbelow.
For information about... show telnet set telnet telnet Refer to page... 3-38 3-38 3-39
show telnet
UsethiscommandtodisplaythestatusofTelnetontheswitch.
Syntax
show telnet
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayTelnetstatus:
B2(su)->show telnet Telnet inbound is currently: ENABLED Telnet outbound is currently: ENABLED
set telnet
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableTelnetontheswitch.
3-38
Basic Configuration
telnet
Syntax
set telnet {enable | disable} [inbound | outbound | all]
Parameters
enable|disable inbound| outbound|all EnablesordisablesTelnetservices. (Optional)Specifiesinboundservice(theabilitytoTelnettothisswitch), outboundservice(theabilitytoTelnettootherdevices),orall(both inboundandoutbound).
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,bothinboundandoutboundTelnetservicewillbeenabledordisabled.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableinboundandoutboundTelnetservices:
B2(su)->set telnet disable all Disconnect all telnet sessions and disable now (y/n)? [n]: y All telnet sessions have been terminated, telnet is now disabled.
telnet
UsethiscommandtostartaTelnetconnectiontoaremotehost.TheSecureStackB2switchallows atotaloffourinboundand/oroutboundTelnetsessiontorunsimultaneously.
Syntax
telnet host [port]
Parameters
host port SpecifiesthenameorIPaddressoftheremotehost. (Optional)Specifiestheserverportnumber.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,thedefaultportnumber23willbeused.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtostartaTelnetsessiontoahostat10.21.42.13:
B2(su)->telnet 10.21.42.13
3-39
Purpose
TosetandviewthepersistencemodeforCLIconfigurationcommands,manuallysavethe runningconfiguration,view,manage,andexecuteconfigurationfilesandimagefiles,andsetand viewTFTPparameters.
Commands
For information about... show snmp persistmode set snmp persistmode save config dir show file show config configure copy delete show tftp settings set tftp timeout clear tftp timeout set tftp retry clear tftp retry Refer to page... 3-41 3-41 3-42 3-42 3-43 3-44 3-45 3-45 3-46 3-46 3-47 3-48 3-48 3-49
3-40
Basic Configuration
Syntax
show snmp persistmode
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Bydefault,themodeissettoautosave,whichautomaticallysavesconfigurationchangesat specificintervals.Ifthemodeissettomanual,configurationcommandsareneverautomatically saved.Inordertomakeconfigurationchangespersistentwhenthemodeismanual,thesave configcommandmustbeissuedasdescribedinConfigurationPersistenceModeonpage340.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheconfigurationpersistencemodesetting.Inthiscase, persistencemodeissettomanual,whichmeansconfigurationchangesarenotbeing automaticallysaved.
B2(su)->show snmp persistmode persistmode is manual
Syntax
set snmp persistmode {auto | manual}
Parameters
auto manual Setstheconfigurationpersistencemodetoautomatic.Thisisthedefault state. Setstheconfigurationpersistencemodetomanual.Inordertomake configurationchangespersistent,thesaveconfigcommandmustbe issuedasdescribedinsaveconfigonpage342.Thismodeisusefulfor revertingbacktooldconfigurations.
3-41
save config
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheconfigurationpersistencemodetomanual:
B2(su)->set snmp persistmode manual
save config
Usethiscommandtosavetherunningconfiguration.Ifapplicable,thiscommandwillsavethe configurationtoallswitchmembersinastack. Syntax
save config
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosavetherunningconfiguration:
B2(su)->save config
dir
Usethiscommandtolistconfigurationandimagefilesstoredinthefilesystem.
Syntax
dir [filename]
Parameters
filename (Optional)Specifiesthefilenameordirectorytolist.
Defaults
Iffilenameisnotspecified,allfilesinthesystemwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
3-42 Basic Configuration
show file
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtolistalltheconfigurationandimagefilesinthesystem:
B2(su)->dir Images: ================================================================== Filename: b2-series_03.01.13 Version: 03.01.13 Size: 6275072 (bytes) Date: Wed Jun 21 00:57:48 2006 CheckSum: d064e2420f57c8b03636e6652b4f8ff5 Compatibility: B2G124-24, B2G124-48, B2H124-48, B2G124-48P, B2H124-48P B2K122-24, B2G170-24, B2G134-24P Filename: Version: Size: Date: CheckSum: Compatibility: b2-series_03.00.14 (Active) (Boot) 03.00.14 6109184 (bytes) Tue Apr 25 13:06:18 2006 e60e044f0e340e994d4124c86f0d40f5 B2G124-24, B2G124-48, B2H124-48, B2G124-48P, B2H124-48P B2K122-24, B2G170-24, B2G134-24P
show file
Usethiscommandtodisplaythecontentsofafile.
Syntax
show file filename
Parameters
filename Specifiesthenameofthefiletodisplay.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayatextfilenamedmypolicyintheconfigs/directory.Note thatonlyaportionofthefileisshowninthisexample.
3-43
show config
4 : 5 : set policy profile 1 name "Check GUEST" pvid-status enable pvid 4095 untaggedvlans 1 6 : 7 : set policy profile 2 name "User LABORATORIES" pvid-status enable pvid 680 cosstatus enable cos 4 untagged-vlans 680 8 : 9 : set policy profile 3 name "Administrator" pvid-status enable pvid 4095 10 : 11 : set policy profile 4 name "Guest" pvid-status enable pvid 999 cos-status enable cos 3 untagged-vlans 999 12 : 13 : set policy port ge.1.1 4 14 : 15 : set policy port ge.1.2 4
show config
Usethiscommandtodisplaythesystemconfigurationorwritetheconfigurationtoafile.
Syntax
show config [all | facility] [outfile {configs/filename}]
Parameters
all facility (Optional)Displaysdefaultandnondefaultconfigurationsettings. (Optional)Specifiestheexactnameofonefacilityforwhichtoshow configuration.Forexample,enterroutertoshowonlyrouter configuration. (Optional)Specifiesthatthecurrentconfigurationwillbewrittentoatext fileintheconfigs/directory. Specifiesafilenameintheconfigs/directorytodisplay.
outfile configs/filename
Defaults
Bydefault,showconfigwilldisplayallnondefaultconfigurationinformationforallfacilities.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Theseparatefacilitiesthatcanbedisplayedbythiscommandareidentifiedinthedisplayofthe currentconfigurationbya#precedingthefacilityname.Forexample,#portindicatesthefacility nameport. Examples Thisexampleshowshowtowritethecurrentconfigurationtoafilenamedsave_config2:
B2(rw)->show config all outfile configs/save_config2
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayconfigurationforthefacilityport.
B2(rw)->show config port This command shows non-default configurations only. Use 'show config all' to show both default and non-default configurations.
3-44 Basic Configuration
configure
begin ! #***** NON-DEFAULT CONFIGURATION ***** ! ! #port set port jumbo disable ge.1.1 ! end
configure
Usethiscommandtoexecuteapreviouslydownloadedconfigurationfilestoredontheswitch.
Syntax
configure filename [append]
Parameters
filename append Specifiesthepathandfilenameoftheconfigurationfiletoexecute. (Optional)Appendstheconfigurationfilecontentstothecurrent configuration.Thisisequivalenttotypingthecontentsoftheconfigfile directlyintotheCLIandcanbeused,forexample,tomakeincremental adjustmentstothecurrentconfiguration.
Defaults
Ifappendisnotspecified,thecurrentrunningconfigurationwillbereplacedwiththecontentsof theconfigurationfile,whichwillrequireanautomatedresetofthechassis.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoexecutetheJan1_2004.cfgconfigurationfile:
B2(su)->configure configs/Jan1_2004.cfg
copy
UsethiscommandtouploadordownloadanimageoraCLIconfigurationfile.
Syntax
copy source destination
Parameters
source Specifieslocationandnameofthesourcefiletocopy.Optionsarealocalfile pathintheconfigsdirectory,ortheURLofaTFTPserver.
3-45
delete
destination
Specifieslocationandnameofthedestinationwherethefilewillbecopied. Optionsareaslotlocationandfilename,ortheURLofaTFTPserver.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodownloadanimageviaTFTP:
B2(su)->copy tftp://10.1.192.34/version01000 system:image
Thisexampleshowshowtodownloadaconfigurationfiletotheconfigsdirectory:
B2(su)->copy tftp://10.1.192.1/Jan1_2004.cfg configs/Jan1_2004.cfg
delete
UsethiscommandtoremoveanimageoraCLIconfigurationfilefromtheswitch.
Syntax
delete filename
Parameters
filename Specifiesthelocalpathnametothefile.Validdirectoriesare/imagesand /configs.44.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Usethedircommand(page342)todisplaycurrentimageandconfigurationfilenames.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeletetheJan1_2004.cfgconfigurationfile:
B2(su)->delete configs/Jan1_2004.cfg
Syntax
show tftp settings
3-46
Basic Configuration
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
TheTFTPtimeoutvaluecanbesetwiththesettftptimeoutcommand.TheTFTPretryvaluecan besetwiththesettftpretrycommand.
Example
Thisexampleshowstheoutputofthiscommand.
B2(ro)->show tftp settings TFTP packet timeout (seconds): 2 TFTP max retry: 5
Syntax
set tftp timeout seconds
Parameters
seconds Specifiesthenumberofsecondstowaitforareply.Thevalidrangeis from1to30seconds.Defaultvalueis2seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthetimeoutperiodto4seconds.
B2(rw)->set tftp timeout 4
3-47
Syntax
clear tftp timeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthetimeoutvaluetothedefaultof2seconds.
B2(rw)-> clear tftp timeout
Syntax
set tftp retry retry
Parameters
retry Specifiesthenumberoftimesapacketwillberesent.Thevalidrangeis from1to1000.Defaultvalueis5retries.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetstheretrycountto3.
B2(rw)->set tftp retry 3
3-48
Basic Configuration
Syntax
clear tftp retry
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocleartheretryvaluetothedefaultof5retries.
B2(rw)-> clear tftp retry
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoclearandclosetheCLIsessionarelistedbelow.
For information about... cls exit Refer to page... 3-49 3-50
Syntax
cls
Parameters
None.
3-49
exit
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCLIscreen:
B2(su)->cls
exit
UseeitherofthesecommandstoleaveaCLIsession.
Syntax
exit
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Bydefault,switchtimeoutoccursafter15minutesofuserinactivity,automaticallyclosingyour CLIsession.Usethesetlogoutcommand(page325)tochangethisdefault.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoexitaCLIsession:
B2(su)->exit
Commands
For information about... reset Refer to page... 3-51
3-50
Basic Configuration
reset
reset
Usethiscommandtoresettheswitchwithoutlosinganyuserdefinedconfigurationsettings.
Syntax
reset [unit]
Parameters
unit Defaults IfnounitIDisspecified,theentiresystemwillbereset. Mode Switchcommand,readwrite. (Optional)Specifiesaunittobereset.
Usage
ASecureStackB2switchcanalsoberesetwiththeRESETbuttonlocatedonitsfrontpanel.For informationonhowtodothis,refertotheSecureStackB2InstallationGuideshippedwithyour switch.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthesystem:
B2(su)->reset Are you sure you want to reload the stack? (y/n) y Saving Configuration to stacking members Reloading all switches.
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetunit1:
B2(su)->reset 1 Are you sure you want to reload the switch? (y/n) y Reloading switch 1. This switch is manager of the stack. STACK: detach 3 units
clear config
Usethiscommandtocleartheuserdefinedconfigurationparameters.
Syntax
clear config [all]
Parameters
3-51
Defaults
all (Optional)Clearsuserdefinedconfigurationparameters(andstackunit numbersandpriorities,ifapplicable).
Usage
ExecutingthiscommandwillcleartheconfigurationinbothNVRAMandonthememorycard,if oneisinstalledontheswitch. ThiscommandwillnotcleartheIPaddressoftheswitch.Usetheclearipaddresscommandto cleartheIPaddress. Whenusingtheclearconfigcommandtoclearconfigurationparametersinastack,itisimportant torememberthefollowing: UseclearconfigtoclearconfigurationparameterswithoutclearingstackunitIDs.This commandWILLNOTclearstackparametersandavoidstheprocessofrenumberingthe stack. Useclearconfigallwhenitisnecessarytoclearallconfigurationparameters,includingstack unitIDs(ifapplicable)andswitchpriorityvalues. UsetheclearipaddresscommandtocleartheIPaddress.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearconfigurationparameters(includingstackingparameters,if applicable):
B2(su)->clear config all
3-52
Basic Configuration
show webview
Commands
For information about... show webview set webview show ssl set ssl Refer to page... 3-53 3-53 3-54 3-54
show webview
UsethiscommandtodisplayWebViewstatus.
Syntax
show webview
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayWebViewstatus:
B2(rw)->show webview WebView is Enabled.
set webview
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableWebViewontheswitch.
Syntax
set webview {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnableordisableWebViewontheswitch.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
3-53
show ssl
Usage
ItisgoodpracticeforsecurityreasonstodisableHTTPaccessontheswitchwhenfinished configuringwithWebView,andthentoonlyenableWebViewontheswitchwhenchangesneed tobemade.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableWebViewontheswitch:
B2(rw)->set webview disable
show ssl
UsethiscommandtodisplaySSLstatus.
Syntax
show ssl
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySSLstatus:
B2(rw)->show ssl SSL status: Enabled
set ssl
UsethiscommandtoenableordisabletheuseofWebViewoverSSLport443.Bydefault,SSLis disabledontheswitch.Thiscommandcanalsobeusedtoreinitializethehostkeythatisusedfor encryption.
Syntax
set ssl {enabled | disabled | reinitialize | hostkey reinitialize}
Parameters
enabled|disabled reinitialize hostkeyreinitialize EnableordisabletheabilitytouseWebViewoverSSL. StopsandthenrestartstheSSLprocess. StopsSSL,regeneratesnewkeys,andthenrestartsSSL.
Defaults
None.
3-54 Basic Configuration
set ssl
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableSSL:
B2(rw)->set ssl enabled
3-55
set ssl
3-56
Basic Configuration
4
Thischapterdescribeshowtoconfigurediscoveryprotocols.
For information about... Configuring CDP Configuring Cisco Discovery Protocol Configuring Link Layer Discovery Protocol and LLDP-MED
Configuring CDP
Purpose
ToreviewandconfiguretheEnterasysCDPdiscoveryprotocol.Thisprotocolisusedtodiscover networktopology.Whenenabled,thisprotocolallowsEnterasysdevicestosendperiodicPDUs aboutthemselvestoneighboringdevices.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfiguretheCDPdiscoveryprotocolarelistedbelow.
For information about... show cdp set cdp state set cdp auth set cdp interval set cdp hold-time clear cdp show neighbors Refer to page... 4-1 4-3 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-5 4-6
show cdp
UsethiscommandtodisplaythestatusoftheCDPdiscoveryprotocolandmessageintervalon oneormoreports.
4-1
show cdp
Syntax
show cdp [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysCDPstatusforaspecificport.Foradetaileddescription ofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,allCDPinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayCDPinformationforportsge.1.1throughge.1.9:
B2(su)->show cdp ge.1.1-9 CDP Global Status CDP Version Supported CDP Hold Time CDP Authentication Code CDP Transmit Frequency Port Status ----------------ge.1.1 auto-enable ge.1.2 auto-enable ge.1.3 auto-enable ge.1.4 auto-enable ge.1.5 auto-enable ge.1.6 auto-enable ge.1.7 auto-enable ge.1.8 auto-enable ge.1.9 auto-enable :auto-enable :30 hex :180 :00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 hex :60
4-2
Table 4-6
Output
Syntax
set cdp state {auto | disable | enable} [port-string]
Parameters
auto|disable| enable portstring Autoenables,disablesorenablestheCDPprotocolonthespecifiedport(s). Inautoenablemode,whichisthedefaultmodeforallports,aport automaticallybecomesCDPenableduponreceivingitsfirstCDPmessage. (Optional)EnablesordisablesCDPonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,theCDPstatewillbegloballyset.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyenableCDP:
B2(su)->set cdp state enable
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheCDPforportge.1.2:
B2(su)->set cdp state enable ge.1.2
ThisexampleshowshowtodisabletheCDPforportge.1.2:
B2(su)->set cdp state disable ge.1.2
4-3
Syntax
set cdp auth auth-code
Parameters
authcode SpecifiesanauthenticationcodefortheCDPprotocol.Thiscanbeupto16 hexadecimalvaluesseparatedbycommas.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheauthenticationcodevaluedeterminesaswitchsCDPdomain.Iftwoormoreswitcheshave thesameCDPauthenticationcode,theywillbeenteredintoeachothersCDPneighbortables.If theyhavedifferentauthenticationcodes,theyareindifferentdomainsandwillnotbeentered intoeachothersCDPneighbortables. Aswitchwiththedefaultauthenticationcode(16nullcharacters)willrecognizeallswitches,no matterwhattheirauthenticationcode,andenterthemintoitsCDPneighbortable.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCDPauthenticationcodeto1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8:
B2(su)->set cdp auth 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8:
Syntax
set cdp interval frequency
Parameters
frequency SpecifiesthetransmitfrequencyofCDPmessagesinseconds.Validvalues arefrom5to900seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCDPintervalfrequencyto15seconds:
B2(su)->set cdp interval 15
4-4 Discovery Protocol Configuration
Syntax
set cdp hold-time hold-time
Parameters
holdtime SpecifiestheholdtimevalueforCDPmessagesinseconds.Validvaluesare from15to600.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetCDPholdtimeto60seconds:
B2(su)->set cdp hold-time 60
clear cdp
UsethiscommandtoresetCDPdiscoveryprotocolsettingstodefaults.
Syntax
clear cdp {[state] [port-state port-string] [interval] [hold-time] [auth-code]}
Parameters
state portstateportstring interval holdtime authcode (Optional)ResetstheglobalCDPstatetoautoenabled. (Optional)Resetstheportstateonspecificport(s)toautoenabled. (Optional)Resetsthemessagefrequencyintervalto60seconds. (Optional)Resetstheholdtimevalueto180seconds. (Optional)Resetstheauthenticationcodeto16bytesof00(000000 0000000000).
Defaults
Atleastoneoptionalparametermustbeentered.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheCDPstatetoautoenabled:
B2(su)->clear cdp state
4-5
show neighbors
show neighbors
ThiscommanddisplaysNeighborDiscoveryinformationforeithertheCDPorCiscoDP protocols.
Syntax
show neighbors [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)SpecifiestheportorportsforwhichtodisplayNeighbor Discoveryinformation.
Defaults
Ifnoportisspecified,allNeighborDiscoveryinformationisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
ThiscommanddisplaysinformationdiscoveredbyboththeCDPandtheCiscoDPprotocols.
Example
ThisexampledisplaysNeighborDiscoveryinformationforallports.
B2(su)->show neighbors Port Device ID Port ID Type Network Address -----------------------------------------------------------------------------ge.1.1 00036b8b1587 12.227.1.176 ciscodp 12.227.1.176 ge.1.6 0001f496126f 140.2.3.1 ciscodp 140.2.3.1 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-00-72-fe 140.2.4.102 cdp 140.2.4.102 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-00-70-8a 140.2.4.104 cdp 140.2.4.104 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-c5-f7-20 140.2.4.101 cdp 140.2.4.101 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-89-4f-ae 140.2.4.105 cdp 140.2.4.105 ge.1.6 00-01-f4-5f-1f-c0 140.2.1.11 cdp 140.2.1.11 ge.1.19 0001f400732e 165.32.100.10 ciscodp 165.32.100.10
4-6
show ciscodp
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfiguretheCiscodiscoveryprotocolarelistedbelow.Refer alsotoshowneighborsonpage46.
For information about... show ciscodp show ciscodp port info set ciscodp status set ciscodp timer set ciscodp holdtime set ciscodp port clear ciscodp Refer to page... 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-9 4-10 4-10 4-12
show ciscodp
UsethiscommandtodisplayglobalCiscodiscoveryprotocolinformation.
Syntax
show ciscodp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayglobalCiscoDPinformation.
B2(su)->show ciscodp CiscoDP :Enabled Timer :5 Holdtime (TTl): 180 Device ID : 001188554A60 Last Change : WED NOV 08 13:19:56 2006
4-7
Table 4-7
Output Timer Holdtime
Syntax
show ciscodp port info [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysCiscoDPinformationforaspecificport.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,CiscoDPinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayCiscoDPinformationforGigabitEthernetport1inslot1.
B2(su)->show ciscodp port info ge.1.1 port state vvid trusted cos ---------------------------------------------ge.1.1 enable none yes 0
4-8
Table 4-8
Output trusted cos
Syntax
set ciscodp state {auto | disable | enable}
Parameters
auto disable enable GloballyenableonlyifCiscoDPPDUsarereceived. GloballydisableCiscodiscoveryprotocol. GloballyenableCiscodiscoveryprotocol.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyenableCiscoDP:
B2(su)->set ciscodp state enable
Syntax
set ciscodp timer seconds
Parameters
seconds SpecifiesthenumberofsecondsbetweenCiscoDPPDUtransmissions. Validvaluesarefrom5to254seconds.
Defaults
None.
4-9
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCiscoDPtimerto120seconds.
B2(su)->set ciscodp timer 120
Syntax
set ciscodp holdtime hold-time
Parameters
holdtime SpecifiesthetimetoliveforCiscoDPPDUs.Validvaluesarefrom10to255 seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetCiscoDPholdtimeto180seconds:
B2(su)->set ciscodp hold-time 180
Syntax
set ciscodp port {[status {disable | enable}] [vvid {vlan-id | none | dot1p | untagged}] [trusted {yes | no}] [cos value]} port-string
4-10
Parameters
status disable enable vvid vlanid none dot1p untagged trusted yes SetstheCiscoDPportoperationalstatus. DoesnottransmitorprocessCiscoDPPDUs. TransmitsandprocessesCiscoDPPDUs. SetstheportvoiceVLANforCiscoDPPDUtransmission. SpecifiestheVLANID,range14094. NovoiceVLANwillbeusedinCiscoDPPDUs.Thisisthedefault. Instructsattachedphonetosend802.1ptaggedframes. Instructsattachedphonetosenduntaggedframes. Setstheextendedtrustmodeontheport. Instructsattachedphonetoallowthedeviceconnectedtoittotransmit trafficcontaininganyCoSorLayer2802.1pmarking.Thisisthedefault value. Instructsattachedphonetooverwritethe802.1ptagoftraffic transmittedbythedeviceconnectedtoitto0,bydefault,ortothevalue configuredwiththecosparameter. Instructsattachedphonetooverwritethe802.1ptagoftraffic transmittedbythedeviceconnectedtoitwiththespecifiedvalue,when thetrustmodeoftheportissettountrusted.Valuecanrangefrom0to 7,with0indicatingthelowestpriority. Specifiestheport(s)onwhichstatuswillbeset.
no
cosvalue
portstring
Defaults
Status:enabled VoiceVLAN:none Trustmode:trusted CoSvalue:0
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
ThefollowingpointsdescribehowtheCiscoDPextendedtrustsettingsworkontheswitch. ACiscoDPporttruststatusoftrustedoruntrustedisonlymeaningfulwhenaCiscoIPphone isconnectedtoaswitchportandaPCorotherdeviceisconnectedtothebackoftheCiscoIP phone. ACiscoDPportstateoftrustedoruntrustedonlyaffectstaggedtraffictransmittedbythe deviceconnectedtotheCiscoIPphone.Untaggedtraffictransmittedbythedeviceconnected totheCiscoIPphoneisunaffectedbythissetting. IftheswitchportisconfiguredtoaCiscoDPtruststateoftrusted(withthetrustedyes parameterofthiscommand),thissettingiscommunicatedtotheCiscoIPphoneinstructingit toallowthedeviceconnectedtoittotransmittrafficcontaininganyCoSorLayer2802.1p marking.
4-11
clear ciscodp
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCiscoDPportvoiceVLANIDto3onportge.1.6andenable theportoperationalstate.
B2(rw)->set ciscodp port status enable vvid 3 ge.1.6
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheCiscoDPextendedtrustmodetountrustedonportge.1.5and settheCoSpriorityto1.
B2(rw)->set ciscodp port trusted no cos 1 ge.1.5
clear ciscodp
UsethiscommandtocleartheCiscodiscoveryprotocolbacktothedefaultvalues.
Syntax
clear ciscodp [status | timer | holdtime | {port {status | vvid | trust | cos} [port-string]}]
Parameters
status timer holdtime port status vvid trust cos portstring ClearsglobalCiscoDPenablestatustodefaultofauto. ClearsthetimebetweenCiscoDPPDUtransmissionstodefaultof60 seconds. ClearsthetimetoliveforCiscoDPPDUdatatodefaultof180seconds. ClearstheCiscoDPportconfiguration. Clearstheindividualportoperationalstatustothedefaultofenabled. ClearstheindividualportvoiceVLANforCiscoDPPDUtransmission to0. Clearsthetrustmodeconfigurationoftheporttotrusted. ClearstheCoSpriorityforuntrustedtrafficoftheportto0. (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)onwhichstatuswillbeset.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersareentered,allCiscoDPparametersareresettothedefaultsgloballyandforall ports.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
4-12 Discovery Protocol Configuration
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearalltheCiscoDPparametersbacktothedefaultsettings.
B2(rw)->clear ciscodp
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCiscoDPstatusonportge.1.5.
B2(rw)->clear ciscodp port status ge.1.5
TheinformationsentbyanLLDPenableddeviceisextractedandtabulatedbyitspeers.The communicationcanbedonewheninformationchangesoronaperiodicbasis.Theinformation tabulatedisagedtoensurethatitiskeptuptodate.Portscanbeconfiguredtosendthis information,receivethisinformation,orbothsendandreceive. EitherLLDPorLLDPMED,butnotboth,canbeusedonaninterfacebetweentwodevices.A switchportusesLLDPMEDwhenitdetectsthatanLLDPMEDcapabledeviceisconnectedtoit. LLDPinformationiscontainedwithinaLinkLayerDiscoveryProtocolDataUnit(LLDPDU)sent inasingle802.3Ethernetframe.TheinformationfieldsinLLDPDUareasequenceofshort, variablelength,informationelementsknownasTLVstype,length,andvaluefieldswhere: Typeidentifieswhatkindofinformationisbeingsent Lengthindicatesthelengthoftheinformationstringinoctets Valueistheactualinformationthatneedstobesent
Purpose
ToreviewandconfigureLLPDandLLPDMED.
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandconfiguretheCDPdiscoveryprotocolarelistedbelow.
4-13
For information about... show lldp show lldp port status show lldp port trap show lldp port tx-tlv show lldp port location-info show lldp port local-info show lldp port remote-info set lldp tx-interval set lldp hold-multiplier set lldp trap-interval set lldp med-fast-repeat set lldp port status set lldp port trap set lldp port med-trap set lldp port location-info set lldp port tx-tlv clear lldp clear lldp port status clear lldp port trap clear lldp port med-trap clear lldp port location-info clear lldp port tx-tlv clear lldp port tx-tlv
Refer to page... 4-15 4-16 4-16 4-17 4-17 4-18 4-20 4-22 4-22 4-23 4-24 4-24 4-25 4-25 4-26 4-26 4-28 4-29 4-29 4-29 4-30 4-30 4-30
4-14
show lldp
Configuration Tasks
Thecommandsincludedinthisimplementationallowyoutoperformthefollowingconfiguration tasks:
Step 1. Task Configure global system LLDP parameters Command(s) set lldp tx-interval set lldp hold-multiplier set lldp trap-interval set lldp med-fast-repeat clear lldp 2. Enable/disable specific ports to: Transmit and process received LLDPDUs Send LLDP traps Send LLDP-MED traps set/clear lldp port status set/clear lldp port trap set/clear lldp port med-trap
show lldp
UsethiscommandtodisplayLLDPconfigurationinformation.
Syntax
show lldp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLLDPconfigurationinformation.
B2(ro)->show lldp Message Tx Interval Message Tx Hold Multiplier Notification Tx Interval MED Fast Start Count Tx-Enabled Ports Rx-Enabled Ports Trap-Enabled Ports MED Trap-Enabled Ports : : : : 30 4 5 3
: ge.1.1-60; ge.2.1-24; ge.3.1-30; ge.4.1-12; : ge.1.1-60; ge.2.1-24; ge.3.1-30; ge.4.1-12; : ge.1.1-60; ge.2.1-24; ge.3.1-30; ge.4.1-12; : ge.1.1-60; ge.2.1-24; ge.3.1-30; ge.4.1-12;
4-15
Syntax
show lldp port status [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysLLDPstatusforoneorarangeofports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,LLDPstatusinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLLDPportstatusinformationforallports.
B2(ro)->show lldp port status Tx-Enabled Ports Rx-Enabled Ports : ge.1.1-60; ge.2.1-24; ge.3.1-30; ge.4.1-12 : ge.1.1-60; ge.2.1-24; ge.3.1-30; ge.4.1-12
Syntax
show lldp port trap [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaystheportorrangeofportsthathavebeenenabled tosendLLDPand/orLLDPMEDnotifications.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,LLDPporttrapinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
4-16
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLLDPporttrapinformationforallports.
B2(ro)->show lldp port trap Trap-Enabled Ports : MED Trap-Enabled Ports:
Syntax
showlldpporttxtlv[portstring]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysinformationaboutTLVconfigurationforoneora rangeofports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,TLVconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytransmitTLVinformationforthreeports.
B2(ro)->show lldp port tx-tlv ge.1.1-3 * Means TLV is supported and enabled on this port o Means TLV is supported on this port Means TLV is not supported on this port Column Pro Id uses letter notation for enable: s-stp, l-lacp, g-gvrp Ports ------ge.1.1 ge.1.2 ge.1.3 Port Desc ---* * * Sys Name ---* * * Sys Desc ---* * * Sys Cap --* * * Mgmt Addr ---* * * Vlan Id ---* * * Pro Id ---slg slg slg MAC PoE Link Max PHY Aggr Frame --- --- ---- ---* * * * * * * * * MED MED MED MED Cap Pol Loc PoE --- --- --- --* * * *
Syntax
show lldp port location-info [port-string]
4-17
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysportlocationinformationforoneorarangeof ports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,portlocationconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayedforall ports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayportlocationinformationforthreeports.
B2(ro)->show lldp port location-info ge.1.1-3 Ports -------ge.1.1 ge.1.2 ge.1.3 Type ------------ELIN ELIN ELIN Location ------------------------1234567890 1234567890 1234567890
Syntax
show lldp port local-info [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displayslocalsysteminformationforoneorarangeof ports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,localsysteminformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythelocalsysteminformationstoredforportge.4.1.Table 49 describestheoutputfieldsofthiscommand.
B2(rw)->show lldp port local-info ge.4.1 Local Port : ge.4.1 Local Port Id: ge.4.1 -------------------Port Desc : ... 1000BASE-TX RJ45 Gigabit Ethernet Frontpanel Port
4-18
Mgmt Addr : 10.21.64.100 Chassis ID : 00-E0-63-93-74-A5 Sys Name : LLDP PoE test Chassis Sys Desc : Enterasys Networks, Inc. Sys Cap Supported/Enabled : bridge,router/bridge Auto-Neg Supported/Enabled Auto-Neg Advertised : yes/yes : 10BASE-T, 10BASE-TFD, 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-TXFD, 1000BASE-TFD, Bpause Operational Speed/Duplex/Type : 100 full tx Max Frame Size (bytes) : 1522 Vlan Id : 1 LAG Supported/Enabled/Id : no/no/0 Protocol Id : Spanning Tree v-3 (IEEE802.1s) LACP v-1 GVRP PoE PoE PoE PoE PoE PoE PoE Device Power Source MDI Supported/Enabled Pair Controllable/Used Power Class Power Limit (mW) Power Priority : : : : : : : PSE device primary yes/yes false/spare 2 15400 high
Table 49describestheinformationdisplayedbytheshowlldpportlocalinfocommand. Table 4-9 show lldp port local-info Output Details
What it Displays... Identifies the port for which local system information is displayed. Mandatory basic LLDP TLV that identifies the port transmitting the LLDPDU. Value is ifName object defined in RFC 2863. Optional basic LLDP TLV. Value is ifDescr object defined in RFC 2863. Optional basic LLDP TLV. IPv4 address of host interface. Mandatory basic LLDP TLV that identifies the chassis transmitting the LLDPDU. Value is MAC address of chassis. Optional basic LLDP TLV. Value is the administratively assigned name for the system. Optional basic LLDP TLV. Value is sysDescr object defined in RFC 3418. Optional basic LLDP TLV. System capabilities, value can be bridge and/or router. IEEE 802.3 Extensions MAC-PHY Configuration/Status TLV. Autonegotiation supported and enabled settings should be the same on the two systems attached to the same link. IEEE 802.3 Extensions MAC-PHY Configuration/Status TLV. Lists the configured advertised values on the port. IEEE 802.3 Extensions MAC-PHY Configuration/Status TLV. Lists the operational MAU type, duplex, and speed of the port. If the received TLV indicates that auto-negotiation is supported but not enabled, these values will be used by the port.
Output Field Local Port Local Port Id Port Desc Mgmt Addr Chassis ID Sys Name Sys Desc Sys Cap Supported/Enabled Auto-Neg Supported/Enabled
4-19
Table 4-9
Protocol Id
ECS ELIN
PoE Device
Syntax
show lldp port remote-info [port-string]
4-20
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysremotesysteminformationforoneorarangeof ports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,remotesysteminformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheremotesysteminformationstoredforportge.3.1.The remotesysteminformationwasreceivedfromanIPphone,whichisanLLDPMEDenabled device.Table 410describestheoutputfieldsthatareuniquetotheremotesysteminformation displayedforaMEDenableddevice.
B2(ro)->show lldp port remote-info ge.3.1 Local Port : ge.3.1 Remote Port Id : 00-09-6e-0e-14-3d --------------------Mgmt Addr : 0.0.0.0 Chassis ID : 0.0.0.0 Device Type : Communication Device Endpoint (class III) Sys Name : AVE0E143D Sys Cap Supported/Enabled : bridge,telephone/bridge Auto-Neg Supported/Enabled Auto-Neg Advertised : : : : yes/yes 10BASE-T, 10BASE-TFD 100BASE-TX, 100BASE-TXFD pause, Spause
Operational Speed/Duplex/Type : 100/full/TX Hardware Revision Firmware Revision Software Revision Serial Number Manufacturer Model Number : : : : : : 4610D01A b10d01b2_7.bin a10d01b2_7.bin 05GM42004348 Avaya 4610
Notethattheinformationfieldsdisplayedbytheshowlldpportremoteinfocommandwillvary, dependingonthetypeofremotedevicethatisconnectedtotheport. Table 410describestheoutputfieldsthatareuniquetotheremotesysteminformationdatabase. RefertoTable 49onpage 19fordescriptionsoftheinformationfieldsthatarecommontoboth thelocalandtheremotesysteminformationdatabases. Table 4-10
Output Field Remote Port Id Device Type Hardware Revision Firmware Revision
4-21
Table 4-10
Output Field
Syntax
set lldp tx-interval frequency
Parameters
frequency SpecifiesthenumberofsecondsbetweentransmissionsofLLDP frames.Valuecanrangefrom5to32,768seconds.Thedefaultis30 seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthetransmitintervalto20seconds.
B2(rw)->set lldp tx-interval 20
Syntax
set lldp hold-multiplier multiplier-val
4-22
Parameters
multiplierval Specifiesthemultipliertoapplytothetransmitintervaltodetermine thetimetolivevalue.Valuecanrangefrom2to10.Defaultvalueis 4.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthetransmitintervalto20secondsandtheholdmultiplierto5,whichwill configureatimetoliveof100tobeusedintheTTLfieldintheLLDPDUheader.
B2(rw)->set lldp tx-interval 20 B2(rw)->set lldp hold-multiplier 5
Syntax
set lldp trap-interval frequency
Parameters
frequency SpecifiestheminimumtimebetweenLLDPtraptransmissions,in seconds.Thevaluecanrangefrom5to3600seconds.Thedefault valueis5seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexamplesetstheminimumintervalbetweenLLDPtrapsto10seconds.
B2(rw)->set lldp trap-interval 10
4-23
Syntax
set lldp med-fast-repeat count
Parameters
count SpecifiesthenumberoffaststartLLDPDUstobesentwhenan LLDPMEDendpointdeviceisdetected.Valuecanrangefrom1to 10.Defaultis3.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexamplesetsthenumberoffaststartLLDPDUstobesentto4.
B2(rw)->set lldp med-fast-repeat 4
Syntax
set lldp port status {tx-enable | rx-enable | both | disable} port-string
Parameters
txenable rxenable both disable portstring EnablestransmittingLLDPDUsonthespecifiedports. EnablesreceivingandprocessingLLDPDUsfromremotesystemson thespecifiedports. EnablesbothtransmittingandprocessingreceivedLLDPDUsonthe specifiedports. DisablesbothtransmittingandprocessingreceivedLLDPDUsonthe specifiedports. Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
4-24
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleenablesbothtransmittingLLDPDUsandreceivingandprocessingLLDPDUsfrom remotesystemsonportsge.1.1throughge.1.6.
B2(rw)->set lldp port status both ge.1.1-6
Syntax
set lldp port trap {enable | disable} port-string
Parameters
enable disable portstring EnabletransmittingLLDPtrapsonthespecifiedports. DisabletransmittingLLDPtrapsonthespecifiedports. Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleenablestransmittingLLDPtrapsonportsge.1.1throughge.1.6.
B2(rw)->set lldp port trap enable ge.1.1-6
Syntax
set lldp port med-trap {enable | disable} port-string
Parameters
enable disable portstring EnablestransmittingLLDPMEDtrapsonthespecifiedports. DisablestransmittingLLDPMEDtrapsonthespecifiedports. Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
4-25
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleenablestransmittingLLDPMEDtrapsonportsge.1.1throughge.1.6.
B2(rw)->set lldp port med-trap enable ge.1.1-6
Syntax
set lldp port location-info elin elin-string port-string
Parameters
elin elinstring portstring SpecifiesthattheECSELINdataformatistobeused. Specifiesthelocationidentifier.Valuecanbefrom10to25numerical characters. Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Afteryouconfigurealocationinformationvalue,youmustalsoconfiguretheporttosendthe LocationInformationTLVwiththesetlldpporttxtlvcommand.Thisexampleconfiguresthe ELINidentifier5551234567onportsge.1.1throughge.1.6andthenconfigurestheportstosend theLocationInformationTLV.
B2(rw)->set lldp port location-info 5551234567 ge.1.1-6 B2(rw)->set lldp port tx-tlv med-loc ge.1.1-6
4-26
Syntax
set lldp port tx-tlv {[all] | [port-desc] [sys-name] [sys-desc] [sys-cap] [mgmtaddr] [vlan-id] [stp] [lacp] [gvrp] [mac-phy] [poe] [link-aggr] [max-frame] [medcap] [med-loc] [med-poe]} port-string
Parameters
all portdesc sysname sysdesc syscap mgmtaddr vlanid stp AddsalloptionalTLVstotransmittedLLDPDUs. PortDescriptionoptionalbasicLLDPTLV.ValuesentisifDescr objectdefinedinRFC2863. SystemNameoptionalbasicLLDPTLV.Valuesentisthe administrativelyassignednameforthesystem. SystemDescriptionoptionalbasicLLDPTLV.ValuesentissysDescr objectdefinedinRFC3418. SystemCapabilitiesoptionalbasicLLDPTLV.Foranetwork connectivitydevice,valuesentcanbebridgeand/orrouter. ManagementAddressoptionalbasicLLDPTLV.ValuesentisIPv4 addressofhostinterface. PortVLANIDIEEE802.1ExtensionsTLV.ValuesentisportVLAN ID(PVID). SpanningTreeinformationdefinedbyProtocolIdentityIEEE802.1 ExtensionsTLV.IfSTPisenabledontheport,valuesentincludes versionofprotocolbeingused. LACPinformationdefinedbyProtocolIdentityIEEE802.1 ExtensionsTLV.IfLACPisenabledontheport,valuesentincludes versionofprotocolbeingused. GVRPinformationdefinedbyProtocolIdentityIEEE802.1 ExtensionsTLV.IfLACPisenabledontheport,valuesentincludes versionofprotocolbeingused. MACPHYConfiguration/StatusIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLV.Value sentincludestheoperationalMAUtype,duplex,andspeedofthe port. PowerviaMDIIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLV.Valuessentinclude whetherpairselectioncanbecontrolledonport,andthepowerclass suppliedbytheport.OnlyvalidforPoEenabledports. LinkAggregationIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLV.Valuessentindicate whetherthelinkassociatedwiththisportcanbeaggregated, whetheritiscurrentlyaggregated,andifaggregated,theaggregated portidentifier. MaximumFrameSizeIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLV.Valuesent indicatesmaximumframesizeoftheportsMACandPHY. LLDPMEDCapabilitiesTLV.Valuesentindicatesthecapabilities (whetherthedevicesupportslocationinformation,extendedpower viaMDI)andDeviceType(networkconnectivitydevice)ofthe sendingdevice. LLDPMEDLocationIdentificationTLV.ValuesentistheECSELIN valueconfiguredontheport.Seethesetlldpportlocationinfo commandformoreinformation.
lacp
gvrp
macphy
poe
linkaggr
maxframe medcap
medloc
4-27
clear lldp
medpoe
portstring
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresthemanagementaddress,MEDcapability,andMEDlocation identificationTLVstobesentinLLDPDUsbyportge.1.1.
B2(rw)->set lldp port tx-tlv mgmt-addr med-cap med-loc ge.1.1
clear lldp
UsethiscommandtoreturnLLDPparameterstotheirdefaultvalues.
Syntax
clear lldp {all | tx-interval | hold-multiplier | trap-interval | med-fast-repeat}
Parameters
all txinterval holdmultiplier trapinterval medfastrepeat ReturnsallLLDPconfigurationparameterstotheirdefaultvalues, includingportLLDPconfigurationparameters. ReturnsthenumberofsecondsbetweentransmissionsofLLDP frames.tothedefaultof30seconds. Returnsthemultipliertoapplytothetransmitintervaltodetermine thetimetolivevaluetothedefaultvalueof4. ReturnstheminimumtimebetweenLLSPtraptransmissionstothe defaultvalueof5seconds. ReturnsthenumberoffaststartLLDPDUstobesentwhenanLLDP MEDendpointdeviceisdetectedtothedefaultof3.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplereturnsthetransmitintervaltothedefaultvalueof30seconds.
B2(rw)->clear lldp tx-interval
4-28
Syntax
clear lldp port status port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplereturnsportge.1.1tothedefaultstateofenabledforbothtransmittingand processingreceivedLLDPDUs.
B2(rw)->clear lldp port status ge.1.1
Syntax
clear lldp port trap port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplereturnsportge.1.1tothedefaultLLDPtrapstateofdisabled.
B2(rw)->clear lldp port trap ge.1.1
4-29
Syntax
clear lldp port med-trap port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplereturnsportge.1.1tothedefaultLLDPMEDtrapstateofdisabled.
B2(rw)->clear lldp port med-trap ge.1.1
Syntax
clear lldp port location-info elin port-string
Parameters
elin portstring SpecifiesthattheECSELINlocationinformationvalueshouldbe cleared. Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexamplereturnsthelocationinformationELINvalueonportge.1.1tothedefaultvalueof null.
B2(rw)->clear lldp port location-info elin ge.1.1
4-30
Syntax
clear lldp port tx-tlv {[all] | [port-desc] [sys-name] [sys-desc] [sys-cap] [mgmtaddr] [vlan-id] [stp] [lacp] [gvrp] [mac-phy] [poe] [link-aggr] [max-frame] [medcap] [med-loc] [med-poe]} port-string
Parameters
all portdesc sysname sysdesc syscap mgmtaddr vlanid stp lacp gvrp macphy poe linkaggr maxframe medcap medloc medpoe portstring DisablesalloptionalTLVsfrombeingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablesthePortDescriptionoptionalbasicLLDPTLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheSystemNameoptionalbasicLLDPTLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheSystemDescriptionoptionalbasicLLDPTLVfrom beingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheSystemCapabilitiesoptionalbasicLLDPTLVfrom beingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheManagementAddressoptionalbasicLLDPTLVfrom beingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablesthePortVLANIDIEEE802.1ExtensionsTLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheSpanningTreeinformationdefinedbyProtocolIdentity IEEE802.1ExtensionsTLVfrombeingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheLACPinformationdefinedbyProtocolIdentityIEEE 802.1ExtensionsTLVfrombeingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheGVRPinformationdefinedbyProtocolIdentityIEEE 802.1ExtensionsTLVfrombeingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheMACPHYConfiguration/StatusIEEE802.3Extensions TLVfrombeingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablesthePowerviaMDIIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs.OnlyvalidforPoEenabledports. DisablestheLinkAggregationIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheMaximumFrameSizeIEEE802.3ExtensionsTLVfrom beingtransmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheLLDPMEDCapabilitiesTLVfrombeingtransmittedin LLDPDUs. DisablestheLLDPMEDLocationIdentificationTLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs. DisablestheLLDPMEDExtendedPowerviaMDITLVfrombeing transmittedinLLDPDUs.OnlyvalidforPoEenabledports. Specifiestheportorrangeofportstobeaffected.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 4-31
Example
Thisexampledisablesthemanagementaddress,MEDcapability,andMEDlocationidentification TLVsfrombeingsentinLLDPDUsbyportge.1.1.
B2(rw)->clear lldp port tx-tlv mgmt-addr med-cap med-loc ge.1.1
4-32
Port Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthePortConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Port Configuration Summary Reviewing Port Status Disabling / Enabling and Naming Ports Setting Speed and Duplex Mode Enabling / Disabling Jumbo Frame Support Setting Auto-Negotiation and Advertised Ability Setting Flow Control Setting Port Link Traps and Link Flap Detection Configuring Broadcast Suppression Port Mirroring Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) Configuring Protected Ports Refer to page... 5-1 5-3 5-6 5-9 5-11 5-13 5-17 5-18 5-27 5-29 5-32 5-45
5-1
Examples
Note: You can use a wildcard (*) to indicate all of an item. For example, ge.3.* would represent all 1-Gigabit Ethernet (ge) ports in slot 3.
Thisexampleshowstheportstringsyntaxforspecifyingthe1GigabitEthernetport14inslotunit 3.
ge.3.14
Thisexampleshowstheportstringsyntaxforspecifyingall1GigabitEthernetportsinslotunit3 inthesystem.
ge.3.*
5-2
Port Configuration
Thisexampleshowstheportstringsyntaxforspecifyingallports(ofanyinterfacetype)inthe system.
*.*.*
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreviewportstatusarelistedbelow.
For information about... show port show port status show port counters Refer to page... 5-3 5-4 5-5
show port
Usethiscommandtodisplaywhetherornotoneormoreportsareenabledforswitching.
Syntax
show port [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysoperationalstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,operationalstatusinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayoperationalstatusinformationforge.3.14:
B2(su)->show port ge.3.14 Port ge.3.14 enabled
5-3
Syntax
show port status [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,statusinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaystatusinformationforge.3.14:
B2(su)->show port status ge.3.14 Port Alias (truncated) ------------ -------------ge.3.14 Oper Status ------up Admin Status ------up Speed -------N/A Duplex Type
Speed Duplex
Type
5-4
Port Configuration
Syntax
show port counters [port-string] [switch | mib2]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displayscounterstatisticsforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage52. (Optional)DisplaysswitchorMIB2statistics.Switchstatisticsdetail performanceoftheSecureStackB2device.MIB2interfacestatisticsdetail performanceofallnetworkdevices.
switch|mib2
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,counterstatisticswillbedisplayedforallports. Ifmib2orswitcharenotspecified,allcounterstatisticswillbedisplayedforthespecifiedport(s).
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayallcounterstatistics,includingMIB2networktrafficand trafficthroughthedeviceforge.3.1:
B2(su)->show port counters ge.3.1 Port: ge.3.1 MIB2 Interface: 1 No counter discontinuity time ----------------------------------------------------------------MIB2 Interface Counters ----------------------In Octets In Unicast Pkts In Multicast Pkts In Broadcast Pkts In Discards In Errors Out Octets Out Unicasts Pkts Out Multicast Pkts Out Broadcast Pkts Out Errors 802.1Q Switch Counters ---------------------Frames Received Frames Transmitted
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
0 0
5-5
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayallge.3.1portcounterstatisticsrelatedtotrafficthroughthe device.
B2(su)->show port counters ge.3.1 switch Port: ge.3.1 Bridge Port: 2
0 0
Commands
For information about... set port disable set port enable show port alias set port alias Refer to page... 5-6 5-7 5-7 5-8
5-6
Port Configuration
Syntax
set port disable port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)todisable.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleport stringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisablege.1.1:
B2(su)->set port disable ge.1.1
Syntax
set port enable port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)toenable.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleport stringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablege.1.3:
B2(su)->set port enable ge.1.3
Syntax
show port alias [port-string]
5-7
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysaliasname(s)forspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,aliasesforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayaliasinformationforports13onslot3:
B2(rw)->show Port ge.3.1 Port ge.3.2 Port ge.3.3 port alias ge.3.1-3 user user Admin
Syntax
set port alias port-string [name]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheporttowhichanaliaswillbeassigned.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage52. (Optional)Assignsanaliasnametotheport.Ifthealiasnamecontains spaces,thetextstringmustbesurroundedbydoublequotes.Maximum lengthis60characters.
name
Defaults
Ifnameisnotspecified,thealiasassignedtotheportwillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoassignthealiasAdmintoge.3.3:
B2(rw)->set port alias ge.3.3 Admin
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthealiasforge.3.3:
B2(rw)->set port alias ge.3.3
5-8
Port Configuration
Note: These settings only take effect on ports that have auto-negotiation disabled.
Commands
For information about... show port speed set port speed show port duplex set port duplex Refer to page... 5-9 5-10 5-10 5-13
Syntax
show port speed [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysdefaultspeedsetting(s)forspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,defaultspeedsettingsforallportswilldisplay.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedefaultspeedsettingfor1GigabitEthernetport14in slot 3:
B2(su)->show port speed ge.3.14 default speed is 10 on port ge.3.14.
5-9
Syntax
set port speed port-string {10 | 100 | 1000}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoaspeedvaluewillbeset.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52. Specifiestheportspeed.Validvaluesare:10 Mbps,100 Mbps,or 1000 Mbps.
10|100|1000
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetge.3.3toaportspeedof10 Mbps:
B2(su)->set port speed ge.3.3 10
Syntax
show port duplex [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysdefaultduplexsetting(s)forspecificport(s). Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,defaultduplexsettingsforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedefaultduplexsettingforGigabitEthernetport14in slot 3:
B2(su)->show port duplex ge.3.14
5-10 Port Configuration
Syntax
set port duplex port-string {full | half}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichduplextypewillbeset.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage52. Setstheport(s)tofullduplexorhalfduplexoperation.
full|half
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetge.1.17tofullduplex:
B2(su)->set port duplex ge.1.17 full
Commands
For information about... show port jumbo set port jumbo clear port jumbo Refer to page... 5-11 5-12 5-13
5-11
Syntax
show port jumbo [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysthestatusofjumboframesupportforspecific port(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,jumboframesupportstatusforallportswilldisplay.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestatusofjumboframesupportforge.1.1:
B2(su)->show port jumbo ge.1.1 Port Number Jumbo Status Max Frame Size ------------- --------------- -----------------ge.1.1 Enable 9216
Syntax
set port jumbo {enable | disable}[port-string]
Parameters
enable|disable portstring Enablesordisablesjumboframesupport. (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtodisableorenablejumbo framesupport.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,jumboframesupportwillbeenabledordisabledonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablejumboframesupportforGigabitEthernetport14inslot3:
B2(su)->set port jumbo enable ge.3.14
5-12
Port Configuration
Syntax
clear port jumbo [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoresetjumboframe supportstatustoenabled.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossible portstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,jumboframesupportstatuswillberesetonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetjumboframesupportstatusforGigabitEthernetport14inslot 3:
B2(su)->clear port jumbo ge.3.14
Note: Advertised ability can be activated only on ports that have auto-negotiation enabled.
Commands
For information about... show port negotiation set port negotiation Refer to page... 5-14 5-14
5-13
For information about... show port advertise set port advertise clear port advertise
Syntax
show port negotiation [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysautonegotiationstatusforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,autonegotiationstatusforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayautonegotiationstatusfor1GigabitEthernetport14inslot 3:
B2(su)->show port negotiation ge.3.14 auto-negotiation is enabled on port ge.3.14.
Syntax
set port negotiation port-string {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoenableordisableautonegotiation.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52. Enablesordisablesautonegotiation.
enable|disable
Defaults
None.
5-14
Port Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisableautonegotiationon1GigabitEthernetport3inslot14:
B2(su)->set port negotiation ge.3.14 disable
Syntax
show port advertise [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysadvertisedabilityforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,advertisementforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayadvertisementstatusforGigabitports13and14:
B2(su)->show port advertise ge.1.13-14 ge.1.13 capability advertised remote ------------------------------------------------10BASE-T yes yes yes 10BASE-TFD yes yes yes 100BASE-TX yes yes yes 100BASE-TXFD yes yes yes 1000BASE-T no no no 1000BASE-TFD yes yes yes pause yes yes no ge.1.14 capability advertised remote ------------------------------------------------10BASE-T yes yes yes 10BASE-TFD yes yes yes 100BASE-TX yes yes yes 100BASE-TXFD yes yes yes 1000BASE-T no no no 1000BASE-TFD yes yes yes pause yes yes no
5-15
Syntax
set port advertise {port-string}{10t | 10tfd | 100tx | 100txfd | 1000t | 1000tfd | pause}
Parameters
portstring Selecttheportsforwhichtoconfigureadvertisements.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage52. Advertise10BASEThalfduplexmode. Advertise10BASETfullduplexmode. Advertise100BASETXhalfduplexmode. Advertise100BASETXfullduplexmode. Advertise1000BASEThalfduplexmode. Advertise1000BASETfullduplexmode. AdvertisePAUSEforfullduplexlinks.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigureport1toadvertise1000BASETfullduplex:
B2(su)->set port advertise ge.1.1 1000tfd
Syntax
clear port advertise {port-string}{10t | 10tfd | 100tx | 100txfd | 1000t | 1000tfd | pause}
5-16
Port Configuration
Parameters
portstring Clearadvertisementsforspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedinthe CLIonpage52. Donotadvertise10BASEThalfduplexmode. Donotadvertise10BASETfullduplexmode. Donotadvertise100BASETXhalfduplexmode. Donotadvertise100BASETXfullduplexmode. Donotadvertise1000BASEThalfduplexmode. Donotadvertise1000BASETfullduplexmode. DonotadvertisePAUSEforfullduplexlinks.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfigureport1tonotadvertise10MBcapabilityforauto negotiation:
B2(su)->clear port advertise ge.1.1 10t 10tfd
Commands
For information about... show flowcontrol set flowcontrol Refer to page... 5-17 5-18
show flowcontrol
Usethiscommandtodisplaytheflowcontrolstate.
Syntax
show flowcontrol
5-17
set flowcontrol
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheportflowcontrolstate:
B2(su)->show flowcontrol Flow control status: enabled
set flowcontrol
Usethiscommandtoenableordisableflowcontrol.
Syntax
set flowcontrol {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable Enablesordisablesflowcontrolsettings.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableflowcontrol:
B2(su)->set flowcontrol enable
5-18
Port Configuration
detrimentaltonetworkstabilitybecauseitcantriggerSpanningTreeandroutingtable recalculation.
Commands
For information about... show port trap set port trap show linkflap set linkflap globalstate set linkflap portstate set linkflap interval set linkflap action clear linkflap action set linkflap threshold set linkflap downtime clear linkflap down clear linkflap Refer to page... 5-19 5-20 5-20 5-22 5-23 5-23 5-24 5-25 5-25 5-26 5-26 5-27
Syntax
show port trap [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displayslinktrapstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,thetrapstatusforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaylinktrapstatusforge.3.1through4:
B2(su)->show port trap ge.3.1-4 Link traps enabled on port ge.3.1. Link traps enabled on port ge.3.2.
5-19
Link traps enabled on port ge.3.3. Link traps enabled on port ge.3.4.
Syntax
set port trap port-string {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoenableordisableporttraps.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52. Enablesordisablessendingtrapmessageswhenlinkstatuschanges.
enable|disable
Defaults
Sendingtrapswhenlinkstatuschangesisenabledbydefault.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thefollowingexampledisablessendingtraponge.3.1.
B2(su)->set port trap ge.3.1 disable
show linkflap
Usethiscommandtodisplaylinkflapdetectionstateandconfigurationinformation.
Syntax
show linkflap {globalstate | portstate | parameters | metrics | portsupported | actsupported | maximum | downports | action | operstatus | threshold | interval] | downtime | currentcount | totalcount | timelapsed | violations [port-string]}
Parameters
globalstate portstate parameters metrics portsupported actsupported maximum Displaystheglobalenablestateoflinkflapdetection. Displaystheportenablestateoflinkflapdetection. Displaysthecurrentvalueofsettablelinkflapdetectionparameters. Displayslinkflapdetectionmetrics. Displaysportswhichcansupportthelinkflapdetectionfunction. Displayslinkflapdetectionactionssupportedbysystemhardware. Displaysthemaximumallowedlinkdownsper10secondssupported bysystemhardware.
5-20
Port Configuration
show linkflap
downports action operstatus threshold interval downtime currentcount totalcount timelapsed violations portstring
Displaysportsdisabledbylinkflapdetectionduetoaviolation. Displayslinkflapactionstakenonviolatingport(s). Displayswhetherlinkflaphasdeactivatedport(s). Displaysthenumberofallowedlinkdowntransitionsbeforeactionis taken. Displaysthetimeperiodforcountinglinkdowntransitions. Displayshowlongviolatingport(s)aredeactivated. Displayshowmanylinkdowntransitionsareinthecurrentinterval. Displayshowmanylinkdowntransitionshaveoccurredsincethelast reset. Displaysthetimeperiodsincethelastlinkdowneventorreset. Displaysthenumberoflinkflapviolationssincethelastreset. (Optional)Displaysinformationforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,informationaboutalllinkflapdetectionsettingswillbedisplayed. Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchmode,readonly.
Usage
Thelinkflapdefaultconditionsareshowninthefollowingtable.
Linkflap Parameter Linkflap global state Linkflap port state Linkflap action Linkflap interval Linkflap maximum allowed link downs per 10 seconds Linkflap threshold (number of allowed link down transitions before action is taken) Default Condition Disabled Disabled None 5 20 10
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheglobalstatusofthelinktrapdetectionfunction:
B2(rw)->show linkflap globalstate Linkflap feature globally disabled
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayportsdisabledbylinkflapdetectionduetoaviolation:
B2(rw)->show linkflap downports Ports currently held DOWN for Linkflap violations: None.
5-21
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythelinkflapparameterstable:
B2(rw)->show linkflap parameters Linkflap Port Settable Parameter Table (X Port LF Status Actions Threshold -------- --------- ------- ---------ge.1.1 disabled ....... 10 ge.1.2 enabled D..S..T 3 ge.1.3 disabled ...S..T 10 means error Interval ---------5 5 5 occurred) Downtime ---------300 300 300
Number of link down transitions necessary to trigger the link flap action. Time interval (in seconds) for accumulating link down transitions. Interval (in seconds) port(s) will be held down after a link flap violation.
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythelinkflapmetricstable:
B2(rw)->show linkflap metrics Port LinkStatus CurrentCount -------- ----------- -----------ge.1.1 operational 0 ge.1.2 disabled 4 ge.1.3 operational 3 TotalCount ---------0 15 3 TimeElapsed Violations ----------- ------------241437 0 147 5 241402 0
5-22
Port Configuration
Syntax
set linkflap globalstate {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable Globallydisablesorenablesthelinkflapdetectionfunction.
Defaults
Bydefault,thefunctionisdisabledgloballyandonallports.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
Bydefault,thefunctionisdisabledgloballyandonallports.Ifdisabledgloballyafterperport settingshavebeenconfiguredusingthelinkflapcommands,perportsettingswillberetained.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtogloballyenablethelinktrapdetectionfunction.
B2(rw)->set linkflap globalstate enable
Syntax
set linkflap portstate {disable | enable} [port-string]
Parameters
disable|enable portstring Disablesorenablesthelinkflapdetectionfunction. (Optional)Specifiestheportorportsonwhichtodisableorenable monitoring.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,allportsareenabledordisabled.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablethelinktrapmonitoringonallports.
B2(rw)->set linkflap portstate enable
Syntax
set linkflap interval port-string interval-value
Parameters
portstring intervalvalue Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetthelinkflapinterval. Specifiesanintervalinseconds.Avalueof0willsettheintervalto forever.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthelinkflapintervalonportge.1.4to1000seconds.
B2(rw)->set linkflap interval ge.1.4 1000
Syntax
set linkflap action port-string {disableInterface | gensyslogentry | gentrap | all}
Parameters
portstring disableInterface gensyslogentry gentrap all Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetthelinkflapaction. Setsthereactionasdisablingtheinterface. Setsthereactionasgeneratingasyslogentry. SetsthereactionasgeneratinganSNMPtrap. Setsthereactionasalloftheabove.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthelinkflapviolationactiononportge.1.4togeneratingaSyslog entry.
B2(rw)->set linkflap action ge.1.4 gensyslogentry
5-24
Port Configuration
Syntax
clear linkflap action [port-string] {disableInterface | gensyslogentry | gentrap | all}
Parameters
portstring disableInterface gensyslogentry gentrap all (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoclearthelinkflapaction. Clearsthereactionasdisablingtheinterface. Clearsthereactionasgeneratingasyslogentry. ClearsthereactionasgeneratinganSNMPtrap. Clearsthereactionasalloftheabove.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,actionswillbeclearedonallports.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthelinkflapviolationactiononportge.1.4togeneratinga Syslogentry.
B2(rw)->clear linkflap action ge.1.4 gensyslogentry
Syntax
set linkflap threshold port-string threshold-value
Parameters
portstring thresholdvalue Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetthelinkflapactiontriggercount. Specifiesthenumberoflinkdowntransitionsnecessarytotriggerthe linkflapaction.Aminimumof1mustbeconfigured.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthelinkflapthresholdonportge.1.4to5.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 5-25
Syntax
set linkflap downtime port-string downtime-value
Parameters
portstring downtimevalue Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetthelinkflapdowntime. Specifiesadowntimeinseconds.Avalueof0willsetthedowntimeto forever.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthelinkflapdowntimeonportge.1.4to5000seconds.
B2(rw)->set linkflap downtime ge.1.4 5000
Syntax
clear linkflap down [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheportstomakeoperational.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,allportsdisabledbyalinkflapviolationwillbemadeoperational.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtomakedisabledportge.1.4operational.
B2(rw)->clear linkflap down ge.1.4
5-26
Port Configuration
clear linkflap
clear linkflap
Usethiscommandtoclearalllinkflapoptionsand/orstatisticsononeormoreports.
Syntax
clear linkflap {all | stats [port-string] | parameter port-string {threshold | interval | downtime | all}
Parameters
all|stats parameter Clearsalloptionsandstatistics,orclearsonlystatistics. Clearslinkflapparameters.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,settingsand/orstatisticswillbeclearedonallports.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearalllinkflapoptionsonportge.1.4.
B2(rw)->clear linkflap all ge.1.4
Commands
For information about... show port broadcast set port broadcast clear port broadcast Refer to page... 5-28 5-28 5-29
5-27
Syntax
show port broadcast [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Selecttheportsforwhichtoshowbroadcastsuppression thresholds.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refer toPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,broadcaststatusofallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythebroadcastsuppressionthresholdsforports1through4:
B2(su)->show port broadcast ge.1.1-4 Port Total BC Threshold Packets (pkts/s) ---------------------------------------ge.1.1 0 50 ge.1.2 0 50 ge.1.3 0 40 ge.1.4 0 14881
Syntax
set port broadcast port-string threshold-val
Parameters
portstring Selecttheportsforwhichtoconfigurebroadcastsuppressionthresholds. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52. Setsthepacketspersecondthresholdonbroadcasttraffic.Maximum valueis148810forFastEthernetportsand1488100forGigabitports.
thresholdval
Defaults
None.
5-28
Port Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresports1through5withabroadcastlimitof50pps:
B2(su)->set port broadcast ge.1.1-5 50
Syntax
clear port broadcast port-string threshold
Parameters
portstring Selecttheportsforwhichtoclearbroadcastsuppressionthresholds.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleclearsthebroadcastthresholdlimitto14881ppsforports1through5:
B2(su)->clear port broadcast ge.1.1-5 threshold
Port Mirroring
Caution: Port mirroring configuration should be performed only by personnel who are knowledgeable about the effects of port mirroring and its impact on network operation.
Mirroring Features
TheSecureStackB2devicesupportsthefollowingmirroringfeatures: Mirroringcanbeconfiguredinamanytooneconfigurationsothatonetarget(destination) portcanmonitortrafficonupto8sourceports.Onlyonemirrordestinationportcanbe configuredperstack,ifapplicable. Bothtransmitandreceivetrafficwillbemirrored.
5-29
Purpose
Toreviewandconfigureportmirroringonthedevice.
Commands
For information about... show port mirroring set port mirroring clear port mirroring Refer to page... 5-30 5-31 5-31
Syntax
show port mirroring
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayportmirroringinformation.Inthiscase,ge.1.4isconfigured asasourceportandge.1.11isatargetandmirroringhasbeenenabledbetweentheseports:
B2(su)->show port mirroring Port Mirroring ============== Source Port = ge.1.4 Target Port = ge.1.11 Frames Mirrored = Rx and Tx Port Mirroring status enabled.
5-30
Port Configuration
Syntax
set port mirroring {create | disable | enable} source destination}
Parameters
create|disable| enable source Creates,disablesorenablesmirroringsettingsonthespecifiedports. Specifiesthesourceportdesignation.Thisistheportonwhichthetraffic willbemonitored.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52. Specifiesthetargetportdesignation.Thisistheportthatwillduplicateor mirrorallthetrafficonthemonitoredport.Onlyonedestinationport canbeconfiguredperstack,ifapplicable. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52.
destination
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
NotethatLAGportsandtheirunderlyingphysicalports,asdescribedinLinkAggregation ControlProtocol(LACP)onpage532,cannotbemirrored.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocreateandenableportmirroringwithge.1.4asthesourceport,and ge.1.11asthetargetport:
B2(su)->set port mirroring create ge.1.4 ge.1.11 B2(su)->set port mirroring enable ge.1.4 ge.1.11
Syntax
clear port mirroring source destination
Parameters
source Specifiesthesourceportofthemirroringconfigurationtobecleared.For adetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52. Specifiesthetargetportofthemirroringconfigurationtobecleared.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 5-31
destination
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearportmirroringbetweensourceportge.1.4andtargetport ge.1.11:
B2(su)->clear port mirroring ge.1.4 ge.1.11
Usingmultiplelinkssimultaneouslytoincreasebandwidthisadesirableswitchfeature,which canbeaccomplishedifbothsidesagreeonasetofportsthatarebeingusedasaLinkAggregation Group(LAG).OnceaLAGisformedfromselectedports,problemswithloopingcanbeavoided sincetheSpanningTreecantreatthisLAGasasingleport. Enabledbydefault,theLinkAggregationControlProtocol(LACP)logicallygroupsinterfaces togethertocreateagreaterbandwidthuplink,orlinkaggregation,accordingtotheIEEE802.3ad standard.ThisstandardallowstheswitchtodeterminewhichportsareinLAGsandconfigure themdynamically.SincetheprotocolisbasedontheIEEE802.3adspecification,anyswitchfrom anyvendorthatsupportsthisstandardcanaggregatelinksautomatically. 802.3adLACPaggregationscanalsoberuntoendusers(thatis,aserver)ortoarouter.
Note: Earlier (proprietary) implementations of port aggregation referred to groups of aggregated ports as trunks.
LACP Operation
Foreachaggregatableportinthedevice,LACP: Maintainsconfigurationinformation(reflectingtheinherentpropertiesoftheindividuallinks aswellasthoseestablishedbymanagement)tocontrolaggregation. ExchangesconfigurationinformationwithotherdevicestoallocatethelinktoaLink AggregationGroup(LAG).
Note: A given link is allocated to, at most, one Link Aggregation Group (LAG) at a time. The allocation mechanism attempts to maximize aggregation, subject to management controls.
TheoperationofLACPinvolvesthefollowingactivities:
5-32 Port Configuration
LACP Terminology
Table 515defineskeyterminologyusedinLACPconfiguration. Table 5-15
Term Aggregator
LAG
LACPDU
Link Aggregation Control Protocol Data Unit. The protocol exchanges aggregation state/mode information by way of a ports actor and partner operational states. LACPDUs sent by the first party (the actor) convey to the second party (the actors protocol partner) what the actor knows, both about its own state and that of its partner. An actor is the local device sending LACPDUs. Its protocol partner is the device on the other end of the link aggregation. Each maintains current status of the other via LACPDUs containing information about their ports LACP status and operational state. Value assigned to aggregator ports and physical ports that are candidates for joining a LAG. The LACP implementation on SecureStack B2 devices will use this value to form an oper key and will determine which underlying physical ports are capable of aggregating by comparing oper keys. Aggregator ports allow only underlying ports with oper keys matching theirs to join their LAG. On SecureStack B2 devices, the default admin key value is 32768. Value used to build a LAG ID, which determines aggregation precedence. If there are two partner devices competing for the same aggregator, LACP compares the LAG IDs for each grouping of ports. The LAG with the lower LAG ID is given precedence and will be allowed to use the aggregator. Note: Only one LACP system priority can be set on a SecureStack B2 device, using either the set lacp asyspri command (page 5-37), or the set port lacp command (page 5-42).
Admin Key
System Priority
5-33
TheLACPimplementationontheSecureStackB2devicewillallowuptoeightphysicalportsinto aLAG.ThedevicewiththelowestLAGIDdetermineswhichunderlyingphysicalportsare allowedintoaLAGbasedontheportsLAGportpriority.PortswiththelowestLAGportpriority valuesareallowedintotheLAGandallotherspeedgroupingsgointoastandbystate. WhenanexistingdynamicallycreatedLAGisreducedtooneport,theSecureStackB2removes theLAGfromitsVLANandaddstheremainingunderlyingporttotheVLAN.Forthisreason, youshouldensurethattheLAGandalltheportsintheLAGareassignedtotheegresslistofthe desiredVLAN.Otherwise,whentheLAGisremoved,theremainingportmaybeassignedtothe wrongVLAN.Theotheroptionistoenablethesingleportlagfeatureasdescribedinsetlacp singleportlagonpage540.
Note: To aggregate, underlying physical ports must be running in full duplex mode and must be of the same operating speed.
Commands
For information about... show lacp set lacp set lacp asyspri set lacp aadminkey Refer to page... 5-35 5-36 5-37 5-37
5-34
Port Configuration
show lacp
For information about... clear lacp set lacp static clear lacp static set lacp singleportlag clear lacp singleportlag show port lacp set port lacp clear port lacp
Refer to page... 5-38 5-38 5-39 5-40 5-39 5-41 5-42 5-44
show lacp
Usethiscommandtodisplayinformationaboutoneormoreaggregatorports.
Syntax
show lacp [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysLACPinformationforspecificLAGport(s).Valid portdesignationsarelag.0.16.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,linkaggregationinformationforallLAGswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
EachSecureStackB2moduleprovides6virtuallinkaggregatorports,whicharedesignatedinthe CLIaslag.0.1throughlag.0.6.Onceunderlyingphysicalports(thatis,ge.x.x)areassociatedwith anaggregatorport,theresultingaggregationwillberepresentedasoneLinkAggregationGroup (LAG)withalag.x.xportdesignation.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaylacpinformationforlag.0.1.Thefollowingtabledescribesthe outputfields.
B2(su)->show lacp lag.0.1 Global Link Aggregation state: enabled Single Port LAGs: disabled Aggregator: lag.0.1 System Identifier: System Priority: Admin Key: Oper Key: Actor 00:01:F4:5F:1E:20 32768 32768 32768 Partner 00:11:88:11:74:F9 32768 0
5-35
set lacp
Attached Ports:
ge.1.1 ge.1.3
set lacp
UsethiscommandtodisableorenabletheLinkAggregationControlProtocol(LACP)onthe device.
Syntax
set lacp {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable DisablesorenablesLACP.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableLACP:
5-36
Port Configuration
Syntax
set lacp asyspri value
Parameters
asyspri value SetsthesystemprioritytobeusedincreatingaLAG(LinkAggregation Group)ID.Validvaluesare0to65535. Specifiesasystempriorityvalue.Validvaluesare0to65535,with precedencegiventolowervalues.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
LACPusesthisvaluetodetermineaggregationprecedence.Iftherearetwopartnerdevices competingforthesameaggregator,LACPcomparestheLAGIDsforeachgroupingofports.The LAGwiththelowerLAGIDisgivenprecedenceandwillbeallowedtousetheaggregator.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheLACPsystempriorityto1000:
B2(su)->set lacp asyspri 1000
Syntax
set lacp aadminkey port-string value
Parameters
portstring value SpecifiestheLAGport(s)onwhichtoassignanadminkey. Specifiesanadminkeyvaluetoset.Validvaluesare0to65535.The defaultadminkeyvalueis32768.
Defaults
None.
5-37
clear lacp
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
LACPwillusethisvaluetoformanoperkey.Onlyunderlyingphysicalportswithoperkeys matchingthoseoftheiraggregatorswillbeallowedtoaggregate.Thedefaultadminkeyvaluefor allLAGportsis32768.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheLACPadminkeyto2000forLAGport6:
B2(su)->set lacp aadminkey lag.0.6 2000
clear lacp
UsethiscommandtoclearLACPsystempriorityoradminkeysettings.
Syntax
clear lacp {[asyspri] [aadminkey port-string]}
Parameters
asyspri aadminkeyportstring Clearssystempriority. Resetsadminkeysforoneormoreportstothedefaultvalueof32768.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheactoradminkeyforLAGport6:
B2(su)->clear lacp aadminkey lag.0.6
Syntax
set lacp static {disable | enable} | lagportstring [key] port-string
5-38
Port Configuration
Parameters
disable|enable lagportstring key Disablesorenablesstaticlinkaggregation. SpecifiestheLAGaggregatorporttowhichnewportswillbeassigned. (Optional)SpecifiesthenewmemberportandLAGportaggregator adminkeyvalue.Onlyportswithmatchingkeysareallowedto aggregate.Validvaluesare065535.
Note: This key value must be unique. If ports other than the desired underlying physical ports share the same admin key value, aggregation will fail or undesired aggregations will form.
portstring
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,akeywillbeassignedaccordingtothespecifiedaggregator.Forexampleakeyof 4wouldbeassignedtolag.0.4.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoaddportge.1.6totheLAGofaggregatorport6:
B2(su)->set lacp static lag.0.6 ge.1.6
Syntax
clear lacp static lagportstring port-string
Parameters
lagportstring portstring SpecifiestheLAGaggregatorportfromwhichportswillberemoved. Specifiestheport(s)toremovefromtheLAG.Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovege.1.6fromtheLAGofaggregatorport6:
5-39
Syntax
set lacp singleportlag {enable | disable}
Parameters
disable|enable EnablesordisablestheformationofsingleportLAGs.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
WhensingleportLAGsareenabled,LinkAggregrationGroupscanbeformedwhenonlyone portisreceivingprotocoltransmissionsfromapartner.Whenthissettingisdisabled,twoormore portsarerequiredtoformaLAG. ThissettinghasnoeffectonexistingLAGscreatedwithmultiplememberports.Italsodoesnot preventpreviouslyformedLAGsfromcomingupaftertheyhavegonedown,aslongasany previousLAGmemberportscomesupconnectedtothesameswitchasbeforetheLAGwent down.
Example
ThisexampleenablestheformationofsingleportLAGs:
B2(su)->set lacp singleportlag enable
Syntax
clear lacp singleportlag
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
5-40
Port Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthesingleportLAGfunctionbacktodisabled:
B2(su)->clear lacp singleportlag
Syntax
show port lacp port port-string {[status {detail | summary}] | [counters]}
Parameters
portportstring DisplaysLACPinformationforspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescription ofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage52. DisplaysLACPstatusindetailedorsummaryinformation. DisplaysLACPcounterinformation.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Statedefinitions,suchasActorAdminStateandPartnerAdminState,areindicatedwithletter abbreviations.Iftheshowportlacpcommanddisplaysoneormoreofthefollowingletters,it meansthestateistruefortheassociatedactororpartnerports: E=Expired F=Defaulted D=Distributing(txenabled) C=Collecting(rxenabled) S=Synchronized(actorandpartneragree) G=Aggregationallowed S/l=Short/LongLACPtimeout A/p=Active/PassiveLACP
5-41
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaydetailedLACPstatusinformationforportge.1.12:
B2(su)-> show port lacp port ge.1.12 status detail Port Instance: ge.1.12 ActorPort: 1411 PartnerAdminPort: 1411 ActorSystemPriority: 32768 PartnerOperPort: 1411 ActorPortPriority: 32768 PartnerAdminSystemPriority: 32768 ActorAdminKey: 32768 PartnerOperSystemPriority: 32768 ActorOperKey: 32768 PartnerAdminPortPriority: 32768 ActorAdminState: -----GlA PartnerOperPortPriority: 32768 ActorOperState: -F----lA PartnerAdminKey: 1411 ActorSystemID: 00-e0-63-9d-b5-87 PartnerOperKey: 1411 SelectedAggID: none PartnerAdminState: --DCSGlp AttachedAggID: none PartnerOperState: --DC-Glp MuxState: Detached PartnerAdminSystemID: 00-00-00-00-00-00 DebugRxState: port Disabled PartnerOperSystemID: 00-00-00-00-00-00
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaysummarizedLACPstatusinformationforportge.1.12:
B2(su)->show port lacp port ge.1.12 status summary Port Aggr Actor System Partner System Pri: System ID: Key: Pri: System ID: Key: ge.1.12 none [(32768,00e0639db587,32768),(32768,000000000000, 1411)]
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLACPcountersforportge.1.12:
B2(su)->show port lacp port ge.1.12 counters Port Instance: ge.1.12 LACPDUsRx: 11067 LACPDUsTx: 0 IllegalRx: 0 UnknownRx: 0 MarkerPDUsRx: 0 MarkerPDUsTx: 0 MarkerResponsePDUsRx: 0 MarkerResponsePDUsTx: 374
Syntax
set port lacp port port-string {[aadminkey aadminkey] [aadminstate {lacpactive | lacptimeout | lacpagg | lacpsync | lacpcollect | lacpdist | lacpdef | lacpexpire}] [aportpri aportpri] [asyspri asyspri] [enable | [disable] [padminkey padminkey] [padminport padminport] [padminportpri padminportpri] [padminstate {lacpactive | lacptimeout | lacpagg | lacpsync | lacpcollect | lacpdist | lacpdef | lacpexpire}] [padminsysid padminsysid] [padminsyspri padminsyspri]
Parameters
portportstring Specifiesthephysicalport(s)onwhichtoconfigureLACP.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage52.
5-42
Port Configuration
aadminkey aadminkey
Setstheportsactoradminkey.LACPwillusethisvaluetoformanoper keyandwilldeterminewhichunderlyingphysicalportsarecapableof aggregatingbycomparingoperkeys.Aggregatorportsallowonly underlyingportswithoperkeysmatchingtheirstojointheirLAG.Valid valuesare165535.Thedefaultkeyvalueis32768. SetstheportsactorLACPadministrativestatetoallowfor: lacpactiveTransmittingLACPPDUs. lacptimeoutTransmittingLACPPDUsevery1sec.vs30sec.(default). lacpaggAggregationonthisport. lacpsyncTransitiontosynchronizationstate. lacpcollectTransitiontocollectionstate. lacpdistTransitiontodistributionstate. lacpdefTransitiontodefaultedstate. lacpexpireTransitiontoexpiredstate.
aportpriaportpri asyspriasyspri
SetsaportspartnerLACPadministrativestate.Seeaadminstateforvalid padminstate options. lacpactive| lacptimeout| lacpagg|lacpsync |lacpcollect| lacpdist|lacpdef| lacpexpire padminsysid padminsysid padminsyspri padminsyspri SetsadefaultvaluetouseastheportspartnersystemID.ThisisaMAC address. Setsadefaultvaluetouseastheportspartnerpriority.Validvaluesare0 65535,withlowervaluesgivenhigherpriority.
5-43
Defaults
Atleastoneparametermustbeenteredperportstring. Ifenableordisablearenotspecified,port(s)willbeenabledwiththeLACPparametersentered.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
LACPcommandsandparametersbeginningwithana(suchasaadminkey)setactorvalues. Correspondingcommandsandparametersbeginningwithap(suchaspadminkey)set correspondingpartnervalues.ActorreferstothelocaldeviceparticipatinginLACPnegotiation, whilepartnerreferstoitsremotedevicepartnerattheotherendofthenegotiation.Actorsand partnersmaintaincurrentstatusoftheotherviaLACPDUscontaininginformationabouttheir portsLACPstatusandoperationalstate.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheactoradminkeyto3555forportge.3.16:
B2(su)->set port lacp ge.3.16 aadminkey 3555
Syntax
clear port lacp port port-string {[aadminkey] [aportpri] [asyspri] [aadminstate {lacpactive | lacptimeout | lacpagg | lacpsync | lacpcollect | lacpdist | lacpdef | lacpexpire | all}] [padminsyspri] [padminsysid] [padminkey] [padminportpri] [padminport] [padminstate {lacpactive | lacptimeout | lacpagg | lacpsync | lacpcollect | lacpdist | lacpdef | lacpexpire | all}]}
Parameters
portportstring Specifiesthephysicalport(s)onwhichLACPsettingswillbecleared.For adetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage52. Clearsaportsactoradminkey. Clearsaportsactorportpriority. Clearstheportsactorsystempriority.
aadminstate Clearsaportsspecificactoradminstate,orallactoradminstate(s).For lacpactive| descriptionsofspecificstates,refertothesetportlacpcommand(set lacptimeout| portlacponpage542). lacpagg|lacpsync |lacpcollect| lacpdist|lacpdef| lacpexpire|all padminsyspri padminsysid padminkey Clearstheportsdefaultpartnerpriorityvalue. ClearstheportsdefaultpartnersystemID. Clearstheportsdefaultpartneradminkey.
5-44
Port Configuration
padminportpri padminport
Clearstheportsdefaultpartnerportpriority. DeletesapartnerportfromtheLACPconfiguration.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearalllinkaggregationparametersforportge.3.16:
B2(su)->clear port lacp port ge.3.16
Commands
For information about... set port protected show port protected clear port protected set port protected name show port protected name Refer to page... 5-46 5-46 5-47 5-47 5-48
5-45
Syntax
set port protected port-string group-id
Parameters
portstring groupid Specifiestheportorportstobeprotected. Specifiestheidofthegrouptowhichtheportsshouldbeassigned.Idcan rangefrom0to2.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoassignportsge.1.1throughge.1.3toprotectedportgroup1:
B2(rw)->set port protected ge.1.1-3 1
Syntax
show port protected [port-string] | [group-id]
Parameters
portstring groupid (Optional)Specifiestheportorportsforwhichtodisplayinformation. (Optional)Specifiestheidofthegroupforwhichtodisplayinformation. Idcanrangefrom0to2.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersareentered,informationaboutallprotectedportsisdisplayed.
Mode
Readonly.
5-46
Port Configuration
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationaboutallprotectedports:
B2(ro)->show port protected Group id Port ---------------------1 ge.1.1 1 ge.1.2 1 ge.1.3
Syntax
clear port protected [port-string] | [group-id]
Parameters
portstring groupid (Optional)Specifiestheportorportstoremovefromprotectedmode. (Optional)Specifiestheidofthegrouptoremovefromprotectedmode. Idcanrangefrom0to2.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersareentered,allprotectedportsandgroupsarecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearprotectedportsge.1.1throughge.1.3:
B2(rw)->clear port protected ge.1.1-3
Syntax
set port protected name group-id name
Parameters
groupid name Specifiestheidofthisgroup.Idcanrangefrom0to2. Specifiesanameforthegroup.Thenamecanbeupto32charactersin length.
Defaults
None.
5-47
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoassignthenamegroup1toprotectedportgroup1:
B2(rw)->set port protected name 1 group1
Syntax
show port protected name group-id
Parameters
groupid Specifiestheidofthegrouptodisplay.Idcanrangefrom0to2.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoshowthenameofprotectedportgroup1:
B2(ro)->show port protected name 1 Group ID Group Name ----------------------------1 group1
Syntax
clear port protected name group-id
Parameters
groupid Specifiestheidofthegroupforwhichtoclearthename.Idcanrange from0to2.
Defaults
None.
5-48
Port Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthenameofprotectedportgroup1:
B2(rw)->clear port protected name 1
5-49
5-50
Port Configuration
6
SNMP Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheSimpleNetworkManagementProtocol(SNMP)setofcommandsand howtousethem.
For information about... SNMP Configuration Summary Reviewing SNMP Statistics Configuring SNMP Users, Groups, and Communities Configuring SNMP Access Rights Configuring SNMP MIB Views Configuring SNMP Target Parameters Configuring SNMP Target Addresses Configuring SNMP Notification Parameters Creating a Basic SNMP Trap Configuration Refer to page... 6-1 6-3 6-7 6-15 6-18 6-22 6-25 6-28 6-36
SNMPnetworkmanagementapplications,suchastheEnterasysNetSightapplication,which communicatewithagentstogetstatisticsandalertsfromthemanageddevices.
SNMPv3
SNMPv3isaninteroperablestandardsbasedprotocolthatprovidessecureaccesstodevicesby authenticatingandencryptingframesoverthenetwork.Theadvancedsecurityfeaturesprovided inSNMPv3areasfollows: MessageintegrityCollectsdatasecurelywithoutbeingtamperedwithorcorrupted. AuthenticationDeterminesthemessageisfromavalidsource. EncryptionScramblesthecontentsofaframetopreventitfrombeingseenbyan unauthorizedsource.
UnlikeSNMPv1andSNMPv2c,inSNMPv3,theconceptofSNMPagentsandSNMPmanagersno longerapply.TheseconceptshavebeencombinedintoanSNMPentity.AnSNMPentityconsists ofanSNMPengineandSNMPapplications.AnSNMPengineconsistsofthefollowingfour components: DispatcherThiscomponentsendsandreceivesmessages. MessageprocessingsubsystemThiscomponentacceptsoutgoingPDUsfromthe dispatcherandpreparesthemfortransmissionbywrappingtheminamessageheaderand returningthemtothedispatcher.Themessageprocessingsubsystemalsoacceptsincoming messagesfromthedispatcher,processeseachmessageheader,andreturnstheenclosedPDU tothedispatcher. SecuritysubsystemThiscomponentauthenticatesandencryptsmessages. AccesscontrolsubsystemThiscomponentdetermineswhichusersandwhichoperations areallowedaccesstomanagedobjects.
6-2
SNMP Configuration
Table 6-17
Model v3
authPriv
MD5 or SHA
DES
Example
ThisexamplepermitsthepowergrouptomanageallMIBsviaSNMPv3:
B2(su)->set snmp access powergroup security-model usm
Configuration Considerations
CommandsforconfiguringSNMPontheSecureStackB2deviceareindependentduringthe SNMPsetupprocess.Forinstance,targetparameterscanbespecifiedwhensettingupoptional notificationfilterseventhoughtheseparametershavenotyetbeencreatedwiththesetsnmp targetparamscommand.
6-3
Commands
For information about... show snmp engineid show snmp counters Refer to page... 6-4 6-5
Syntax
show snmp engineid
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPengineproperties:
B2(su)->show snmp engineid EngineId: 80:00:15:f8:03:00:e0:63:9d:b5:87 Engine Boots = 12 Engine Time = 162181 Max Msg Size = 2048
6-4
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
show snmp counters
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPcountervalues
B2(su)->show snmp counters --- mib2 SNMP group counters: snmpInPkts = 396601 snmpOutPkts = 396601 snmpInBadVersions = 0 snmpInBadCommunityNames = 0 snmpInBadCommunityUses = 0 snmpInASNParseErrs = 0 snmpInTooBigs = 0 snmpInNoSuchNames = 0 snmpInBadValues = 0 snmpInReadOnlys = 0 snmpInGenErrs = 0 snmpInTotalReqVars = 403661 snmpInTotalSetVars = 534 snmpInGetRequests = 290 snmpInGetNexts = 396279 snmpInSetRequests = 32 snmpInGetResponses = 0 snmpInTraps = 0 snmpOutTooBigs = 0 snmpOutNoSuchNames = 11 snmpOutBadValues = 0 snmpOutGenErrs = 0 snmpOutGetRequests = 0 snmpOutGetNexts = 0 snmpOutSetRequests = 0 snmpOutGetResponses = 396601 snmpOutTraps = 0 snmpSilentDrops = 0 snmpProxyDrops = 0 --- USM Stats counters: usmStatsUnsupportedSecLevels = 0 usmStatsNotInTimeWindows = 0 usmStatsUnknownUserNames = 0
6-5
= 0 = 0 = 0
snmpInASNParseErrs
6-6
SNMP Configuration
Table 6-19
snmpProxyDrops
usmStatsUnknownUserNames
usmStatsUnknownEngineIDs
usmStatsWrongDigests usmStatsDecriptionErrors
6-7
Commands
For information about... show snmp user set snmp user clear snmp user show snmp group set snmp group clear snmp group show snmp community set snmp community clear snmp community Refer to page... 6-8 6-9 6-10 6-10 6-12 6-12 6-13 6-13 6-14
Syntax
show snmp user [list] | [user] | [remote remote] [volatile | nonvolatile | readonly]
Parameters
list user remoteremote (Optional)DisplaysalistofregisteredSNMPusernames. (Optional)Displaysinformationaboutaspecificuser. (Optional)DisplaysinformationaboutusersonaspecificremoteSNMP engine.
Defaults
Iflistisnotspecified,detailedSNMPinformationwillbedisplayed. Ifuserisnotspecified,informationaboutallSNMPuserswillbedisplayed. Ifremoteisnotspecified,userinformationaboutthelocalSNMPenginewillbedisplayed. Ifnotspecified,userinformationforallstoragetypeswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
6-8
SNMP Configuration
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayanSNMPuserlist:
B2(su)->show snmp user list --- SNMP user information ----- List of registered users: Guest admin1 admin2 netops
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationfortheSNMPguestuser:
(su)->show snmp user guest --- SNMP user information --EngineId: 00:00:00:63:00:00:00:a1:00:00:00:00 Username = Guest Auth protocol = usmNoAuthProtocol Privacy protocol = usmNoPrivProtocol Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active
Syntax
set snmp user user [remote remoteid] [authentication {md5 | sha}] [authpassword] [privacy privpassword] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
user remoteremoteid SpecifiesanamefortheSNMPv3user. (Optional)RegisterstheuseronaspecificremoteSNMPengine.
volatile| nonvolatile
(Optional)Specifiesastoragetypeforthisuserentry.
Defaults
Ifremoteisnotspecified,theuserwillberegisteredforthelocalSNMPengine. Ifauthenticationisnotspecified,noauthenticationwillbeapplied. Ifprivacyisnotspecified,noencryptionwillbeapplied. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatilewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanewSNMPusernamednetops.Bydefault,thisuserwillbe registeredonthelocalSNMPenginewithoutauthenticationandencryption.Entriesrelatedtothis userwillbestoredinpermanent(nonvolatile)memory:
B2(su)->set snmp user netops
Syntax
clear snmp user user [remote remote]
Parameters
user remoteremote SpecifiesanSNMPv3usertoremove. (Optional)RemovestheuserfromaspecificremoteSNMPengine.
Defaults
Ifremoteisnotspecified,theuserwillberemovedfromthelocalSNMPengine.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremovetheSNMPusernamedbill:
B2(su)->clear snmp user bill
6-10
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
show snmp group [groupname groupname] [user user] [security-model {v1 | v2c | usm}] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
groupname groupname useruser (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificSNMPgroup. (Optional)Displaysinformationaboutuserswithinthespecifiedgroup.
Defaults
Ifgroupnameisnotspecified,informationaboutallSNMPgroupswillbedisplayed. Ifuserisnotspecified,informationaboutallSNMPuserswillbedisplayed. Ifsecuritymodelisnotspecified,userinformationaboutallSNMPversionswillbedisplayed. Ifnotspecified,informationforallstoragetypeswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPgroupinformation:
B2(su)->show snmp group --- SNMP group information --Security model = SNMPv1 Security/user name = public Group name = Anyone Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active Security model Security/user name Group name Storage type Row status = = = = = SNMPv1 public.router1 Anyone nonVolatile active
6-11
Syntax
set snmp group groupname user user security-model {v1 | v2c | usm} [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
groupname useruser SpecifiesanSNMPgroupnametocreate. SpecifiesanSNMPv3usernametoassigntothegroup.
Defaults
Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatilestoragewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanSNMPgroupcalledanyone,assignausernamedpublic andassignSNMPv3securitytothegroup:
B2(su)->set snmp group anyone user public security-model usm
Syntax
clear snmp group groupname user [security-model {v1 | v2c | usm}]
Parameters
groupname user SpecifiestheSNMPgrouptobecleared. SpecifiestheSNMPusertobecleared.
Defaults
If not specified, settings related to all security models will be cleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
6-12 SNMP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearallsettingsassignedtothepublicuserwithintheSNMPgroup anyone:
B2(su)->clear snmp group anyone public
Syntax
show snmp community [name]
Parameters
name (Optional)DisplaysSNMPinformationforaspecificcommunityname.
Defaults
Ifnameisnotspecified,informationwillbedisplayedforallSNMPcommunities.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationabouttheSNMPpubliccommunityname.For adescriptionofthisoutput,refertosetsnmpcommunity(page613).
B2(su)->show snmp community public --- Configured community strings --Name Security name Context Transport tag Storage type Status = = = = = = ********* public
nonVolatile active
Syntax
set snmp community community [securityname securityname] [context context] [transport transport] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
community securityname securityname Specifiesacommunitygroupname. (Optional)SpecifiesanSNMPsecuritynametoassociatewiththis community.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 6-13
contextcontext
transporttransport
volatile| nonvolatile
Defaults
Ifsecuritynameisnotspecified,thecommunitynamewillbeused. Ifcontextisnotspecified,accesswillbegrantedforthedefaultcontext. Iftransporttagisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatilewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetanSNMPcommunitynamecalledvip
B2(su)->set snmp community vip
Syntax
clear snmp community name
Parameters
name SpecifiestheSNMPcommunitynametoclear.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodeletethecommunitynamevip.
B2(su)->clear snmp community vip
6-14
SNMP Configuration
Commands
For information about... show snmp access set snmp access clear snmp access Refer to page... 6-15 6-17 6-18
Syntax
show snmp access [groupname] [security-model {v1 | v2c | usm}] [noauthentication | authentication | privacy] [context context] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
groupname (Optional)DisplaysaccessinformationforaspecificSNMPv3group. securitymodelv1| (Optional)DisplaysaccessinformationforSNMPsecuritymodelversion v2c|usm 1,2cor3(usm). noauthentication| authentication| privacy contextcontext (Optional)Displaysaccessinformationforaspecificsecuritylevel.
Defaults
Ifgroupnameisnotspecified,accessinformationforallSNMPgroupswillbedisplayed. Ifsecuritymodelisnotspecified,accessinformationforallSNMPversionswillbedisplayed. Ifnoauthentication,authenticationorprivacyarenotspecified,accessinformationforall securitylevelswillbedisplayed. Ifcontextisnotspecified,allcontextswillbedisplayed.
6-15
Ifvolatile,nonvolatileorreadonlyarenotspecified,allentriesofallstoragetypeswillbe displayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPaccessinformation:
B2(su)->show snmp Group = Security model = Security level = Read View = Write View = Notify View = Context match = Storage type = Row status = Group Security model Security level Read View Write View Notify View Context match Storage type Row status = = = = = = = = = access SystemAdmin USM noAuthNoPriv All All exact match nonVolatile active NightOperator USM noAuthNoPriv All All exact match nonVolatile active
6-16
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
set snmp access groupname security-model {v1 | v2c | usm} [noauthentication | authentication | privacy] [context context] [exact | prefix] [read read] [write write] [notify notify] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
groupname SpecifiesanameforanSNMPv3group. securitymodelv1| SpecifiesSNMPversion1,2cor3(usm). v2c|usm noauthentication| authentication| privacy (Optional)AppliesSNMPsecuritylevelasnoauthentication, authentication(withoutprivacy)orprivacy.Privacyspecifiesthat messagessentonbehalfoftheuserareprotectedfromdisclosure.
contextcontextexact (Optional)Setsthecontextforthisaccessconfigurationandspecifiesthat |prefix thematchmustbeexact(matchingthewholecontextstring)oraprefix matchonly.ContextisasubsetofmanagementinformationthisSNMP groupwillbeallowedtoaccess.Validvaluesarefullorpartialcontext names.Toreviewallcontextsconfiguredforthedevice,usetheshow snmpcontextcommandasdescribedinshowsnmpcontexton page 620. readread writewrite notifynotify volatile| nonvolatile|read only (Optional)Specifiesareadaccessview. (Optional)Specifiesawriteaccessview. (Optional)Specifiesanotifyaccessview. (Optional)StoresassociatedSNMPentriesastemporaryorpermanent,or readonly.
Defaults
Ifsecuritylevelisnotspecified,noauthenticationwillbeapplied. Ifcontextisnotspecified,accesswillbeenabledforthedefaultcontext.Ifcontextisspecified withoutacontextmatch,exactmatchwillbeapplied. Ifreadviewisnotspecifiednonewillbeapplied. Ifwriteviewisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifnotifyviewisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,entrieswillbestoredaspermanentandwillbeheldthroughdevice reboot.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexamplepermitsthepowergrouptomanageallMIBsviaSNMPv3:
B2(su)->set snmp access powergroup security-model usm
6-17
Syntax
clear snmp access groupname security-model {v1 | v2c | usm} [noauthentication | authentication | privacy] [context context]
Parameters
groupname SpecifiesthenameoftheSNMPgroupforwhichtoclearaccess. securitymodelv1| SpecifiesthesecuritymodeltobeclearedfortheSNMPaccessgroup. v2c|usm noauthentication| authentication| privacy contextcontext (Optional)ClearsaspecificsecuritylevelfortheSNMPaccessgroup.
(Optional)ClearsaspecificcontextfortheSNMPaccessgroup.Enter// toclearthedefaultcontext.
Defaults
Ifsecuritylevelisnotspecified,alllevelswillbecleared. Ifcontextisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearSNMPversion3accessforthemisgroupviathe authenticationprotocol:
B2(su)->clear snmp access mis-group security-model usm authentication
Commands
For information about... show snmp view show snmp context set snmp view clear snmp view Refer to page... 6-19 6-20 6-20 6-21
6-18
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
show snmp view [viewname] [subtree oid-or-mibobject] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
viewname subtreeoidormibobject volatile|nonvolatile| readonly (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificMIBview. (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificMIBsubtreewhen viewnameisspecified. (Optional)Displaysentriesforaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allSNMPMIBviewconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPMIBviewconfigurationinformation:
B2(su)->show snmp view --- SNMP MIB View information --View Name = All Subtree OID = 1 Subtree mask = View Type = included Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active View Name Subtree OID Subtree mask View Type Storage type Row status View Name Subtree OID Subtree mask View Type Storage type Row status = = = = = = = = = = = = All 0.0 included nonVolatile active Network 1.3.6.1.2.1 included nonVolatile active
6-19
Table 6-23
Syntax
show snmp context
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
AnSNMPcontextisacollectionofmanagementinformationthatcanbeaccessedbyanSNMP agentorentity.ThedefaultcontextallowsallSNMPagentstoaccessallmanagementinformation (MIBs).Whencreatedusingthesetsnmpaccesscommand(setsnmpaccessonpage 617),other contextscanbeappliedtolimitaccesstoasubsetofmanagementinformation.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayalistofallSNMPcontextsknowntothedevice:
B2(su)->show snmp context --- Configured contexts: default context (all mibs)
Syntax
set snmp view viewname viewname subtree subtree [mask mask] [included | excluded] [volatile | nonvolatile]
6-20
SNMP Configuration
Parameters
viewnameviewname SpecifiesanameforaMIBview. subtreesubtree maskmask included| excluded volatile| nonvolatile SpecifiesaMIBsubtreename. (Optional)Specifiesabitmaskforasubtree. (Optional)Specifiessubtreeuse(default)ornosubtreeuse. (Optional)Specifiestheuseoftemporaryorpermanent(default)storage.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,maskwillbesetto255.255.255.255 Ifnotspecified,subtreeusewillbeincluded. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatile(permanent)willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetanSNMPMIBviewtopublicwithasubtreenameof1.3.6.1 included:
B2(su)->set snmp view viewname public subtree 1.3.6.1 included
Syntax
clear snmp view viewname subtree
Parameters
viewname subtree SpecifiestheMIBviewnametobedeleted. SpecifiesthesubtreenameoftheMIBviewtobedeleted.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteSNMPMIBviewpublic:
B2(su)->clear snmp view public 1.3.6.1
6-21
Commands
For information about... show snmp targetparams set snmp targetparams clear snmp targetparams Refer to page... 6-22 6-23 6-24
Syntax
show snmp targetparams [targetParams] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
targetParams volatile|nonvolatile| readonly (Optional)Displaysentriesforaspecifictargetparameter. (Optional)Displaystargetparameterentriesforaspecificstorage type.
Defaults
IftargetParamsisnotspecified,entriesassociatedwithalltargetparameterswillbedisplayed. Ifnotspecified,entriesofallstoragetypeswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPtargetparametersinformation:
B2(su)->show snmp targetparams --- SNMP TargetParams information --Target Parameter Name = v1ExampleParams Security Name = public Message Proc. Model = SNMPv1 Security Level = noAuthNoPriv Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active
6-22
SNMP Configuration
Target Parameter Name Security Name Message Proc. Model Security Level Storage type Row status Target Parameter Name Security Name Message Proc. Model Security Level Storage type Row status
= = = = = = = = = = = =
v2cExampleParams public SNMPv2c noAuthNoPriv nonVolatile active v3ExampleParams CharlieDChief USM authNoPriv nonVolatile active
Syntax
set snmp targetparams paramsname user user security-model {v1 | v2c | usm} messageprocessing {v1 | v2c | v3} [noauthentication | authentication | privacy] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
paramsname useruser SpecifiesanameidentifyingparametersusedtogenerateSNMPmessages toaparticulartarget. SpecifiesanSNMPv1orv2communitynameoranSNMPv3username. Maximumlengthis32bytes.
6-23
Defaults
None. Ifnotspecified,securitylevelwillbesettonoauthentication. Ifnotspecified,storagetypewillbesettononvolatile.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetSNMPtargetparametersnamedv1ExampleParamsforauser namedfredusingversion3securitymodelandmessageprocessing,andauthentication:
B2(su)->set snmp targetparams v1ExampleParams user fred security-model usm message-processing v3 authentication
Syntax
clear snmp targetparams targetParams
Parameters
targetParams SpecifiesthenameoftheparameterintheSNMPtargetparameterstable tobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearSNMPtargetparametersnamedv1ExampleParams:
B2(su)->clear snmp targetparams v1ExampleParams
6-24
SNMP Configuration
Commands
For information about... show snmp targetaddr set snmp targetaddr clear snmp targetaddr Refer to page... 6-25 6-26 6-27
Syntax
show snmp targetaddr [targetAddr] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
targetAddr (Optional)Displaysinformationforaspecifictargetaddressname. volatile|nonvolatile (Optional)Whentargetaddressisspecified,displaystargetaddress |readonly informationforaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
IftargetAddrisnotspecified,entriesforalltargetaddressnameswillbedisplayed. Ifnotspecified,entriesofallstoragetypeswillbedisplayedforatargetaddress.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPtargetaddressinformation:
B2(su)->show snmp targetaddr Target Address Name = labmachine Tag List = v2cTrap IP Address = 10.2.3.116 UDP Port# = 162 Target Mask = 255.255.255.255 Timeout = 1500 Retry count = 4 Parameters = v2cParams Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 6-25
Syntax
set snmp targetaddr targetaddr ipaddr param param [udpport udpport] [mask mask] [timeout timeout] [retries retries] [taglist taglist] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
targetaddr ipaddr paramparam udpportudpport maskmask timeouttimeout SpecifiesauniqueidentifiertoindexthesnmpTargetAddrTable. Maximumlengthis32bytes. SpecifiestheIPaddressofthetarget. SpecifiesanentryintheSNMPtargetparameterstable,whichisused whengeneratingamessagetothetarget.Maximumlengthis32bytes. (Optional)SpecifieswhichUDPportofthetargethosttouse. (Optional)SpecifiestheIPmaskofthetarget. (Optional)Specifiesthemaximumroundtriptimeallowedto communicatetothistargetaddress.Thisvalueisin.01secondsandthe defaultis1500(15seconds.) (Optional)Specifiesthenumberofmessageretriesallowedifaresponseis notreceived.Defaultis3. (Optional)SpecifiesalistofSNMPnotifytagvalues.Thistagsalocation tothetargetaddressasaplacetosendnotifications.Listmustbeenclosed inquotesandtagvaluesmustbeseparatedbyaspace(forexample, tag1tag2). (Optional)Specifiestemporary(default),orpermanentstorageforSNMP entries.
retriesretries taglisttaglist
volatile| nonvolatile
6-26
SNMP Configuration
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,udpportwillbesetto162. Ifnotspecified,maskwillbesetto255.255.255.255 Ifnotspecified,timeoutwillbesetto1500. Ifnotspecified,numberofretrieswillbesetto3. Iftaglistisnotspecified,nonewillbeset. Ifnotspecified,storagetypewillbenonvolatile.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfigureatrapnotificationcalledTrapSink.Thistrapnotification willbesenttotheworkstation192.168.190.80(whichistargetaddresstr).Itwillusesecurityand authorizationcriteriacontainedinatargetparametersentrycalledv2cExampleParams.For moreinformationonconfiguringabasicSNMPtrap,refertoCreatingaBasicSNMPTrap Configurationonpage 636:
B2(su)->set snmp targetaddr tr 192.168.190.80 param v2cExampleParams taglist TrapSink
Syntax
clear snmp targetaddr targetAddr
Parameters
targetAddr Specifiesthetargetaddressentrytodelete.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearSNMPtargetaddressentrytr:
B2(su)->clear snmp targetaddr tr
6-27
Purpose
ToconfigureSNMPnotificationparametersandoptionalfilters.Notificationsareentitieswhich handlethegenerationofSNMPv1andv2trapsorSNMPv3informsmessagestoselect managementtargets.Optionalnotificationfiltersidentifywhichtargetsshouldnotreceive notifications.ForasampleSNMPtrapconfigurationshowinghowSNMPnotificationparameters areassociatedwithsecurityandauthorizationcriteria(targetparameters)andmappedtoa managementtargetaddress,refertoCreatingaBasicSNMPTrapConfigurationonpage 636.
Commands
For information about... show newaddrtrap set newaddrtrap show snmp notify set snmp notify clear snmp notify show snmp notifyfilter set snmp notifyfilter clear snmp notifyfilter show snmp notifyprofile set snmp notifyprofile clear snmp notifyprofile Refer to page... 6-28 6-29 6-30 6-31 6-32 6-32 6-33 6-34 6-34 6-35 6-35
show newaddrtrap
UsethiscommandtodisplaytheglobalandportspecificstatusoftheSNMPnewMACaddresses trapfunction.
Syntax
show newaddrtrap [port-string]
6-28
SNMP Configuration
set newaddrtrap
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysthestatusofthenewMACaddressestrapfunction onspecificports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,thestatusofthenewMACaddressestrapfunctionwillbedisplayed forallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Bydefault,thisfunctionisdisabledgloballyandperport.
Example
ThisexampledisplaysthestatusforGigabitEthernetports1through5inslot1.
B2(ro)->show newaddrtrap ge.1.1-5 New Address Traps Globally disabled Port --------ge.1.1 ge.1.2 ge.1.3 ge.1.4 ge.1.5 Enable State -----------disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled
set newaddrtrap
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableSNMPtrapmessaging,globallyorononeormoreports, whennewsourceMACaddressesaredetected.
Syntax
set newaddrtrap [port-string] {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring enable|disable (Optional)EnableordisablethenewMACaddressestrapfunctionon specificports. EnableordisablethenewMACaddressestrapfunction.Ifentered withouttheportstringparameter,enablesordisablesthefunction globally.Whenenteredwiththeportstringparameter,enablesor disablesthefunctiononspecificports.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,thetrapfunctionissetglobally.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 6-29
Usage
ThiscommandenablesanddisablessendingSNMPtrapmessageswhenanewsourceMAC addressisdetectedbyaport.IftheportisaCDPport,however,trapsfornewsourceMAC addresseswillnotbesent. Thedefaultmodeisdisabledgloballyandperport.
Example=
ThisexampleenablesthetrapfunctiongloballyandthenonGigabitEthernetports1through5in slot1.
B2(rw)->set newaddrtrap enable B2(rw)->set newaddrtrap ge.1.1-5 enable
Syntax
show snmp notify [notify] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
notify volatile| nonvolatile|read only (Optional)Displaysnotifyentriesforaspecificnotifyname. (Optional)Displaysnotifyentriesforaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
Ifanotifynameisnotspecified,allentrieswillbedisplayed. Ifvolatile,nonvolatile,orreadonlyarenotspecified,allstoragetypeentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSNMPnotifyinformation:
B2(su)->show snmp notify --- SNMP notifyTable information --Notify name = 1 Notify Tag = Console Notify Type = trap Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active Notify name Notify Tag Notify Type Storage type Row status = = = = = 2 TrapSink trap nonVolatile active
6-30
SNMP Configuration
Syntax
set snmp notify notify tag tag [trap | inform] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
notify tagtag trap|inform volatile| nonvolatile SpecifiesanSNMPnotifyname. SpecifiesanSNMPnotifytag.ThisbindsthenotifynametotheSNMP targetaddresstable. (Optional)SpecifiesSNMPv1orv2Trapmessages(default)orSNMPv3 InformRequestmessages. (Optional)Specifiestemporary(default),orpermanentstorageforSNMP entries.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,messagetypewillbesettotrap. Ifnotspecified,storagetypewillbesettononvolatile.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetanSNMPnotifyconfigurationwithanotifynameofhelloanda notifytagofworld.Notificationswillbesentastrapmessagesandstoragetypewill automaticallydefaulttopermanent:
B2(su)->set snmp notify hello tag world trap
6-31
Syntax
clear snmp notify notify
Parameters
notify SpecifiesanSNMPnotifynametoclear.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheSNMPnotifyconfigurationforhello:
B2(su)->clear snmp notify hello
Syntax
show snmp notifyfilter [profile] [subtree oid-or-mibobject] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
profile subtreeoidor mibobject volatile| nonvolatile|read only (Optional)Displaysaspecificnotifyfilter. (Optional)Displaysanotifyfilterwithinaspecificsubtree. (Optional)Displaysnotifyfilterentriesofaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allnotifyfilterinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
SeeAboutSNMPNotifyFiltersonpage 628formoreinformationaboutnotifyfilters.
6-32
SNMP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPnotifyfilterinformation.Inthiscase,thenotifyprofile pilot1insubtree1.3.6willnotreceiveSNMPnotificationmessages:
B2(su)->show snmp notifyfilter --- SNMP notifyFilter information --Profile = pilot1 Subtree = 1.3.6 Filter type = included Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active
Syntax
set snmp notifyfilter profile subtree oid-or-mibobject [mask mask] [included | excluded] [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
profile subtreeoidor mibobject maskmask included| excluded volatile| nonvolatile SpecifiesanSNMPfilternotifyname. SpecifiesaMIBsubtreeIDtargetforthefilter. (Optional)Appliesasubtreemask. (Optional)Specifiesthatsubtreeisincludedorexcluded. (Optional)Specifiesastoragetype.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,maskisnotset. Ifnotspecified,subtreewillbeincluded. Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatile(permanent)willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
SeeAboutSNMPNotifyFiltersonpage 628formoreinformationaboutnotifyfilters.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanSNMPnotifyfiltercalledpilot1withaMIBsubtreeIDof 1.3.6:
B2(su)->set snmp notifyfilter pilot1 subtree 1.3.6
6-33
Syntax
clear snmp notifyfilter profile subtree oid-or-mibobject
Parameters
profile subtreeoidor mibobject SpecifiesanSNMPfilternotifynametodelete. SpecifiesaMIBsubtreeIDcontainingthefiltertobedeleted.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeletetheSNMPnotifyfilterpilot1:
B2(su)->clear snmp notifyfilter pilot1 subtree 1.3.6
Syntax
show snmp notifyprofile [profile] [targetparam targetparam] [volatile | nonvolatile | read-only]
Parameters
profile targetparam targetparam volatile| nonvolatile|read only (Optional)Displaysaspecificnotifyprofile. (Optional)Displaysentriesforaspecifictargetparameter. (Optional)Displaysnotifyfilterentriesofaspecificstoragetype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allnotifyprofileinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
6-34
SNMP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNMPnotifyinformationfortheprofilenamedarea51:
B2(su)->show snmp notifyprofile area51 --- SNMP notifyProfile information --Notify Profile = area51 TargetParam = v3ExampleParams Storage type = nonVolatile Row status = active
Syntax
set snmp notifyprofile profile targetparam targetparam [volatile | nonvolatile]
Parameters
profile targetparam targetparam volatile| nonvolatile SpecifiesanSNMPfilternotifyname. SpecifiesanassociatedentryintheSNMPTargetParamsTable. (Optional)Specifiesastoragetype.
Defaults
Ifstoragetypeisnotspecified,nonvolatile(permanent)willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanSNMPnotifyprofilenamedarea51andassociateatarget parametersentry.
B2(su)->set snmp notifyprofile area51 targetparam v3ExampleParams
Syntax
clear snmp notifyprofile profile targetparam targetparam
6-35
Parameters
profile targetparam targetparam SpecifiesanSNMPfilternotifynametodelete. SpecifiesanassociatedentryinthesnmpTargetParamsTable.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteSNMPnotifyprofilearea51:
B2(su)->clear snmp notifyprofile area51 targetparam v3ExampleParams
CompleteanSNMPv2trapconfigurationonaSecureStackB2deviceasfollows: 1. 2. 3. CreateacommunitynamethatwillactasanSNMPuserpassword. CreateanSNMPtargetparametersentrytoassociatesecurityandauthorizationcriteriatothe usersinthecommunitycreatedinStep1. VerifyifanyapplicableSNMPnotificationentriesexist,orcreateanewone.Youwillusethis entrytosendSNMPnotificationmessagestotheappropriatemanagementtargetscreatedin Step 2. CreateatargetaddressentrytobindamanagementIPaddressto: ThenotificationentryandtagnamecreatedinStep3and ThetargetparametersentrycreatedinStep2.
4.
6-36
SNMP Configuration
Table 6-27
To do this...
Create an SNMP target parameters entry. Verify if any applicable SNMP notification entries exist. Create a new notification entry. Create a target address entry.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowto: CreateanSNMPcommunitycalledmgmt. ConfigureatrapnotificationcalledTrapSink.
2. 3.
4.
5. 6.
6-37
6-38
SNMP Configuration
7
Spanning Tree Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheSpanningTreeConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Spanning Tree Configuration Summary Configuring Spanning Tree Bridge Parameters Configuring Spanning Tree Port Parameters Configuring Spanning Tree Loop Protect Parameters Refer to page... 7-1 7-3 7-31 7-39
Caution: Spanning Tree configuration should be performed only by personnel who are very knowledgeable about Spanning Trees and the configuration of the Spanning Tree Algorithm. Otherwise, the proper operation of the network could be at risk.
RSTP
TheIEEE802.1wRapidSpanningProtocol(RSTP),anevolutionof802.1D,canachievemuch fasterconvergencethanlegacySTPinaproperlyconfigurednetwork.RSTPsignificantlyreduces thetimetoreconfigurethenetworksactivetopologywhenphysicaltopologyorconfiguration parameterchangesoccur.ItselectsoneswitchastherootofaSpanningTreeconnectedactive topologyandassignsportrolestoindividualportsontheswitch,dependingonwhetherthatport ispartoftheactivetopology. RSTPprovidesrapidconnectivityfollowingthefailureofaswitch,switchport,oraLAN.Anew rootportandthedesignatedportontheothersideofthebridgetransitiontoforwardingthrough anexplicithandshakebetweenthem.Bydefault,userportsareconfiguredtorapidlytransitionto forwardinginRSTP.
MSTP
TheIEEE802.1sMultipleSpanningTreeProtocol(MSTP)buildsupon802.1DandRSTPby optimizingutilizationofredundantlinksbetweenswitchesinanetwork.Whenredundantlinks existbetweenapairofswitchesrunningsingleSTP,onelinkisforwardingwhiletheothersare
7-1
blockingforalltrafficflowingbetweenthetwoswitches.Theblockinglinksareeffectivelyused onlyiftheforwardinglinkgoesdown.MSTPassignseachVLANpresentonthenetworktoa particularSpanningTreeinstance,allowingeachswitchporttobeinadistinctstateforeachsuch instance:blockingforoneSpanningTreewhileforwardingforanother.Thus,trafficassociated withonesetofVLANscantraverseaparticularinterswitchlink,whiletrafficassociatedwith anothersetofVLANscanbeblockedonthatlink.IfVLANsareassignedtoSpanningTrees wisely,nointerswitchlinkwillbecompletelyidle,maximizingnetworkutilization. FordetailsoncreatingSpanningTreeinstances,refertosetspantreemstionpage 712. FordetailsonmappingSpanningTreeinstancestoVLANs,refertosetspantreemstmapon page 714.
Note: MSTP and RSTP are fully compatible and interoperable with each other and with legacy STP 802.1D.
Note: The term bridge is used as an equivalent to the term switch or device in this document.
Loop Protect
TheLoopProtectfeaturepreventsorshortcircuitsloopformationinanetworkwithredundant pathsbyrequiringportstoreceivetype2BPDUs(RSTP/MSTP)onpointtopointinterswitch links(ISLs)beforetheirstatesareallowedtobecomeforwarding.Further,ifaBPDUtimeout occursonaport,itsstatebecomeslisteninguntilaBPDUisreceived. Bothupstreamanddownstreamfacingportsareprotected.Whenarootoralternateportlosesits pathtotherootbridgeduetoamessageageexpirationittakesontheroleofdesignatedport.It willnotforwardtrafficuntilaBPDUisreceived.Whenaportisintendedtobethedesignatedport inanISLitconstantlyproposesandwillnotforwarduntilaBPDUisreceived,andwillrevertto listeningifitfailstogetaresponse.Thisprotectsagainstmisconfigurationandprotocolfailureby theconnectedbridge. TheDisputedBPDUmechanismprotectsagainstloopinginsituationswherethereisoneway communication.AdisputedBPDUisoneinwhichtheflagsfieldindicatesadesignatedroleand
7-2
learningandthepriorityvectorisworsethanthatalreadyheldbytheport.IfadisputedBPDUis received,theportisforcedtothelisteningstate.WhenaninferiordesignatedBPDUwiththe learningbitsetisreceivedonadesignatedport,itsstateissettodiscardingtopreventloop formation.NotethattheDisputemechanismisalwaysactiveregardlessoftheconfiguration settingofLoopProtection. LoopProtectoperatesasaperport,perMSTinstancefeature.Itshouldbesetoninterswitch links.Itiscomprisedofseveralrelatedfunctions: ControlofportforwardingstatebasedonreceptionofagreementBPDUs ControlofportforwardingstatebasedonreceptionofdisputedBPDUs Communicatingportnonforwardingstatusthroughtrapsandsyslogmessages Disablingaportbasedonfrequencyoffailureevents
PortforwardingstateinthedesignatedportisgatedbyatimerthatissetuponBPDUreception.It isanalogoustothercvdInfoWhiletimertheportuseswhenreceivingrootinformationintheroot/ alternate/backuprole. TherearetwooperationalmodesforLoopProtectonaport.Iftheportisconnectedtoadevice knowntoimplementLoopProtect,itusesfullfunctionalmode.Otherwisetheportoperatesin limitedfunctionalmode. ConnectiontoaLoopProtectswitchguaranteesthatthealternateagreementmechanismis implemented.Thismeansthedesignatedportcanrelyonreceivingaresponsetoitsproposal regardlessoftheroleoftheconnectedport,whichhastwoimportantimplications.First,the designatedportconnectedtoanonrootportmaytransitiontoforwarding.Second,thereisno ambiguitywhenatimeouthappens;aLoopProtecteventhasoccurred. Infullfunctionalmode,whenatype2BPDUisreceivedandtheportisdesignatedandpointto point,thetimerissetto3timeshelloTime.Inlimitedfunctionalmodethereistheadditional requirementthattheflagsfieldindicatearootrole.IftheportisaboundaryporttheMSTIsfor thatportfollowtheCIST,thatis,theMSTIporttimersaresetaccordingtotheCISTporttimer.If theportisinternaltotheregionthentheMSTIporttimersaresetindependentlyusingthe particularMSTImessage. MessageageexpirationandtheexpirationoftheLoopProtecttimerarebothLoopProtectevents. Anoticelevelsyslogmessageisproducedforeachsuchevent.Trapsmaybeconfiguredtoreport theseeventsaswell.AsyslogmessageandtrapmaybeconfiguredfordisputedBPDUs. ItisalsoconfigurabletoforcethelockingofaSID/portfortheoccurrenceofoneormoreevents. Whentheconfigurednumberofeventshappenwithinagivenwindowoftime,theportisforced intoblockingandheldthereuntilitismanuallyunlockedviamanagement.
7-3
Commands
For information about... show spantree stats set spantree show spantree version set spantree version clear spantree version show spantree bpdu-forwarding set spantree bpdu-forwarding show spantree bridgeprioritymode set spantree bridgeprioritymode clear spantree bridgeprioritymode show spantree mstilist set spantree msti clear spantree msti show spantree mstmap set spantree mstmap clear spantree mstmap show spantree vlanlist show spantree mstcfgid set spantree mstcfgid clear spantree mstcfgid set spantree priority clear spantree priority set spantree hello clear spantree hello set spantree maxage clear spantree maxage set spantree fwddelay clear spantree fwddelay show spantree backuproot set spantree backuproot clear spantree backuproot show spantree tctrapsuppress set spantree tctrapsuppress clear spantree tctrapsuppress Refer to page... 7-5 7-7 7-7 7-8 7-8 7-9 7-9 7-10 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-12 7-13 7-13 7-14 7-14 7-15 7-15 7-16 7-16 7-17 7-17 7-18 7-18 7-19 7-19 7-20 7-20 7-21 7-21 7-22 7-22 7-23 7-23
7-4
For information about... set spantree protomigration show spantree spanguard set spantree spanguard clear spantree spanguard show spantree spanguardtimeout set spantree spanguardtimeout clear spantree spanguardtimeout show spantree spanguardlock clear/set spantree spanguardlock show spantree spanguardtrapenable set spanstree spanguardtrapenable clear spanstree spanguardtrapenable show spantree legacypathcost set spantree legacypathcost clear spantree legacypathcost
Refer to page... 7-24 7-24 7-25 7-26 7-26 7-26 7-27 7-27 7-28 7-28 7-29 7-29 7-30 7-30 7-31
Syntax
show spantree stats [port port-string] [sid sid] [active]
Parameters
portportstring (Optional)Displaysinformationforthespecifiedport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52. (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier.If notspecified,SID0isassumed. (Optional)DisplaysinformationforportsthathavereceivedSTPBPDUs sinceboot.
sidsid active
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,SpanningTreeinformationforallportswillbedisplayed. Ifsidisnotspecified,informationforSpanningTree0willbedisplayed. Ifactiveisnotspecifiedinformationforallportswillbedisplayedregardlessofwhetherornot theyhavereceivedBPDUs.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
7-5
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedevicesSpanningTreeconfiguration:
B2(su)->show spantree stats Spanning tree status Spanning tree instance Designated Root MacAddr Designated Root Priority Designated Root Cost Designated Root Port Root Max Age Root Hello Time Root Forward Delay Bridge ID MAC Address Bridge ID Priority Bridge Max Age Bridge Hello Time Bridge Forward Delay Topology Change Count Time Since Top Change Max Hops enabled 0 00-e0-63-9d-c1-c8 0 10000 lag.0.1 20 sec 2 sec 15 sec 00-01-f4-da-5e-3d 32768 20 sec 2 sec 15 sec 7 00 days 03:19:15 20
7-6
set spantree
Table 7-28
Output
set spantree
UsethiscommandtogloballyenableordisabletheSpanningTreeprotocolontheswitch.
Syntax
set spantree {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable GloballydisablesorenablesSpanningTree.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableSpanningTreeonthedevice:
B2(su)->set spantree disable
Syntax
show spantree version
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 7-7
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySpanningTreeversioninformationforthedevice:
B2(su)->show spantree version Force Version is mstp
Syntax
set spantree version {mstp | stpcompatible | rstp}
Parameters
mstp stpcompatible rstp SetstheversiontoSTP802.1scompatible. SetstheversiontoSTP802.1Dcompatible. Setstheversionto802.1wcompatible.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Inmostnetworks,SpanningTreeversionshouldnotbechangedfromitsdefaultsettingofmstp (MultipleSpanningTreeProtocol)mode.MSTPmodeisfullycompatibleandinteroperablewith legacySTP802.1DandRapidSpanningTree(RSTP)bridges.Settingtheversiontostpcompatible modewillcausethebridgetotransmitonly802.1DBPDUs,andwillpreventnonedgeportsfrom rapidlytransitioningtoforwardingstate.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballychangetheSpanningTreeversionfromthedefaultofMSTP toRSTP:
B2(su)->set spantree version rstp
Syntax
clear spantree version
7-8
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheSpanningTreeversion:
B2(su)->clear spantree version
Syntax
show spantree bpdu-forwarding
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSpanningTreeBPDUforwardingmode:
B2(su)->show spantree bpdu-forwarding BPDU forwarding is disabled.
Syntax
set spantree bpdu-forwarding {disable | enable}
7-9
Parameters
disable|enable DisablesorenablesBPDUforwarding;.
Defaults
BydefaultBPDUforwardingisdisabled.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheSpanningTreeprotocolmustbedisabled(setspantreedisable)forthisfeaturetotakeeffect.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableBPDUforwarding:
B2(rw)-> set spantree bpdu-forwarding enable
Syntax
show spantree bridgeprioritymode
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSpanningTreebridgeprioritymodesetting:
B2(rw)->show spantree bridgeprioritymode Bridge Priority Mode is set to IEEE802.1t mode.
Syntax
set spantree bridgeprioritymode {8021d | 8021t}
7-10
Parameters
8021d 8021t Setsthebridgeprioritymodetouse802.1D(legacy)values,whichare0 65535. Setsthebridgeprioritymodetouse802.1tvalues,whichare0to61440,in incrementsof4096.Valueswillautomaticallyberoundedupordown, dependingonthe802.1tvaluetowhichtheenteredvalueisclosest. Thisisthedefaultbridgeprioritymode.
Defaults
None
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Themodeaffectstherangeofpriorityvaluesusedtodeterminewhichdeviceisselectedasthe SpanningTreerootasdescribedinsetspantreepriority(setspantreepriorityonpage 717). Thedefaultfortheswitchistouse802.1tbridgeprioritymode.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthebridgeprioritymodeto802.1D:
B2(rw)->set spantree bridgeprioritymode 8021d
Syntax
clear spantree bridgeprioritymode
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthebridgeprioritymodeto802.1t:
B2(rw)->clear spantree bridgeprioritymode
7-11
Syntax
show spantree mstilist
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayalistofMSTinstances.Inthiscase,SID2hasbeenconfigured:
B2(su)->show spantree mstilist Configured Multiple Spanning Tree instances: 2
Syntax
set spantree msti sid sid {create | delete}
Parameters
sidsid create|delete SetstheMultipleSpanningTreeID.Validvaluesare14094. SecureStackB2deviceswillsupportupto4MSTinstances. CreatesordeletesanMSTinstance.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanMSTinstance2:
B2(su)->set spantree msti sid 2 create
7-12
Syntax
clear spantree msti [sid sid]
Parameters
sidsid (Optional)DeletesaspecificmultipleSpanningTreeID.
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,allMSTinstanceswillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteallMSTinstances:
B2(su)->clear spantree msti
Syntax
show spantree mstmap [fid fid]
Parameters
fidfid (Optional)DisplaysinformationforspecificFIDs.
Defaults
Iffidisnotspecified,informationforallassignedFIDswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySIDtoFIDmappinginformationforFID1.Inthiscase,no newmappingshavebeenconfigured:
B2(su)->show spantree mstmap fid 1 FID: SID: 1 0
7-13
Syntax
set spantree mstmap fid [sid sid]
Parameters
fid sidsid SpecifiesoneormoreFIDstoassigntotheMST.Validvaluesare14093, andmustcorrespondtoaVLANIDcreatedusingthesetvlancommand. (Optional)SpecifiesaMultipleSpanningTreeID.Validvaluesare14094, andmustcorrespondtoaSIDcreatedusingthesetmsticommand.
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,FID(s)willbemappedtoSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtomapFID3toSID2:
B2(su)->set spantree mstmap 3 sid 2
Syntax
clear spantree mstmap fid
Parameters
fid SpecifiesoneormoreFIDstoresetto0.
Defaults
Iffidisnotspecified,allSIDtoFIDmappingswillbereset.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtomapFID2backtoSID0:
B2(su)->clear spantree mstmap 2
7-14
Syntax
show spantree vlanlist [vlan-list]
Parameters
vlanlist (Optional)DisplaysSIDsassignedtospecificVLAN(s).
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,SIDassignmentwillbedisplayedforallVLANs.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSIDsmappedtoVLAN1.Inthiscase,SIDs2,16and42 aremappedtoVLAN1.Forthisinformationtodisplay,theSIDinstancemustbecreatedusing thesetspantreemsticommandasdescribedinsetspantreemstionpage 712,andtheFIDs mustbemappedtoSID 1usingthesetspantreemstmapcommandasdescribedinsetspantree mstmaponpage 714:
B2(su)->show spantree vlanlist 1 The following SIDS are assigned to VLAN 1: 2 16 42
Syntax
show spantree mstcfgid
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheMSTconfigurationidentifierelements.Inthiscase,the defaultrevisionlevelof0,andthedefaultconfigurationname(astringrepresentingthebridge MACaddress)havenotbeenchanged.Forinformationonusingthesetspantreemstcfgid commandtochangethesesettings,refertosetspantreemstcfgidonpage 716:
7-15
B2(su)->show spantree mstcfgid MST Configuration Identifier: Format Selector: 0 Configuration Name: 00:01:f4:89:51:94 Revision Level: 0 Configuration Digest: ac:36:17:7f:50:28:3c:d4:b8:38:21:d8:ab:26:de:62
Syntax
set spantree mstcfgid {cfgname name | rev level}
Parameters
cfgnamename revlevel SpecifiesanMSTconfigurationname. SpecifiesanMSTrevisionlevel.Validvaluesare065535.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMSTconfigurationnametomstconfig:
B2(su)->set spantree mstconfigid cfgname mstconfig
Syntax
clear spantree mstcfgid
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheMSTconfigurationidentifierelementstodefaultvalues:
B2(su)->clear spantree mstcfgid
7-16 Spanning Tree Configuration
Syntax
set spantree priority priority [sid]
Parameters
priority Specifiesthepriorityofthebridge.Validvaluesarefrom0to61440(in incrementsof4096),with0indicatinghighestpriorityand61440 lowestpriority. (Optional)SetsthepriorityonaspecificSpanningTree.Validvalues are04094.Ifnotspecified,SID 0isassumed.
sid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,prioritywillbesetonSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thedevicewiththehighestpriority(lowestnumericalvalue)becomestheSpanningTreeroot device.Ifalldeviceshavethesamepriority,thedevicewiththelowestMACaddresswillthen becometherootdevice.Dependingonthebridgeprioritymode(setwiththesetspantree bridgeprioritymodecommanddescribedinsetspantreebridgeprioritymodeonpage 710, somepriorityvaluesmayberoundedupordown.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthebridgepriorityto4096onSID1:
B2(su)->set spantree priority 4096 1
Syntax
clear spantree priority [sid]
Parameters
sid (Optional)ResetsthepriorityonaspecificSpanningTree.Valid valuesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID 0isassumed.
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,prioritywillberesetonSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 7-17
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthebridgepriorityonSID1:
B2(su)->clear spantree priority 1
Syntax
set spantree hello interval
Parameters
interval Specifiesthenumberofsecondsthesystemwaitsbeforebroadcastinga bridgehellomessage(amulticastmessageindicatingthatthesystemis active).Validvaluesare110.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballysettheSpanningTreehellotimeto10seconds:
B2(su)->set spantree hello 10
Syntax
clear spantree hello
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyresettheSpanningTreehellotime:
B2(su)->clear spantree hello
7-18 Spanning Tree Configuration
Syntax
set spantree maxage agingtime
Parameters
agingtime Specifiesthemaximumnumberofsecondsthatthesystemretainsthe informationreceivedfromotherbridgesthroughSTP.Validvaluesare6 40.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thebridgemaximumagingtimeisthemaximumtime(inseconds)adevicecanwaitwithout receivingaconfigurationmessage(bridgehello)beforeattemptingtoreconfigure.Alldevice ports(exceptfordesignatedports)shouldreceiveconfigurationmessagesatregularintervals. AnyportthatagesoutSTPinformationprovidedinthelastconfigurationmessagebecomesthe designatedportfortheattachedLAN.Ifitisarootport,anewrootportisselectedfromamong thedeviceportsattachedtothenetwork.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthemaximumagingtimeto25seconds:
B2(su)->set spantree maxage 25
Syntax
clear spantree maxage
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
7-19
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtogloballyresetthemaximumagingtime:
B2(su)->clear spantree maxage
Syntax
set spantree fwddelay delay
Parameters
delay Specifiesthenumberofsecondsforthebridgeforwarddelay.Validvalues are430.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Theforwarddelayisthemaximumtime(inseconds)therootdevicewillwaitbeforechanging states(i.e.,listeningtolearningtoforwarding).Thisdelayisrequiredbecauseeverydevicemust receiveinformationabouttopologychangesbeforeitstartstoforwardframes.Inaddition,each portneedstimetolistenforconflictinginformationthatwouldmakeitreturntoablockingstate; otherwise,temporarydataloopsmightresult.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtogloballysetthebridgeforwarddelayto16seconds:
B2(su)->set spantree fwddelay 16
Syntax
clear spantree fwddelay
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
7-20
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtogloballyresetthebridgeforwarddelay:
B2(su)->clear spantree fwddelay
Syntax
show spantree backuproot [sid]
Parameters
sid (Optional)DisplaybackuprootstatusforaspecificSpanningTree identifier.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
Defaults
IfaSIDisnotspecified,thenstatuswillbeshownforSpanningTreeinstance0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestatusofthebackuprootfunctiononSID0:
B2(rw)->show spantree backuproot Backup root is set to disable on sid 0
Syntax
set spantree backuproot sid {disable | enable}
Parameters
sid disable|enable SpecifiestheSpanningTreeinstanceonwhichtoenableordisablethe backuprootfunction.Validvaluesare04094. Enablesordisablesthebackuprootfunction.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 7-21
Usage
TheSpanningTreebackuprootfunctionisdisabledbydefaultontheSecureStackB2.Whenthis featureisenabledandtheswitchisdirectlyconnectedtotherootbridge,staleSpanningTree informationispreventedfromcirculatingiftherootbridgeislost.Iftherootbridgeislost,the backuprootwilldynamicallyloweritsbridgeprioritysothatitwillbeselectedasthenewroot overthelostrootbridge.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablethebackuprootfunctiononSID2:
B2(rw)->set spantree backuproot 2 enable
Syntax
clear spantree backuproot sid
Parameters
sid SpecifiestheSpanningTreeonwhichtoclearthebackuproot function.Validvaluesare04094.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthebackuprootfunctiontodisabledonSID2:
B2(rw)->clear spantree backuproot 2
Syntax
show spantree tctrapsuppress
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
7-22
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestatusoftopologychangetrapsuppression:
B2(rw)->show spantree tctrapsuppress Topology change Trap Suppression is set to enabled
Syntax
set spantree tctrapsuppress {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable Disablesorenablestopologychangetrapsuppression.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Bydefault,RSTPnonedge(bridge)portsthattransitiontoforwardingorblockingcausethe switchtoissueatopologychangetrap.Whentopologychangetrapsuppressionisenabled,which isthedevicedefault,edgeports(suchasendstationPCs)arepreventedfromsendingtopology changetraps.Thisisbecausethereisusuallynoneedfornetworkmanagementtomonitoredge portSTPtransitionstates,suchaswhenPCsarepoweredon.Whentopologychangetrap suppressionisdisabled,allports,includingedgeandbridgeports,willtransmittopologychange traps.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoallowRapidSpanningTreeedgeportstotransmittopologychange traps:
B2(rw)->set spantree tctrapsuppress disable
Syntax
clear spantree tctrapsuppress
7-23
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocleartopologychangetrapsuppressionsetting:
B2(rw)->clear spantree tctrapsuppress
Syntax
set spantree protomigration <port-string>
Parameters
portstring Resettheprotocolstatemigrationmachineforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresettheprotocolstatemigrationmachineonport20:
B2(su)->set spantree protomigration ge.1.20
Syntax
show spantree spanguard
Parameters
None.
7-24
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSpanGuardfunctionstatus:
B2(su)->show spantree spanguard Spanguard is disabled
Syntax
set spantree spanguard {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablestheSpanGuardfunction.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
SpanGuardisdesignedtodisable,orlockoutanedgeportwhenanunexpectedBPDUis received.Theportcanbeconfiguredtobereenabledafterasettimeperiod,oronlyaftermanual intervention. Aportcanbedefinedasanedge(user)portusingthesetspantreeadminedgecommand, describedinsetspantreeadminedgeonpage 737.Aportdesignatedasanedgeportis expectedtobeconnectedtoaworkstationorotherendusertypeofdevice,andnottoanother switchinthenetwork.WhenSpanguardisenabled,ifanonloopbackBPDUisreceivedonan edgeport,theSpanningTreestateofthatportwillbechangedtoblockingandwillnolonger forwardtraffic.Theportwillremaindisableduntiltheamountoftimedefinedbysetspantree spanguardtimeout(setspantreespanguardtimeoutonpage 726)haspassedsincethelastseen BPDU,theportismanuallyunlocked(setorclearspantreespanguardlock,clear/setspantree spanguardlockonpage 728),theconfigurationoftheportischangedsoitisnotlongeranedge port,ortheSpanGuardfunctionisdisabled. SpanGuardisenabledanddisabledonlyonaglobalbasis(acrossthestack,ifapplicable).By default,SpanGuardisdisabledandSpanGuardtrapsareenabled.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheSpanGuardfunction:
B2(rw)->set spantree spanguard enable
7-25
Syntax
clear spantree spanguard
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthestatusoftheSpanGuardfunctiontodisabled:
B2(rw)->clear spantree spanguard
Syntax
show spantree spanguardtimeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSpanGuardtimeoutsetting:
B2(su)->show spantree spanguardtimeout Spanguard timeout: 300
7-26
Syntax
set spantree spanguardtimeout timeout
Parameters
timeout Specifiesatimeoutvalueinseconds.Validvaluesare0to65535. Avalueof0willkeeptheportlockeduntilmanuallyunlocked.Thedefault valueis300seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheSpanGuardtimeoutto600seconds:
B2(su)->set spantree spanguardtimeout 600
Syntax
clear spantree spanguardtimeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheSpanGuardtimeoutto300seconds:
B2(rw)->clear spantree spanguardtimeout
Syntax
show spantree spanguardlock [port-string]
7-27
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoshowSpanGuardlockstatus. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisspecified,theSpanGuardlockstatusforallportsisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheSpanGuardlockstatusforge.1.1:
B2(su)->show spantree spanguardlock ge.1.1 Port ge.1.1 is Unlocked
Syntax
clear spantree spanguardlock port-string set spantree spanguardlock port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiesport(s)tounlock.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstring values,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtounlockportge.1.16:
B2(rw)->clear spantree spanguardlock ge.1.16
7-28
Syntax
show spantree spanguardtrapenable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestateoftheSpanGuardtrapfunction:
B2(ro)->show spantree spanguardtrapenable Spanguard SNMP traps are enabled
Syntax
set spantree spanguardtrapenable {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable DisablesorenablessendingSpanGuardtraps.Bydefault,sendingtraps isenabled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisabletheSpanGuardtrapfunction:
B2(su)->set spantree spanguardtrapenable disable
Syntax
clear spantree spanguardtrapenable
7-29
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheSpanGuardtrapfunctiontoenabled:
B2(rw)->clear spantree spanguardtrapenable
Syntax
show spantree legacypathcost
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedefaultSpanningTreepathcostsetting.
B2(su)->show spantree legacypathcost Legacy Path Cost is disabled.
Syntax
set spantree legacypathcost {disable | enable}
7-30
Parameters
disable enable Use802.1t2001valuestocalculatepathcost. Use802.1d1998valuestocalculatepathcost.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Bydefault,legacypathcostisdisabled.Enablingthedevicetocalculatelegacypathcostsaffects therangeofvalidvaluesthatcanbeenteredinthesetspantreeadminpathcostcommand.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthedefaultpathcostvaluesto802.1D.
B2(rw)->set spantree legacypathcost enable
Syntax
clear spantree legacypathcost
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleclearsthelegacypathcostto802.1tvalues.
B2(rw)->clear spantree legacypathcost
7-31
Commands
For information about... set spantree portadmin clear spantree portadmin show spantree portadmin show spantree portpri set spantree portpri clear spantree portpri show spantree adminpathcost set spantree adminpathcost clear spantree adminpathcost show spantree adminedge set spantree adminedge clear spantree adminedge Refer to page... 7-32 7-32 7-33 7-33 7-34 7-35 7-35 7-36 7-36 7-37 7-37 7-38
Syntax
set spantree portadmin port-string {disable | enable}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoenableordisableSpanningTree.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. DisablesorenablesSpanningTree.
disable|enable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableSpanningTreeonge.1.5:
B2(rw)->set spantree portadmin ge.1.5 disable
7-32
Syntax
clear spantree portadmin port-string
Parameters
portstring Resetsthedefaultadminstatusonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthedefaultSpanningTreeadminstatetoenableonge.1.12:
B2(rw)->clear spantree portadmin ge.1.12
Syntax
show spantree portadmin [port port-string]
Parameters
portportstring (Optional)Displaysstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,statuswillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayportadminstatusforge.1.1:
B2(ro)->show spantree portadmin port ge.1.1 Port ge.1.1 has portadmin set to enabled
7-33
Syntax
show spantree portpri [port port-string] [sid sid]
Parameters
portportstring (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtodisplaySpanningTreepriority. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. (Optional)DisplaysportpriorityforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier. Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
sidsid
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,portprioritywillbedisplayedforallSpanningTreeports. Ifsidisnotspecified,portprioritywillbedisplayedforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheportpriorityforge.2.7:
B2(su)->show spantree portpri port ge.2.7 Port ge.2.7 has a Port Priority of 128 on SID 0
Syntax
set spantree portpri port-string priority [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtosetSpanningTreeportpriority.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. SpecifiesanumberthatrepresentsthepriorityofalinkinaSpanningTree bridge.Validvaluesarefrom0to240(inincrementsof16)with0 indicatinghighpriority. (Optional)SetsportpriorityforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier.Valid valuesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
priority
sidsid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,portprioritywillbesetforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
7-34
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthepriorityofge.1.3to240onSID1
B2(su)->set spantree portpri ge.1.3 240 sid 1
Syntax
clear spantree portpri port-string [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtosetSpanningTreeportpriority.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. (Optional)ResetstheportpriorityforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier. Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0willbeassumed.
sidsid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,portprioritywillbesetforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthepriorityofge.1.3to128onSID1
B2(su)->clear spantree portpri ge.1.3 sid 1
Syntax
show spantree adminpathcost [port port-string] [sid sid]
Parameters
portportstring (Optional)Displaystheadminpathcostvalueforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. (Optional)DisplaystheadminpathcostforaspecificSpanningTree identifier.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0willbeassumed.
sidsid
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,adminpathcostforallSpanningTreeportswillbedisplayed. Ifsidisnotspecified,adminpathcostforSpanningTree0willbedisplayed.
7-35
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheadminpathcostforge.3.4onSID1:
B2(su)->show spantree adminpathcost port ge.3.4 sid 1 Port ge.3.4 has a Port Admin Path Cost of 0 on SID 1
Syntax
set spantree adminpathcost port-string cost [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosetanadminpathcost.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52. Specifiestheportpathcost.Va1idvaluesare0200000000. (Optional)SetstheadminpathcostforaspecificSpanningTreeidentifier. Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0willbeassumed.
cost sidsid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,adminpathcostwillbesetforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheadminpathcostto200forge.3.2onSID1:
B2(su)->set spantree adminpathcost ge.3.2 200 sid 1
Syntax
clear spantree adminpathcost port-string [sid sid]
7-36
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoresetadminpathcost.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage 52. (Optional)ResetstheadminpathcostforspecificSpanningTree(s). Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
sidsid
Defaults
Ifsidisnotspecified,adminpathcostwillberesetforSpanningTree0.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresettheadminpathcostto0forge.3.2onSID1:
B2(su)->clear spantree adminpathcost ge.3.2 sid 1
Syntax
show spantree adminedge [port port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysedgeportadministrativestatusforspecific port(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
IfportstringisnotspecifiededgeportadministrativestatuswillbedisplayedforallSpanning Treeports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheedgeportstatusforge.3.2:
B2(su)->show spantree adminedge port ge.3.2 Port ge.3.2 has a Port Admin Edge of Edge-Port
7-37
Syntax
set spantree adminedge port-string {true | false}
Parameters
portstring true|false Specifiestheedgeport.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstring values,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. Enables(true)ordisables(false)thespecifiedportasaSpanningTreeedge port.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thedefaultbehavioroftheedgeportadministrativestatusbeginswiththevaluesettofalse initiallyafterthedeviceispoweredup.IfaSpanningTreeBDPUisnotreceivedontheportwithin afewseconds,thestatussettingchangestotrue.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetge.1.11asanedgeport:
B2(su)->set spantree adminedge ge.1.11 true
Syntax
clear spantree adminedge port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiesport(s)onwhichtoresetedgeportstatus.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetge.1.11asanonedgeport:
B2(su)->clear spantree adminedge ge.1.11
7-38
Commands
For information about... set spantree lp show spantree lp clear spantree lp show spantree lplock clear spantree lplock set spantree lpcapablepartner show spantree lpcapablepartner clear spantree lpcapablepartner set spantree lpthreshold show spantree lpthreshold clear spantree lpthreshold set spantree lpwindow show spantree lpwindow clear spantree lpwindow set spantree lptrapenable show spantree lptrapenable clear spantree lptrapenable set spantree disputedbpduthreshold show spantree disputedbpduthreshold clear spantree disputedbpduthreshold show spantree nonforwardingreason Refer to page... 7-40 7-40 7-41 7-42 7-42 7-43 7-44 7-44 7-45 7-45 7-46 7-46 7-47 7-47 7-48 7-48 7-49 7-49 7-50 7-50 7-51
7-39
set spantree lp
set spantree lp
UsethiscommandtoenableordisabletheLoopProtectfeatureperportandoptionally,perSID. TheLoopProtectfeatureisdisabledbydefault.SeeLoopProtectonpage 2.formore information.
Syntax
set spantree lp port-string {enable | disable} [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring enable|disable sidsid Specifiesport(s)onwhichtoenableordisabletheLoopProtectfeature. Enablesordisablesthefeatureonthespecifiedport. (Optional)EnablesordisablesthefeatureforspecificSpanningTree(s). Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0isassumed.
Defaults
IfnoSIDisspecified,SID0isassumed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
LoopProtecttakesprecedenceoverperportSTPenable/disable(portAdmin).Normally portAdmindisabledwouldcauseaporttogoimmediatelytoforwarding.IfLoopProtectis enabled,thatportshouldgotolisteningandremainthere.
Note: The Loop Protect enable/disable settings for an MSTI port should match those for the CIST port.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableLoopProtectonge.2.3:
B2(su)->set spantree lp ge.1.11 enable
show spantree lp
UsethiscommandtodisplaytheLoopProtectstatusperportand/orperSID.
Syntax
show spantree lp [port port-string] [sid sid]
7-40
clear spantree lp
Parameters
portstring sidsid (Optional)Specifiesport(s)forwhichtodisplaytheLoopProtect featurestatus. (Optional)SpecifiesthespecificSpanningTree(s)forwhichtodisplay theLoopProtectfeaturestatus.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnot specified,SID0isassumed.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisspecified,statusisdisplayedforallports. IfnoSIDisspecified,SID0isassumed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLoopProtectstatusonge.2.3:
B2(su)->show spantree lp port ge.2.3 LoopProtect is disabled on port ge.2.3 , SI
clear spantree lp
UsethiscommandtoreturntheLoopProtectstatusperportandoptionally,perSID,toitsdefault stateofdisabled.
Syntax
clear spantree lp port-string [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring sidsid Specifiesport(s)forwhichtocleartheLoopProtectfeaturestatus. (Optional)SpecifiesthespecificSpanningTree(s)forwhichtoclearthe LoopProtectfeaturestatus.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified, SID0isassumed.
Defaults
IfnoSIDisspecified,SID0isassumed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoreturntheLoopProtectstateonge.2.3todisabled:
B2(rw)->clear spantree lp port ge.2.3
7-41
Syntax
show spantree lplock [port port-string] [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring sidsid (Optional)Specifiesport(s)forwhichtodisplaytheLoopProtectlock status. (Optional)SpecifiesthespecificSpanningTree(s)forwhichtodisplay theLoopProtectlockstatus.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified, SID0isassumed.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisspecified,statusisdisplayedforallports. IfnoSIDisspecified,SID0isassumed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayLoopProtectlockstatusonge.1.1:
B2(rw)->show spantree lplock port ge.1.1 The LoopProtect lock status for port ge.1.1 , SID 0 is UNLOCKED
Syntax
clear spantree lplock port-string [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring sidsid Specifiesport(s)forwhichtocleartheLoopProtectlock. (Optional)SpecifiesthespecificSpanningTree(s)forwhichtoclearthe LoopProtectlock.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified,SID0is assumed.
Defaults
IfnoSIDisspecified,SID0isassumed.
7-42
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearLoopProtectlockfromge.1.1:
B2(rw)->show spantree lplock port ge.1.1 The LoopProtect lock status for port ge.1.1 B2(rw)->clear spantree lplock ge.1.1 B2(rw)->show spantree lplock port ge.1.1 The LoopProtect lock status for port ge.1.1 , SID 0 is LOCKED
, SID 0 is UNLOCKED
Syntax
set spantree lpcapablepartner port-string {true | false}
Parameters
portstring true|false Specifiesport(s)forwhichtoconfigureaLoopProtectcapablelink partner. Specifieswhetherthelinkpartneriscapable(true)ornot(false).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThedefaultvalueforLoopProtectcapablepartnerisfalse.IftheportisconfiguredwithaLoop Protectcapablepartner(true),thenthefullfunctionalityoftheLoopProtectfeatureisused.Ifthe valueisfalse,thenthereissomeambiguityastowhetheranActivePartnertimeoutisduetoa loopprotectioneventorisanormalsituationduetothefactthatthepartnerportdoesnot transmitAlternateAgreementBPDUs.Therefore,aconservativeapproachistakeninthat designatedportswillnotbeallowedtoforwardunlessreceivingagreementsfromaportwithroot role. Thistypeoftimeoutwillnotbeconsideredaloopprotectionevent.Loopprotectionismaintained bykeepingtheportfromforwardingbutsincethisisnotconsideredaloopeventitwillnotbe factoredintolockingtheport.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheLoopProtectcapablepartnertotrueforge.1.1:
B2(rw)->set spantree lpcapablepartner ge.1.1 true
7-43
Syntax
show spantree lpcapablepartner [port port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiesport(s)forwhichtodisplayLoopProtectcapability foritslinkpartner.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisspecified,LoopProtectcapabilityforlinkpartnersisdisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheLoopProtectpartnercapabilityforge.1.1:
B2(rw)->show spantree lpcapablepartner port ge.1.1 Link partner of port ge.1.1 is not LoopProtect-capable
Syntax
clear spantree lpcapablepartner port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiesport(s)forwhichtocleartheirlinkpartnersLoopProtect capability(resettofalse).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheLoopProtectpartnercapabilityforge.1.1:
B2(rw)->clear spantree lpcapablepartner ge.1.1
7-44
Syntax
set spantree lpthreshold value
Parameters
value Specifiesthenumberofeventsthatmustoccurduringtheevent windowinordertolockaport/SID.Thedefaultvalueis3events.A thresholdof0specifiesthatportswillneverbelocked.
Defaults
None.Thedefaulteventthresholdis3.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheLoopProtecteventthresholdisaglobalintegervariablethatprovidesprotectioninthecaseof intermittentfailures.Thedefaultvalueis3.Iftheeventcounterreachesthethresholdwithina givenperiod(theeventwindow),thentheport,forthegivenSID,becomeslocked(thatis,held indefinitelyintheblockingstate).Ifthethresholdis0,theportsareneverlocked.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheLoopProtectthresholdvalueto4:
B2(rw)->set spantree lpthreshold 4
Syntax
show spantree lpthreshold
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
7-45
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentLoopProtectthresholdvalue:
B2(rw)->show spantree lpthreshold The Loop Protect event threshold value is 4
Syntax
clear spantree lpthreshold
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheLoopProtecteventthresholdtothedefaultof3:
B2(rw)->clear spantree lpthreshold
Syntax
set spantree lpwindow value
Parameters
value Specifiesthenumberofsecondsthatcomprisetheperiodduringwhich LoopProtecteventsarecounted.Thedefaulteventwindowis180 seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheLoopProtectWindowisatimervalue,inseconds,thatdefinesaperiodduringwhichLoop Protecteventsarecounted.Thedefaultvalueis180seconds.Ifthetimerissetto0,theevent
7-46 Spanning Tree Configuration
counterisnotresetuntiltheLoopProtecteventthresholdisreached.Ifthethresholdisreached, thatconstitutesaloopprotectionevent.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheLoopProtecteventwindowto120seconds:
B2(rw)->set spantree lpwindow 120
Syntax
show spantree lpwindow
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentLoopProtectwindowvalue:
B2(rw)->show spantree lpwindow The Loop Protect event window is set to 120 seconds
Syntax
clear spantree lpwindow
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
7-47
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheLoopProtecteventwindowtothedefaultof180seconds:
B2(rw)->clear spantree lpwindow
Syntax
set spantree lptrapenable {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesthesendingofLoopProtecttraps.Defaultis disabled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
LoopProtecttrapsaresentwhenaLoopProtecteventoccurs,thatis,whenaportgoestolistening duetonotreceivingBPDUs.Thetrapindicatesport,SIDandloopprotectionstatus.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablesendingofLoopProtecttraps:
B2(rw)->set spantree lptrapenable enable
Syntax
show spantree lptrapenable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
7-48
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentLoopProtecteventnotificationstatus:
B2(rw)->show spantree lptrapenable The Loop Protect event notification status is enable
Syntax
clear spantree lptrapenable
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheLoopProtecteventnotificationstatetothedefaultof disabled.
B2(rw)->clear spantree lptrapenable
Syntax
set spantree disputedbpduthreshold value
Parameters
value SpecifiesthenumberofdisputedBPDUsthatmustbereceivedona givenport/SIDtocauseadisputedBPDUtraptobesent. Athresholdof0indicatesthattrapsshouldnotbesent.Thedefault valueis0.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
7-49
Usage
AdisputedBPDUisoneinwhichtheflagsfieldindicatesadesignatedroleandlearning,andthe priorityvectorisworsethanthatalreadyheldbytheport.IfadisputedBPDUisreceivedtheport isforcedtothelisteningstate.Refertothe802.1Q2005standard,IEEEStandardforLocaland MetropolitanAreaNetworksVirtualBridgedLocalAreaNetworks,forafulldescriptionofthe disputemechanism,whichpreventsloopingincasesofonewaycommunication. ThedisputedBPDUthresholdisanintegervariablethatrepresentsthenumberofdisputed BPDUsthatmustbereceivedonagivenport/SIDuntiladisputedBPDUtrapissentandasyslog messageisissued.Forexample,ifthethresholdis10,thenatrapisissuedwhen10,20,30,andso on,disputedBPDUshavebeenreceived. Ifthevalueis0,trapsarenotsent.Thetrapindicatesport,SIDandtotalDisputedBPDUcount. Thedefaultis0.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthedisputedBPDUthresholdvalueto5:
B2(rw)->set spantree disputedbpduthreshold 5
Syntax
show spantree disputedbpduthreshold
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentdisputedBPDUthreshold:
B2(rw)->show spantree disputedbpduthreshold The disputed BPDU threshold value is 0
Syntax
clear spantree disputedbpduthreshold
7-50
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthedisputedBPDUthresholdtothedefaultof0:
B2(rw)->clear spantree disputedbpduthreshold
Syntax
show spantree nonforwardingreason port-string [sid sid]
Parameters
portstring sidsid Specifiesport(s)forwhichtodisplaythenonforwardingreason. (Optional)SpecifiesthespecificSpanningTree(s)forwhichtodisplay thenonforwardingreason.Validvaluesare04094.Ifnotspecified, SID0isassumed.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisspecified,nonforwardingreasonisdisplayedforallports. IfnoSIDisspecified,SID0isassumed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
ExceptionalconditionscausingaporttobeplacedinlisteningorblockingstateincludeaLoop Protectevent,receiptofdisputedBPDUs,andloopbackdetection.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythenonforwardingreasononge.1.1:
B2(rw)->show spantree nonforwardingreason port ge.1.1 The non-forwarding reason for port ge.1.1 on SID 0 is None
7-51
7-52
8
802.1Q VLAN Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheSecureStackB2systemscapabilitiestoimplement802.1QvirtualLANs (VLANs).
For information about... VLAN Configuration Summary Viewing VLANs Creating and Naming Static VLANs Assigning Port VLAN IDs (PVIDs) and Ingress Filtering Configuring the VLAN Egress List Setting the Host VLAN Enabling/Disabling GVRP (GARP VLAN Registration Protocol) Refer to page... 8-1 8-2 8-4 8-6 8-12 8-16 8-18
8-1
Viewing VLANs
Set the PVID to the new VLAN. Add the port to the new VLANs egress list. Remove the port from the default VLANs egress list. Assign host status to the VLAN. Set a private community name and access policy and confirm settings.
set port vlan ge.1.1 2 (set port vlan on page 8-7) set vlan egress 2 ge.1.1 untagged (set vlan egress on page 8-13) clear vlan egress 1 ge.1.1 (clear vlan egress on page 8-14) set host vlan 2 (set host vlan on page 8-17) set snmp community private (set snmp community on page 6-13) (Optional) show snmp community (show snmp community on page 6-13)
Viewing VLANs
Purpose
TodisplayalistofVLANscurrentlyconfiguredonthedevice,todeterminehowoneormore VLANswerecreated,theportsallowedanddisallowedtotransmittrafficbelongingtoVLAN(s), andifthoseportswilltransmitthetrafficwithaVLANtagincluded.
8-2
show vlan
Command
For information about... show vlan Refer to page... 8-3
show vlan
UsethiscommandtodisplayallinformationrelatedtooneormoreVLANs.
Syntax
show vlan [static] [vlan-list] [portinfo [vlan vlan-list | vlan-name] [port portstring]]
Parameters
static (Optional)DisplaysinformationrelatedtostaticVLANs.StaticVLANsare manuallycreatedusingthesetvlancommand(setvlanonpage 84), SNMPMIBs,ortheWebViewmanagementapplication.ThedefaultVLAN, VLAN1,isalwaysstaticallyconfiguredandcantbedeleted.Onlyports thatuseaspecifiedVLANastheirdefaultVLAN(PVID)willbedisplayed. (Optional)DisplaysinformationforaspecificVLANorrangeofVLANs. (Optional)DisplaysVLANattributesrelatedtooneormoreports. (Optional)DisplaysportinformationforoneormoreVLANs. (Optional)Displaysportinformationforoneormoreports.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,allinformationrelatedtostaticanddynamicVLANswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayinformationforVLAN1.Inthiscase,VLAN1isnamed DEFAULTVLAN.PortsallowedtotransmitframesbelongingtoVLAN1arelistedasegress ports.PortsthatwontincludeaVLANtagintheirtransmittedframesarelistedasuntagged ports.Therearenoforbiddenports(preventedfromtransmittedframes)onVLAN1:
B2(su)->show vlan 1 VLAN: 1 NAME: DEFAULT VLAN VLAN Type: Default Egress Ports ge.1.1-10, ge.2.1-4, ge.3.1-7, Forbidden Egress Ports None. Untagged Ports ge.1.1-10, ge.2.1-4, ge.3.1-7,
Table 830providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
8-3
Table 8-30
Output VLAN NAME Status VLAN Type Egress Ports
Commands
For information about... set vlan set vlan name clear vlan clear vlan name Refer to page... 8-4 8-5 8-5 8-6
set vlan
UsethiscommandtocreateanewstaticIEEE802.1QVLAN,ortoenableordisableanexisting VLAN.
Syntax
set vlan {create | enable | disable} vlan-list
Parameters
create|enable| disable vlanlist Creates,enablesordisablesVLAN(s). SpecifiesoneormoreVLANIDstobecreated,enabledordisabled.
Defaults
None.
8-4
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
OnceaVLANiscreated,youcanassignitanameusingthesetvlannamecommanddescribedin setvlannameonpage 85. EachVLANIDmustbeunique.IfaduplicateVLANIDisentered,thedeviceassumesthatthe AdministratorintendstomodifytheexistingVLAN. EntertheVLANIDusingauniquenumberbetween1and4093.TheVLANIDsof0and4094and highermaynotbeusedforuserdefinedVLANs.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateVLAN3:
B2(su)->set vlan create 3
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableVLAN3:
B2(su)->set vlan disable 3
Syntax
set vlan name vlan-list vlan-name
Parameters
vlanlist vlanname SpecifiestheVLANIDoftheVLAN(s)tobenamed. SpecifiesthestringusedasthenameoftheVLAN(1to32characters).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthenameforVLAN7togreen:
B2(su)->set vlan name 7 green
clear vlan
UsethiscommandtoremoveastaticVLANfromthelistofVLANsrecognizedbythedevice.
Syntax
clear vlan vlan-list
8-5
Parameters
vlanlist SpecifiestheVLANIDoftheVLAN(s)toberemoved.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremoveastaticVLAN9fromthedevicesVLANlist:
B2(su)->clear vlan 9
Syntax
clear vlan name vlan-list
Parameters
vlanlist SpecifiestheVLANIDoftheVLAN(s)forwhichthenamewillbecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthenameforVLAN9:
B2(su)->clear vlan name 9
8-6
Commands
For information about... show port vlan set port vlan clear port vlan show port ingress filter set port ingress filter show port discard set port discard Refer to page... 8-7 8-7 8-8 8-9 8-9 8-10 8-11
Syntax
show port vlan [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysPVIDinformationforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,portVLANinformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPVIDsassignedtoge.2.1through6.Inthiscase,untagged framesreceivedontheseportswillbeclassifiedtoVLAN1:
B2(su)->show port vlan ge.2.1-6 ge.2.1 is set to 1 ge.2.2 is set to 1 ge.2.3 is set to 1 ge.2.4 is set to 1 ge.2.5 is set to 1 ge.2.6 is set to 1
8-7
Syntax
set port vlan port-string pvid [modify-egress | no-modify-egress]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtoconfigureaVLANidentifier.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52. SpecifiestheVLANIDoftheVLANtowhichport(s)willbeadded. (Optional)Addsport(s)toVLANsuntaggedegresslistandremovesthem fromotheruntaggedegresslists. (Optional)Doesnotpromptforormakeegresslistchanges.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThePVIDisusedtoclassifyuntaggedframesastheyingressintoagivenport.Ifthespecified VLANhasnotalreadybeencreated,thiscommandwillcreateit.Itwillprompttheusertoaddthe VLANtotheportsegresslistasuntagged,andtoremovethedefaultVLANfromtheports egresslist.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoaddge.1.10totheportVLANlistofVLAN4(PVID4).SinceVLAN4 isanewVLAN,itiscreated.Thenportge.1.10isaddedtoVLAN4suntaggedegresslist.The portmustthenbeclearedfromtheegresslistofVLAN1(thedefaultVLAN)asshown:
B2(su)->set port vlan ge.1.10 4 B2(su)->set vlan 4 create B2(su)->set vlan egress 4 ge.1.10 untagged B2(su)->clear vlan egress 1 ge.1.10
Syntax
clear port vlan port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)toberesettothehostVLANID1.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
8-8 802.1Q VLAN Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetportsge.1.3through11toaVLAN IDof1(HostVLAN):
B2(su)->clear port vlan ge.1.3-11
Syntax
show port ingress-filter [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtodisplayingressfilteringstatus. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,ingressfilteringstatusforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheportingressfilterstatusforports10through15inslot1. Inthiscase,theportsaredisabledforingressfiltering:
B2(su)->show port ingress-filter ge.1.10-15 Port State -------- --------ge.1.10 disabled ge.1.11 disabled ge.1.12 disabled ge.1.13 disabled ge.1.14 disabled ge.1.15 disabled
Syntax
set port ingress-filter port-string {disable | enable}
8-9
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoenableofdisableingressfiltering.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. Disablesorenablesingressfiltering.
disable|enable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Wheningressfilteringisenabledonaport,theVLANIDsofincomingframesarecomparedtothe portsegresslist.IfthereceivedVLANIDdoesnotmatchaVLANIDontheportsegresslist, thentheframeisdropped. IngressfilteringisimplementedaccordingtotheIEEE802.1Qstandard.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableportingressfilteringonge.1.3:
B2(su)->set port ingress-filter ge.1.3 enable
Syntax
show port discard [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaystheframediscardmodeforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
If port-string is not specified, frame discard mode will be displayed for all ports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
8-10
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheframediscardmodeforge.2.7.Inthiscase,theporthas beensettodiscardalltaggedframes:
B2(su)->show port discard ge.2.7 Port Discard Mode ------------ ------------ge.2.7 tagged
Syntax
set port discard port-string {tagged | untagged | both | none}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtosetframediscardmode.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52. TaggedDiscardallincoming(received)taggedpacketsonthedefined port(s). UntaggedDiscardallincominguntaggedpackets. BothAlltrafficwillbediscarded(taggedanduntagged). NoneNopacketswillbediscarded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Theoptionsaretodiscardallincomingtaggedframes,allincominguntaggedframes,neither (essentiallyallowalltraffic),orboth(essentiallydiscardingalltraffic). Acommonpracticeistodiscardalltaggedpacketonuserports.TypicallyanAdministratordoes notwanttheendusersdefiningwhatVLANtheyuseforcommunication.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodiscardalltaggedframesreceivedonportge.3.3:
B2(su)->set port discard ge.3.3 tagged
8-11
Commands
For information about... show port egress set vlan forbidden set vlan egress clear vlan egress show vlan dynamicegress set vlan dynamicegress Refer to page... 8-12 8-13 8-13 8-14 8-15 8-16
Syntax
show port egress [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysVLANmembershipforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,VLANmembershipwillbedisplayedforallports.
8-12
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowsyouhowtoshowVLANegressinformationforge.1.1through3.Inthiscase, allthreeportsareallowedtotransmitVLAN1framesastaggedandVLAN10framesas untagged.BotharestaticVLANs:
B2(su)->show port egress ge.1.1-3 Port Vlan Egress Registration Number Id Status Status ------------------------------------------------------ge.1.1 1 tagged static ge.1.1 10 untagged static ge.1.2 1 tagged static ge.1.2 10 untagged static ge.1.3 1 tagged static ge.1.3 10 untagged static
Syntax
set vlan forbidden vlan-id port-string
Parameters
vlanid portstring SpecifiestheVLANforwhichtosetforbiddenport(s). Specifiestheport(s)tosetasforbiddenforthespecifiedvlanid.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowsyouhowtosetge.1.3toforbiddenforVLAN6:
B2(su)->set vlan forbidden 6 ge.1.3
8-13
Syntax
set vlan egress vlan-list port-string [untagged | forbidden | tagged]
Parameters
vlanlist portstring
Specifies the VLAN where a port(s) will be added to the egress list.
SpecifiesoneormoreportstoaddtotheVLANegresslistofthespecified vlanlist.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. (Optional)Addsthespecifiedportsas: untaggedCausestheport(s)totransmitframeswithoutanIEEE 802.1Qheadertag. forbiddenInstructsthedevicetoignoredynamicrequests(either throughGVRPordynamicegress)fromtheport(s)tojointheVLAN anddisallowsegressonthatport. taggedCausestheport(s)totransmit802.1Qtaggedframes.
Defaults
Ifuntagged,forbiddenortaggedisnotspecified,theportwillbeaddedtotheVLANegresslist astagged.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoaddge.1.5through10totheegresslistofVLAN7.Thismeansthat theseportswilltransmitVLAN7framesastagged:
B2(su)->set vlan egress 7 ge.1.5-10
Thisexampleshowshowtoforbidports13through15inslot1fromjoiningVLAN7anddisallow egressonthoseports:
B2(su)->set vlan egress 7 ge.1.13-15 forbidden
Thisexampleshowshowtoallowport2inslot1totransmitVLAN7framesasuntagged:
B2(su)->set vlan egress 7 ge.1.2 untagged
Syntax
clear vlan egress vlan-list port-string [forbidden]
8-14
Parameters
vlanlist portstring SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANfromwhichaport(s)willberemoved fromtheegresslist. SpecifiesoneormoreportstoberemovedfromtheVLANegresslistofthe specifiedvlanlist.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. (Optional)Clearstheforbiddensettingfromthespecifiedport(s)andresets theport(s)asabletoegressframesifsoconfiguredbyeitherstaticor dynamicmeans.
forbidden
Defaults
Ifforbiddenisnotspecified,taggedanduntaggedsettingswillbecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovege.3.14fromtheegresslistofVLAN 9:
B2(su)->clear vlan egress 9 ge.3.14
ThisexampleshowshowtoremoveallGigabitEthernetportsinslot2fromtheegresslistof VLAN4:
B2(su)->clear vlan egress 4 ge.2.*
Syntax
show vlan dynamicegress [vlan-list]
Parameters
vlanlist (Optional)DisplaysdynamicegressstatusforspecificVLAN(s).
Defaults
Ifvlanlistisnotspecified,thedynamicegressstatusforallVLANswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedynamicegressstatusforVLANs5055:
B2(rw)->show vlan dynamicegress 50-55 VLAN 50 is disabled
8-15
51 52 53 54 55
is is is is is
Syntax
set vlan dynamicegress vlan-list {enable | disable}
Parameters
vlanlist enable|disable SpecifiestheVLANsbyIDtoenableordisabledynamicegress. Enablesordisablesdynamicegress.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
IfdynamicegressisenabledforaparticularVLAN,whenaportreceivesaframetaggedwiththat VLANsID,theswitchwilladdthereceivingporttothatVLANsegresslist.Dynamicegressis disabledontheSecureStackB2bydefault. Forexample,assumeyouhave20AppleTalkusersonyournetworkwhoaremobileusers(thatis, usedifferentportseveryday),butyouwanttokeeptheAppleTalktrafficisolatedinitsown VLAN.YoucancreateanAppleTalkVLANwithaVLANIDof55withaclassificationrulethatall AppleTalktrafficgetstaggedwithVLANID55.Then,youenabledynamicegressforVLAN55. Now,whenanAppleTalkuserplugsintoportge.3.5andsendsanAppleTalkpacket,theswitch willtagthepackettoVLAN55andalsoaddportge.3.5toVLAN55segresslist,whichallowsthe AppleTalkusertoreceiveAppleTalktraffic.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabledynamicegressonVLAN55:
B2(rw)->set vlan dynamicegress 55 enable
8-16
Note: The host port is the management entity of the device. Refer to Creating a Secure Management VLAN on page 8-1 for more information.
Commands.
For information about... show host vlan set host vlan clear host vlan Refer to page... 8-17 8-17 8-18
Syntax
show host vlan
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythehostVLAN:
B2(su)->show host vlan Host vlan is 7.
Syntax
set host vlan vlan-id
Parameters
vlanid SpecifiesthenumberoftheVLANtosetasthehostVLAN.
Defaults
None.
8-17
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThehostVLANshouldbeasecureVLANwhereonlydesignatedusersareallowedaccess.For example,ahostVLANcouldbespecificallycreatedfordevicemanagement.Thiswouldallowa managementstationconnectedtothemanagementVLANtomanageallportsonthedeviceand makemanagementsecurebypreventingmanagementviaportsassignedtootherVLANs.
Note: Before you can designate a VLAN as the host VLAN, you must create a VLAN using the set of commands described in Creating and Naming Static VLANs on page 8-4.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetVLAN7asthehostVLAN:
B2(su)->set host vlan 7
Syntax
clear host vlan
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthehostVLANtothedefaultsetting:
B2(su)->clear host vlan
8-18
Overview
ThepurposeofGVRPistodynamicallycreateVLANsacrossaswitchednetwork.WhenaVLAN isdeclared,theinformationistransmittedoutGVRPconfiguredportsonthedeviceinaGARP formattedframeusingtheGVRPmulticastMACaddress.Aswitchthatreceivesthisframe, examinestheframe,andextractstheVLANIDs.GVRPthencreatestheVLANsandaddsthe receivingporttoitstaggedmemberlistfortheextractedVLANID(s).Theinformationisthen transmittedouttheotherGVRPconfiguredportsofthedevice.Figure 87showsanexampleof howVLANbluefromendstationAwouldbepropagatedacrossaswitchnetwork.
How It Works
InFigure 87onpage 819,Switch4,port1isregisteredasbeingamemberofVLANBlueand thendeclaresthisfactoutallitsports(2and3)toSwitch1andSwitch 2.Thesetwodevices registerthisintheportegresslistsoftheports(Switch1,port1andSwitch2,port1)thatreceived theframeswiththeinformation.Switch2,whichisconnectedtoSwitch3andSwitch5declares thesameinformationtothosetwodevicesandtheportegresslistofeachportisupdatedwiththe newinformation,accordingly. ConfiguringaVLANonan802.1QswitchcreatesastaticVLANentry.Theentrywillalways remainregisteredandwillnottimeout.However,dynamicentrieswilltimeoutandtheir registrationswillberemovedfromthememberlistiftheendstationAisremoved.Thisensures that,ifswitchesaredisconnectedorifendstationsareremoved,theregisteredinformation remainsaccurate. TheendresultisthattheportegresslistofaportisupdatedwithinformationaboutVLANsthat resideonthatport,eveniftheactualstationontheVLANisseveralhopsaway. Figure 8-7 Example of VLAN Propagation via GVRP
Switch 2 Switch 3
1 Switch 1
R 2D
2 End Station A
D 3 D
Switch 4
R Switch 5
R D
8-19
show gvrp
Purpose
TodynamicallycreateVLANsacrossaswitchednetwork.TheGVRPcommandsetisusedto displayGVRPconfigurationinformation,thecurrentglobalGVRPstatesetting,individualport settings(enableordisable)andtimersettings.Bydefault,GVRPisenabledgloballyonthedevice, butdisabledonallports.
Commands
For information about... show gvrp show garp timer set gvrp clear gvrp set garp timer Refer to page... 8-20 8-21 8-22 8-22 8-23
show gvrp
UsethiscommandtodisplayGVRPconfigurationinformation.
Syntax
show gvrp [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysGVRPconfigurationinformationforspecificport(s).For adetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,GVRPconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayedforallportsand thedevice.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayGVRPstatusforthedeviceandforfw.2.1:
B2(su)->show gvrp ge.2.1 Global GVRP status is enabled. Port Number ----------ge.2.1 GVRP status ----------disabled
8-20
Syntax
show garp timer [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysGARPtimerinformationforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,GARPtimerinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayGARPtimerinformationonports1through10inslot1:
Note: For a functional description of the terms join, leave, and leaveall timers, refer to the standard IEEE 802.1Q documentation, which is not supplied with this device. B2(su)->show garp timer ge.1.1-10 Port based GARP Configuration: (Timer units are centiseconds) Port Number Join Leave Leaveall ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------ge.1.1 20 60 1000 ge.1.2 20 60 1000 ge.1.3 20 60 1000 ge.1.4 20 60 1000 ge.1.5 20 60 1000 ge.1.6 20 60 1000 ge.1.7 20 60 1000 ge.1.8 20 60 1000 ge.1.9 20 60 1000 ge.1.10 20 60 1000
8-21
set gvrp
set gvrp
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableGVRPgloballyonthedeviceorononeormoreports.
Syntax
set gvrp {enable | disable} [port-string]
Parameters
disable| enable portstring DisablesorenablesGVRPonthedevice. (Optional)DisablesorenablesGVRPonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedin theCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,GVRPwillbedisabledorenabledforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableGVRPgloballyonthedevice:
B2(su)->set gvrp enable
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableGVRPgloballyonthedevice:
B2(su)->set gvrp disable
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableGVRPonge.1.3:
B2(su)->set gvrp enable ge.1.3
clear gvrp
UsethiscommandtoclearGVRPstatusorononeormoreports.
Syntax
clear gvrp [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)ClearsGVRPstatusonspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,GVRPstatuswillbeclearedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
8-22
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearGVRPstatusgloballyonthedevice:
B2(su)->clear gvrp
Syntax
set garp timer {[join timer-value] [leave timer-value] [leaveall timer-value]} port-string
Parameters
jointimervalue leavetimervalue leavealltimer value portstring SetstheGARPjointimerincentiseconds(Referto802.1Qstandard.) SetstheGARPleavetimerincentiseconds(Referto802.1Qstandard.) SetstheGARPleavealltimerincentiseconds(Referto802.1Qstandard.) Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoconfigureGARPtimersettings.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thesettingofthesetimersiscriticalandshouldonlybechangedbypersonnelfamiliarwiththe 802.1Qstandardsdocumentation,whichisnotsuppliedwiththisdevice.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheGARPjointimervalueto100centisecondsforallports:
B2(su)->set garp timer join 100 *.*.*
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheleavetimervalueto300centisecondsforallports:
B2(su)->set garp timer leave 300 *.*.*
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheleavealltimervalueto20000centisecondsforallports:
B2(su)->set garp timer leaveall 20000 *.*.*
8-23
8-24
9
Differentiated Services Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheDifferentiatedServices(Diffserv)setofcommandsandhowtouse them.
Note: Diffserv will not be available if a Policy License is activated on the SecureStack B2. When a Policy License is activated, it enables Policy that takes the place of Diffserv. Refer to Activating Licensed Features on page 3-26 for more information on Licensing.
For information about ... Globally Enabling or Disabling Diffserv Creating Diffserv Classes and Matching Conditions Configuring Diffserv Policies and Assigning Classes Assigning Policies to Service Ports DiffServ Configuration Examples
Command
ThecommandusedtogloballyenableordisableDiffservonthedeviceislistedbelowand describedintheassociatedsectionasshown.
For information about... set diffserv adminmode Refer to page...
91
9-1
Syntax
set diffserv adminmode {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesDiffserv.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableDiffserv:
B2(rw)->set diffserv adminmode enable
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreview,create,andconfigureDiffservclassesandmatchingconditionsare listedbelowanddescribedintheassociatedsectionasshown.
For information about... show diffserv info show diffserv class set diffserv class create set diffserv class delete set diffserv class match set diffserv class rename Refer to page... 9-2 9-3 9-4 9-4 9-5 9-8
9-2
Syntax
show diffserv info
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaygeneralDiffservstatusinformation:
B2(rw)->show diffserv info DiffServ Admin Mode............................ Class Table Size Current/Max................... Class Rule Table Size Current/Max.............. Policy Table Size Current/Max.................. Policy Instance Table Size Current/Max......... Policy Attribute Table Size Current/Max........ Service Table Size Current/Max................. Enable 0 / 25 0 / 150 0 / 12 0 / 120 0 / 120 0 / 48
Syntax
show diffserv class {summary | detailed classname}
Parameters
summary DisplaysasummaryofDiffservclassinformation. detailedclassname DisplaysdetailedDiffservinformationforaspecificclass.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
9-3
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayasummaryofDiffservclassinformation.Inthiscase,there aretwoclassesconfigured,namedguestandadmin:
B2(rw)->show diffserv class summary Class Name Class Type Ref Class Name ----------------- ------------ ------------------------------guest All admin All
Syntax
set diffserv class create {all classname}
Parameters
all classname Specifiesthatallmatchconditionsmustbemetbeforetheassociatedpolicy isexecuted. SpecifiesaclassnameforthisnewDiffservclass.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateaDiffservclasscalledadmin:
B2(rw)->set diffserv class create all admin
Syntax
set diffserv class delete classname
Parameters
classname Specifiestheclassnametobedeleted.
Defaults
None.
9-4
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Youcannotusethiscommandtodeleteaclassthathasbeenassignedtoapolicy.Beforedeletinga classwithanassignedpolicyandserviceport(s),youmustfirst: Removetheserviceport(s)assignedtothepolicyusingthesetdiffservserviceremove command(page 916),then Removethespecifiedclassusingthesetdiffservpolicyclassremovecommand(page 911).
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeletetheDiffservadminclass:
B2(rw)->set diffserv class delete admin
Parameters
everyclassname Matchesallpacketstoaspecificclass. dstmac|scrmacclassname MatchestoaspecificclassbasedondestinationorsourceMAC macaddrmacmask address. dstip|srcipclassname ipaddripmask MatchestoaspecificclassbasedondestinationorsourceIP address.
9-5
Matchestoaspecificclassbasedondestinationorsourcelayer4 portnumberorkeyword.Validkeywordvaluesare: domain echo ftp ftpdata http smtp snmp telnet tftp www
Validportnumbervaluesare065535. ipdscpclassnamedscpval MatchestoaspecificclassbasedonthevalueoftheIPDiffserv CodePoint.Validnumericorkeywordvaluescanbeenteredas listedinTable 932below. MatchestoaspecificclassbasedonthevalueoftheIPprecedence field.Validprecedencenumbervaluesare:07. MatchestoaspecificclassbasedonthevalueoftheIPtypeof service(TOS)field.Validtosbitsvaluesare0255.Validtosmask valuesare18.
protocolkeyword MatchestoaspecificclassbasedonnumberorkeywordintheIP classnameprotocolname| protocolfield.Validprotocolnamekeywordare: numberclassnameprotocol icmp number igmp refclassadd|remove classnamerefclassname vlanclassnamevlanid ip tcp udp
Table 9-32
9-6
Table 9-32
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Anypolicythatisappliedmustbecomposedofrulesthatcomefromonlyoneofthefollowing fourgroups. Layer3: DestinationIPaddress(dstip) DestinationLayer4port(dstl4port) IPDiffservCodePoint(ipdscp) IPprecedencefield(ipprecedence) IPtypeofservice(TOS)field(iptos) IPprotocolfield(protocol) SourceIPaddress(srcip) SourceLayer4port(srcl4port)
9-7
Note: The match type every will work with any group.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtomatchtheadminclasstosourceIPaddress130.10.0.32andonly thatIPaddresstype:
B2(rw)->set diffserv class match srcip admin 130.10.0.32 255.255.255.255
ThisexampleshowshowtomatchtheadminclasstoVLAN10:
B2(rw)->set diffserv class match vlan admin 10
ThisexampleshowshowtomatchthehttpclasstoTCPpacketswithadestinationportof80 (HTTP).Thelayer4portmatchmustprecedetheprotocoltype.
B2(rw)->set diffserv class match dstl4port keyword http http B2(rw)->set diffserv class match protocol keyword http tcp
Syntax
set diffserv class rename classname newclassname
Parameters
classname newclassname SpecifiestheclassnamepreviouslysetforthisnewDiffservclass. Specifiesanewclassname.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,ReadWrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtorenametheDiffservadminclasstosystem:
B2(rw)->set diffserv class rename admin system
9-8
Commands
Thecommandsusedtoreview,create,andconfigureDiffservpoliciesandassignclassesarelisted belowanddescribedintheassociatedsectionasshown.
For information about... show diffserv policy set diffserv policy create set diffserv policy delete set diffserv policy class set diffserv policy mark set diffserv policy police style simple set diffserv policy police action conform set diffserv policy police action nonconform set diffserv policy rename Refer to page... 9-9 9-10 9-10 9-11 9-11 9-12 9-13 9-13 9-14
Syntax
show diffserv policy {summary | detailed policyname}
Parameters
summary detailed policyname DisplaysDiffservpolicysummaryinformation. DisplaysdetailedDiffservinformationforaspecificpolicy.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand.ReadOnly.
9-9
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayasummaryofDiffservpolicyinformation.Inthiscase,there isonepolicynamedadmin,towhichmembersoftheadminclasshavebeenassigned.This policyisappliedtoincomingtrafficonitsassignedserviceports:
B2(rw)->show diffserv policy summary Policy Name Policy Type Class Members -------------------- ----------- ------------------------------admin In admin
Syntax
set diffserv policy create policyname {in}
Parameters
policyname in Specifiesapolicyname. Appliesthispolicytoincomingpackets.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateaDiffservpolicycalledadminandapplyittoincoming packets:
B2(rw)->set diffserv policy create admin in
Syntax
set diffserv policy delete policyname
Parameters
policyname Specifiesapolicynametobedeleted.
Defaults
None.
9-10
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Inordertodeleteapolicyyoumustfirstremovetheserviceport(s)assignedtothepolicyusing thesetdiffservserviceremovecommandasdescribedinsetdiffservserviceonpage916.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeletetheDiffservadminpolicy:
B2(rw)->set diffserv policy delete admin
Syntax
set diffserv policy class {add | remove} policyname classname
Parameters
add|remove policyname classname Addsorremovesthespecifiedclass. Specifiesthepolicynametobeassociatedwiththeclass. Specifiesaclassnametoaddorremove.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Classmustbeaddedtoapolicyusingthiscommandbeforepolicyparameters,suchas bandwidth,marking,andpolicing,canbeconfigured.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoaddthesystemclasstotheadminpolicy:
B2(rw)->set diffserv policy class add admin system
Syntax
set diffserv policy mark {ipdscp | ipprecedence policyname classname value}
9-11
Parameters
ipdscp| ipprecedence policyname classname value SpecifiesthatpacketswillbemarkedwitheitheranIPDSCPorprecedence value. Specifiesthepolicynamebeingconfigured. SpecifiesaDiffservclasstoassociatetothispolicy. SpecifiesanIPDSCPorprecedencevalue.ValidnumericorkeywordDCSP valuescanbeenteredaslistedinSection 932.Validprecedencevaluesare: 07.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtomarkpacketsmatchingtheadminpolicyinthesystemclassfor DSCPexpeditedforwardingprecedence:
B2(rw)->set diffserv policy mark ipdscp admin system ef
Syntax
set diffserv policy police style simple policyname classname bandwidth burstsize
Parameters
policyname classname bandwidth burstsize Specifiesthepolicynamebeingconfigured. SpecifiesaDiffservclasstoassociatetothispolicy. SpecifiesabandwidthvalueinKbps.Validvaluesare14294967295. SpecifiesaburstsizevalueimKbytes.Validvaluesare1128.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfigureabandwidthbasedpolicingstylefortheadminDiffserv policy:
B2(rw)->set diffserv policy police style simple admin system 1000 128
9-12
Syntax
set diffserv policy police action conform {drop | send policyname classname} | {markdscp | markprec policyname classname value}
Parameters
drop|send policyname classname value Specifieswhetherthepolicingactionforpacketsconformingtothe classificationparameterswillbetodroporsendpackets. Specifiesthepolicynamebeingconfigured. SpecifiesaDiffservclasstoassociatetothispolicingaction. SpecifiesanIPDHCPorprecedencevaluesetwiththesetdiffserv policymarkcommand(page911).
markdscp|markprec SpecifiesapolicingactionbasedonIPDHCPorprecedence.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthepolicingactiontosendforpacketsconformingtoDiffserv policyadmin,classsystem.
B2(rw)->set diffserv policy police action conform send admin system
Syntax
set diffserv policy police action nonconform {drop | send policyname classname} | {markdscp | markprec policyname classname value}
Parameters
drop|send policyname classname value Specifieswhetherthepolicingactionforpacketsnotconformingtothe classificationparameterswillbetodroporsendpackets. Specifiesthepolicynamebeingconfigured. SpecifiesaDiffservclasstoassociatetothispolicingaction. SpecifiesanIPDHCPorprecedencevaluesetwiththesetdiffserv policymarkcommand(page911).
markdscp|markprec SpecifiesapolicingactionbasedonIPDHCPorprecedence.
9-13
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthepolicyingactiontodropforpacketsnotconformingtothe Diffservpolicyadmin,classsystem.
B2(rw)->set diffserv policy police action nonconform drop admin system
Syntax
set diffserv policy rename policyname newpolicyname
Parameters
policyname newpolicyname SpecifiesthepolicynamepreviouslysetforthisnewDiffservclass. Specifiesanewpolicyname.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtorenametheadminDiffservpolicytosystem:
B2(rw)->set diffserv policy rename admin system
9-14
Commands
ThecommandsusedtoreviewandassignDiffservpoliciestoserviceportsarelistedbelowand describedintheassociatedsectionasshown.
For information about... show diffserv service info show diffserv service stats set diffserv service Refer to page... 9-15 9-16 9-16
Syntax
show diffserv service info {summary | detailed port-string} {in}
Parameters
summary detailedportstring in DisplaysDiffservserviceportsummaryinformation. Displaysdetailedinformationforaspecificport(s). Displaysinformationaboutincomingtraffic.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayasummaryofincomingDiffservserviceporttraffic:
B2(rw)->show diffserv service info summary in DiffServ Admin Mode............................ Enable Interface Direction ----------- ----------ge.1.1 In ge.1.2 In ge.1.3 In OperStatus ---------Up Up Up Policy Name ---------------------admin admin admin
9-15
Syntax
show diffserv service stats {summary | detailed port-string} {in}
Parameters
summary detailedportstring in DisplaysDiffservasummaryofservicestatistics. Displaysdetailedstatisticsforaspecificport. Displaysinformationaboutincomingtraffic.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayadetailedincomingtrafficstatisticsaboutserviceportge.1.1:
B2(rw)->show diffserv service stats detailed ge.1.1 in Interface...................................... ge.1.1 Direction...................................... In Operational Status............................. Up Policy Name.................................... admin Class Name..................................... system In Discarded Packets........................... 0
Syntax
set diffserv service {add | remove} {in} port-string policyname
Parameters
add|remove in portstring policyname Addsorremovesthespecifiedpolicy. Addsorremovesthespecifiedpolicytoincomingtraffic. Specifiestheport(s)towhichthispolicyconfigurationwillbeapplied. Specifiesthepolicynametobeaddedtoorremovedfromporttraffic.
Defaults
None.
9-16
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoapplytheDiffservpolicynamedadmintoincomingtrafficonports ge1.110:
B2(rw)->set diffserv service add in ge.1.5 admin
b.
B2(rw)->set B2(rw)->set B2(rw)->set B2(rw)->set B2(rw)->set B2(rw)->set B2(rw)->set B2(rw)->set B2(rw)->set B2(rw)->set B2(rw)->set af31 B2(rw)->set B2(rw)->set
diffserv service add in fe.1.1 policyef diffserv service add in fe.1.2 policyaf31
9-17
ThisexamplecreatesonepolicywhichidentifiesVOIPtraffic(DSCPvalue46or32)onportsge.1.1 throughge.1.10,anddropsallothertraffic.
B2(rw)->set diffserv adminmode enable B2(rw)->set diffserv class create all classVOIP B2(rw)->set diffserv class match ipdscp classVOIP ef B2(rw)->set diffserv class match ipdscp classVOIP cs4 B2(rw)-> set diffserv policy create policyQOS in B2(rw)-> set diffserv policy class add policyQOS classVOIP B2(rw)->set diffserv policy police style simple policyQOS classVOIP 1000000 128 B2(rw)->set diffserv policy police action nonconform drop policyQOS classVOIP B2(rw)-> set diffserv service add in ge.1.1-10 policyQOS
9-18
10
Policy Classification Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthePolicyClassificationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
Note: A license is required to enable Policy on the SecureStack B2 and B3. Refer to Activating Licensed Features on page 3-26 for more information. For information about... Policy Classification Configuration Summary Configuring Policy Profiles Configuring Classification Rules Assigning Ports to Policy Profiles Configuring Policy Class of Service (CoS) Refer to page... 10-1 10-1 10-5 10-14 10-15
10-1
Note: B3, C3, and G3 devices support profile-based CoS traffic rate limiting only. Policy rules specifying CoS will only rate limit on C2 and B2 devices, including when they are configured on mixed stacks containing B3 and C3 devices.
Commands
For information about... show policy profile set policy profile clear policy profile Refer to page... 10-2 10-3 10-5
Syntax
show policy profile {all | profile-index [consecutive-pids] [-verbose]}
Parameters
all|profileindex consecutivepids verbose Displayspolicyinformationforallprofileindexesoraspecificprofileindex. (Optional)Displaysinformationforspecifiedconsecutiveprofileindexes. (Optional)Displaysdetailedinformation.
Defaults
Ifoptionalparametersarenotspecified,summaryinformationwillbedisplayedforthespecified indexorallindices.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaypolicyinformationforprofile11:
B2(su)->show policy profile 11 Profile Index : 11 Profile Name : MacAuth1 Row Status : active Port VID Status : Enable Port VID Override : 11 CoS : 0 CoS Status : Disable Egress Vlans : none Forbidden Vlans : none Untagged Vlans : none Rule Precedence : 1-31 :MACSource(1),MACDest(2),Unknown(3), :Unknown(4),Unknown(5),Unknown(6), :Unknown(7),Unknown(8),Unknown(9), :Unknown(10),Unknown(11),IPSource(12),
10-2 Policy Classification Configuration
:IPDest(13),IPFrag(14),UDPSrcPort(15), :UDPDestPort(16),TCPSrcPort(17),TCPDestPort(18), :ICMPType(19),Unknown(20),IPTOS(21), :IPProto(22),Unknown(23),Unknown(24), :Ether(25),Unknown(26),VLANTag(27), :Unknown(28),Unknown(29),Unknown(30), :port(31) : none : none : none
Admin Profile Usage Ports administratively assigned to use this policy profile. Oper Profile Usage Dynamic Profile Usage Ports currently assigned to use this policy profile. Port dynamically assigned to use this policy profile.
Syntax
set policy profile profile-index [name name] [pvid-status {enable | disable}] [pvid pvid] [cos-status {enable | disable}] [cos cos] [egress-vlans egress-vlans] [forbidden-vlans forbidden-vlans] [untagged-vlans untagged-vlans] [precedence precedence-list] [append] [clear]
10-3
Parameters
profileindex namename pvidstatus enable|disable pvidpvid cosstatusenable |disable coscos egressvlans egressvlans forbiddenvlans forbiddenvlans Specifiesanindexnumberforthepolicyprofile.Validvaluesare1255. (Optional)Specifiesanameforthepolicyprofile.Thisisastringfrom1to 64characters. (Optional)EnablesordisablesPVIDoverrideforthisprofile.Ifall classificationrulesassociatedwiththisprofilearemissed,thenthis parameter,ifspecified,determinesdefaultbehavior. (Optional)SpecifiesthePVIDtopackets,ifPVIDoverrideisenabledand invokedasdefaultbehavior. (Optional)EnablesordisablesClassofServiceoverrideforthisprofile.Ifall classificationrulesassociatedwiththisprofilearemissed,thenthis parameter,ifspecified,determinesdefaultbehavior. (Optional)SpecifiesaCoSvaluetoassigntopackets,ifCoSoverrideis enabledandinvokedasdefaultbehavior.Validvaluesare0to7. (Optional)Specifiesthattheporttowhichthispolicyprofileisapplied shouldbeaddedtotheegresslistoftheVLANsdefinedbyegressvlans. Packetswillbeformattedastagged. (Optional)Specifiesthattheporttowhichthispolicyprofileisapplied shouldbeaddedasforbiddentotheegresslistoftheVLANsdefinedby forbiddenvlans.Packetsfromthisportwillnotbeallowedtoparticipatein thelistedVLANs. (Optional)Specifiesthattheporttowhichthispolicyprofileisapplied shouldbeaddedtotheegresslistoftheVLANsdefinedbyuntaggedvlans. Packetswillbeformattedasuntagged. (Optional)Appendsthispolicyprofilesettingtosettingspreviously specifiedforthispolicyprofilebytheegressvlans,forbiddenvlans,or untaggedvlansparameters. Ifappendisnotused,previousVLANsettingsarereplaced. clear (Optional)Appendsthispolicyprofilesettingfromsettingspreviously specifiedforthispolicyprofilebytheegressvlans,forbiddenvlans,or untaggedvlansparameters. (Optional)Assignsaruleprecedencetothisprofile.Lowervalueswillbe givenhigherprecedence.Foralistofvalues,refertotheshowpolicy profilecommandoutput.
precedence precedencelist
Ifoptionalparametersarenotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
10-4
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocreateapolicyprofile1namednetadminwithPVIDoverride enabledforPVID10,andClassofServiceoverrideenabledforCoS5.ThisprofilecanuseVLAN 10foruntaggedegress:
B2(su)->set policy profile 1 name netadmin pvid-status enable pvid 10 cos-status enable cos 5 untagged-vlans 10
Syntax
clear policy profile profile-index
Parameters
profileindex Specifiestheindexnumberoftheprofileentrytobedeleted.Validvalues are1to255.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodeletepolicyprofile8:
B2(su)->clear policy profile 8
Commands
For information about... show policy rule show policy capability set policy rule Refer to page... 10-6 10-8 10-9
10-5
Syntax
show policy rule [all | admin-profile | profile-index] [ether | icmptype | ipproto | ipdestsocket | ipsourcesocket | iptos | macdest | macsource | tcpdestport | tcpsourceport | udpdestport | udpsourceport] [data] [mask mask] [port-string portstring] [rule-status {active | not-in-service | not-ready}] [storage-type {nonvolatile | volatile}] [vlan vlan] | [drop | forward] [dynamic-pid dynamic-pid] [cos cos] [admin-pid admin-pid] [-verbose] [usage-list] [display-if-used]
Parameters
all|admin profile|profile index ether icmptype ipproto ipdestsocket ipsourcesocket iptos macdest macsource tcpdestport tcpsourceport udpdestport udpsourceport data Displayspolicyclassificationrulesforallprofiles,profileID0(admin profile),orforaspecificprofileindexnumber.Validvaluesare11023. DisplaysEthernettypeIIrules. DisplaysICMPtyperules. DisplaysIPprotocolfieldinIPpacketrules. DisplaysIPdestinationaddressrules. DisplaysIPsourceaddressrules. DisplaysTypeofServicerules. DisplaysMACdestinationaddressrules. DisplaysMACsourceaddressrules. DisplaysTCPdestinationportrules. DisplaysTCPsourceportrules. DisplaysUDPdestinationportrules. DisplaysUDPsourceportrules. Displaysrulesforapredefinedclassifier.Thisvalueisdependentonthe classificationtypeentered.RefertoTable 1035forvalidvaluesforeach classificationtype. (Optional)Displaysrulesforaspecificdatamask.RefertoTable 1035for validvaluesforeachclassificationtypeanddatavalue. (Optional)Displaysrulesrelatedtoaspecificingressport.
10-6
vlanvlan drop|forward dynamicpid dynamicpid coscos adminpid adminpid verbose usagelist displayifused
(Optional)DisplaysrulesforaspecificVLANID. Displaysrulesbasedonwhethermatchingpacketswillbedroppedor forwarded. DisplaysrulesassociatedwithaspecificdynamicpolicyID. (Optional)DisplaysrulesforaClassofServicevalue.(Notsupportedon B3,C3devices.) DisplaysrulesassociatedwithaspecificadministrativepolicyID[1..1023]. (Optional)Displaysdetailedinformation. (Optional)Ifselected,eachrulesusagelistshallbecheckedandshall displayonlythoseportswhichhaveappliedthisrule. (Optional)Displaysrule(s)onlyiftheyareappliedtoatleastoneport.
Defaults
Ifverboseisnotspecified,summaryinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaypolicyclassificationinformationforEthernettype2rules
B2(su)->show policy rule ether |PID |Rule Type |Rule Data |02 |Ether |2048 (0x0800) |02 |Ether |2049 (0x0801) |02 |Ether |2989 (0x0bad) |02 |Ether |33079 (0x8137) |Mk|PortStr |16|All |16|All |16|All |16|All |RS|ST|VLAN|CoS | A|NV|fwrd| | A|NV|drop| | A|NV|drop| | A|NV|drop| |U| |?| |?| |?| |?|
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaypolicyclassificationinformationforadministrativerule1
B2(su)->show policy rule admin-pid 1 |Admin|Rule Type |Rule Data |admin|Port |ge.1.1 |admin|Port |ge.1.2 |admin|Port |ge.1.3 |admin|Port |ge.1.4 |admin|Port |ge.1.5 |admin|Port |ge.1.6 |admin|Port |ge.1.7 |admin|Port |ge.1.8 |admin|Port |ge.1.9 |admin|Port |ge.1.10 |admin|Port |ge.1.11 |admin|Port |ge.1.12 |Mk|PortStr |16|ge.1.1 |16|ge.1.2 |16|ge.1.3 |16|ge.1.4 |16|ge.1.5 |16|ge.1.6 |16|ge.1.7 |16|ge.1.8 |16|ge.1.9 |16|ge.1.10 |16|ge.1.11 |16|ge.1.12 |RS|ST|dPID|aPID|U| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?| | A|NV| | 1|?|
10-7
Table 10-34
Output Rule Type Rule Data Mk PortStr RS ST VLAN CoS U dPID aPID
Syntax
show policy capability
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
Usethiscommandtodisplaydetailedpolicyclassificationcapabilitiessupportedbyyour SecureStackB2device.Theoutputofthiscommandshowsatablelistingclassifiabletraffic attributesandthetypeofactions,byruletype,thatcanbeexecutedrelativetoeachattribute. Abovethetableisalistofalltheactionspossibleonthisdevice. Theleftmostcolumnofthetablelistsallpossibleclassifiabletrafficattributes.Thenexttwo columnsfromtheleftindicatehowpolicyprofilesmaybeassigned,eitheradministrativelyor dynamically.Thenextfourcolumnsfromtheleftindicatetheactionsthatmaybeperformed.The lastthreecolumnsindicateauditingoptions. Anxinanactioncolumnforatrafficattributerowindicatesthatyoursystemhasthecapabilityto performthatactionfortrafficclassifiedbythatattribute.
10-8 Policy Classification Configuration
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythedevicespolicyclassificationcapabilities.Refertoset policyruleonpage 109foradescriptionoftheparametersdisplayed:
B2(su)->show policy capability
The following supports related to policy are supported in this device: VLAN Forwarding Priority Permit Deny Precedence Reordering Rules Table Rule-Use Notification Longest Prefix Rules ============================================================= | | D | | | | | F | | | D | | | Y | | | | | O | S | | I | | | N | A | | | | R | Y | | S | | | A | D | V | | D | W | S | T | A | | | M | M | L | C | R | A | L | R | B | | | I | I | A | O | O | R | O | A | L | | SUPPORTED RULE TYPES | C | N | N | S | P | D | G | P | E | ============================================================= |MAC source address | | | | X | X | X | | | | |MAC destination address | | | | X | X | X | | | | |IPX source address | | | | | | | | | | |IPX destination address | | | | | | | | | | |IPX source socket | | | | | | | | | | |IPX destination socket | | | | | | | | | | |IPX transmission control | | | | | | | | | | |IPX type field | | | | | | | | | | |IPv6 source address | | | | | | | | | | |IPv6 destination address | | | | | | | | | | |IPv6 flow label | | | | | | | | | | |IP source address | | | | X | X | X | | | | |IP destination address | | | | X | X | X | | | | |IP fragmentation | | | | | | | | | | |UDP port source | | | | X | X | X | | | | |UDP port destination | | | | X | X | X | | | | |TCP port source | | | | X | X | X | | | | |TCP port destination | | | | X | X | X | | | | |ICMP packet type | | | | X | X | X | | | | |TTL | | | | | | | | | | |IP type of service | | | | X | X | X | | | | |IP proto | | | | X | X | X | | | | |Ether II packet type | | | X | X | X | X | | | | |LLC DSAP/SSAP/CTRL | | | | | | | | | | |VLAN tag | | | | | | | | | | |Replace tci | | | | | | | | | | |Port string | X | X | X | X | X | X | | | | =============================================================
Syntax
Thiscommandhastwoformsofsyntaxonetocreateanadminrule(forpolicyID0),andthe othertocreateaclassificationruleandattachittoapolicyprofile.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 10-9
set policy rule admin-profile {vlantag data [mask mask] admin-pid profile-index} [port-string port-string] set policy rule profile-index {ether |icmptype | ipproto | ipdestsocket | ipsourcesocket | iptos | macdest | macsource |tcpdestport | tcpsourceport | udpdestport | udpsourceport} data [mask mask] [vlan vlan] [cos cos] | [drop | forward]
Parameters
Thefollowingparametersapplytocreatinganadminrule. adminprofile vlantagdata maskmask SpecifiesthatthisisanadminruleforpolicyID0. ClassifiesbasedonVLANtagspecifiedbydata.Valueofdatacanrange from1to4094or0xFFF. (Optional)Specifiesthenumberofsignificantbitstomatch,dependent onthedatavalueentered.Valueofmaskcanrangefrom1to12. RefertoTable 1035forvalidvaluesforeachclassificationtypeanddata value. adminpid profileindex Associatesthisadminrulewithapolicyprofile,identifiedbyitsindex number.Policyprofilesareconfiguredwiththesetpolicyprofile commandasdescribedinsetpolicyprofileonpage 103. Validprofileindexvaluesare1255. portstringportstring (Optional)Assignsthisruletothespecifiedpolicyprofileonspecific ingressport(s).Rulewouldnotbeuseduntilpolicyisassignedtothe specifiedport(s)usingthesetpolicyportcommandasdescribedinset policyportonpage 1014.
Thefollowingparametersapplytocreatingaclassificationrule. profileindex Specifiesapolicyprofilenumbertowhichthisrulewillbeassigned. Policyprofilesareconfiguredwiththesetpolicyprofilecommandas describedinsetpolicyprofileonpage 103.Validprofileindexvalues are1255. ClassifiesbasedontypefieldinEthernetIIpacket. ClassifiesbasedonICMPtype. ClassifiesbasedonProtocolfieldinIPpacket. ClassifiesbasedondestinationIPaddresswithoptionalpostfixedport. ClassifiesbasedonsourceIPaddress,withoptionalpostfixedport. ClassifiesbasedonTypeofServicefieldinIPpacket. ClassifiesbasedonMACdestinationaddress. ClassifiesbasedonMACsourceaddress. ClassifiesbasedonTCPdestinationport. ClassifiesbasedonTCPsourceport.
ether icmptype ipproto ipdestsocket ipsourcesocket iptos macdest macsource tcpdestport tcpsourceport
10-10
ClassifiesbasedonUDPdestinationport. ClassifiesbasedonUDPsourceport. Specifiesthecodeforapredefinedclassifier.Thisvalueisdependenton theclassificationtypeentered.RefertoTable 1035forvalidvaluesfor eachclassificationtype. (Optional)Specifiesthenumberofsignificantbitstomatch,dependenton thedatavalueentered.RefertoTable 1035forvalidvaluesforeach classificationtypeanddatavalue. ClassifiestoaVLANID. SpecifiesthatthisrulewillclassifytoaClassofServiceID.Validvalues are04095.Avalueof1indicatesthatnoCoSforwardingbehavior modificationisdesired.(NotsupportedonB3,C3,andG3.) Specifiesthatpacketswithinthisclassificationwillbedroppedor forwarded.
maskmask
vlanvlan coscos
drop|forward
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Table 1035providesthesetpolicyruledatavaluesthatcanbeenteredforaparticular classificationtype,andthemaskbitsthatcanbeenteredforeachclassifierassociatedwiththat parameter. Table 10-35 Valid Values for Policy Classification Rules
data value Type field in Ethernet II packet: 1536 - 65535 or 0x600 - 0xFFFF ICMP Type: a.b Protocol field in IP packet: 0 - 255 or 0 - 0xFF IP Address in dotted decimal format: 000.000.000.000 and (Optional) post-fixed port: 0 65535 Type of Service field in IP packet: 0 - 255 or 0 - 0xFF MAC Address: 00-00-00-00-0000 TCP Port Number: 0 - 65535 or 0 - 0xFFFF mask bits 1- 16 1- 16 1- 8 1 - 48
Classification Rule Parameter ether icmptype ipproto Destination or Source IP Address: ipdestsocket ipsourcesocket iptos Destination or Source MAC: macdest macsource Destination or Source TCP port: tcpdestport tcpsourceport
1- 8 1 - 48
1 - 16
10-11
Table 10-35
Classification Rule Parameter Destination or Source UDP port: udpsourceport udpdestport vlantag
1 -12
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtouseTable 1035toassignaruletopolicyprofile3thatwillfilter EthernetIIType1526framestoVLAN7:
B2(su)->set policy rule 3 ether 1526 vlan 7
Syntax
Thiscommandhastwoformsofsyntaxonetoclearanadminrule(forpolicyID0),andthe othertoclearaclassificationrule.
clear policy rule admin-profile {vlantag data [mask mask] clear policy rule profile-index {all-pid-entries | {ether | icmptype | ipproto| ipdestsocket| ipsourcesocket | iptos | macdest | macsource | tcpdestport | tcpsourceport | udpdestport | udpsourceport}}
Parameters
Thefollowingparametersapplytodeletinganadminrule. adminprofile vlantagdata maskmask SpecifiesthattheruletobedeletedisanadminruleforpolicyID0. DeletestherulebasedonVLANtagspecifiedbydata.Valueofdatacan rangefrom1to4094or0xFFF. (Optional)Specifiesthenumberofsignificantbitstomatch,dependent onthedatavalueentered.Valueofmaskcanrangefrom1to12. RefertoTable 1035forvalidvaluesforeachclassificationtypeanddata value. Thefollowingparametersapplytodeletingaclassificationrule.
10-12
profileindex allpidentries ether icmptype ipproto ipdestsocket ipsourcesocket iptos macdest macsource tcpdestport tcpsourceport udpdestport udpsourceport
Specifiesapolicyprofileforwhichtodeleteclassificationrules.Valid profileindexvaluesare1255. Deletesallentriesassociatedwiththespecifiedpolicyprofile. DeletesassociatedEthernetIIclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedICMPclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedIPprotocolclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedIPdestinationclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedIPsourceclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedIPTypeofServiceclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedMACdestinationaddressclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedMACsourceaddressclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedTCPdestinationportclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedTCPsourceportclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedUDPdestinationportclassificationrule. DeletesassociatedUDPsourceportclassificationrule.
Defaults
Whenapplicable,dataandmaskmustbespecifiedforindividualrulestobecleared.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteEthernetIIType1526classificationruleentriesassociatedwith policyprofile1fromallports
B2(su)->clear policy rule 1 ether 1526
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovearulefrompolicyprofile5thatwillforwardUDPframes fromsourceport45:
B2(su)->clear policy rule 5 udpportsource 45 forward
Syntax
clear policy all-rules
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
10-13
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovealladministrativeandpolicyindexrules:
B2(su)->clear policy all-rules
Purpose
Toassignandunassignportstopolicyprofiles.
Commands
For information about... set policy port clear policy port Refer to page... 10-14 10-15
Syntax
set policy port port-string profile-index
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)toaddtothepolicyprofile.Foradetaileddescription ofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLI onpage 52. SpecifiestheIDofthepolicyprofile(role)towhichtheport(s)willbe added.Thisvaluemustmatchtheprofileindexvalueassignedusingthe setpolicyprofilecommand(setpolicyprofileonpage 103)inorder forapolicyprofiletobeactiveonthespecifiedport.
profileindex
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
10-14
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoallowGigabitEthernetports5through15inslot1totransmitframes accordingtopolicyprofile1:
B2(su)->set policy port ge.1.5-15 1
Syntax
clear policy port port-string profile-index
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)fromwhichtoremovethepolicyprofile.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. SpecifiestheIDofthepolicyprofile(role)towhichtheport(s)willbe added.Thisvaluemustmatchtheprofileindexvalueassignedusingthe setpolicyprofilecommand(setpolicyprofileonpage 103)inorder forapolicyprofiletobeactiveonthespecifiedport.
profileindex
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoremovepolicyprofile10fromport21inslot1:
B2(rw)->clear policy port ge.1.21 10
10-15
Example
Thisexamplecreatesdifferentinboundratelimitersfortwoportgroupsandthenassignsthemto trafficwithaCoSsettingof0. 1. Configuretwoportgroups,oneforuserportsandoneforuplinkportsandassignportstothe groups.Portgroup1.0willrepresentuserports,group2.0willrepresentuplinkports.
B2(su)->set cos port-config irl 1.0 name Users ports ge.1.1-46 B2(su)->set cos port-config irl 2.0 name Uplink ports ge.1.47-48 B2(su)->show cos port-config Inbound Rate Limiting Port Configuration Entries ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Default Port Group :0 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :none ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Users Port Group :1 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :ge.1.1-46 ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Uplink Port Group :2
10-16
2.
3.
IntheCoSIRLreferencemappingtableforeachportgroup,createareferenceforeachIRL resourcecreatedinthepreviousstep.Wewillusereferencenumber1.
B2(su)->set cos reference irl 1.0 1 rate-limit 1 B2(su)->set cos reference irl 2.0 1 rate-limit 1 B2(su)->show cos reference irl 1.0 Group Index ----------1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 ... 1.0 1.0 1.0 Reference --------0 1 2 3 97 98 99 Type ---irl irl irl irl irl irl irl Rate Limiter -----------none 1 none none none none none
B2(su)->show cos reference irl 2.0 Group Index ----------2.0 2.0 2.0 2.0 ... 2.0 2.0 2.0 Reference --------0 1 2 3 97 98 99 Type ---irl irl irl irl irl irl irl Rate Limiter -----------none 1 none none none none none
4.
IntheCoSsettingstable,configureaCoSsettingforCoSindex1,whichhasapriorityof0.We entertheIRLreference,createdinthepreviousstep.
B2(su)->set cos settings 0 irl-reference 1 B2(su)->show cos settings CoS Index Priority ToS IRL --------- ---------- ------- ----0 0 * 1 1 1 * * 2 2 * *
10-17
3 4 5 6 7
3 4 5 6 7
* * * * *
* * * * *
Commands
For information about... set cos state show cos state clear cos state set cos settings clear cos settings show cos settings set cos port-config show cos port-config clear cos port-config set cos port-resource show cos port-resource clear cos port-resource set cos reference show cos reference clear cos reference show cos unit clear cos all-entries show cos port-type Refer to page... 10-18 10-19 10-19 10-20 10-21 10-21 10-22 10-23 10-24 10-25 10-26 10-26 10-27 10-28 10-29 10-30 10-30 10-31
Syntax
set cos state {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesClassofServiceontheswitch.Defaultstateis disabled.
Defaults
None.
10-18
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableClassofService:
B2(rw)->set cos state enable
Syntax
show cos state
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoshowtheClassofServiceenablestate:
B2(rw)->show cos state Class-of-Service application is enabled
Syntax
clear cos state
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCoSstatebacktoitsdefaultsettingofdisabled:
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 10-19
Syntax
set cos settings cos-index priority priority [tos-value tos-value] [irl-reference irl-reference]
Parameters
cosindex prioritypriority tosvaluetosvalue irlreference irlreference SpecifiesaClassofServiceentry.Validvaluesare0to255. Specifiesan802.1dpriorityvalue.Validvaluesare0to7,with0beingthe lowestpriority.SeeUsagesectionbelowformoreinformation. (Optional)SpecifiesaTypeofServicevalue.Validvaluesare0to255.See Usagesectionbelowformoreinformation. (Optional)Settheinboundratelimiterassociatedwiththisentry.Valid valuesare0to99.SeeUsagesectionbelowformoreinformation.
Defaults
Ifnooptionalparametersarespecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheCoSsettingstabletakesindividualclassofservicefeaturesanddisplaysthemasbelongingto aCoSentry.Essentially,itisusedforCoSfeatureassignment.Eachclassofserviceentryconsists ofanindex,802.1ppriority,anoptionalToSvalue,andanIRLreference. CoSIndex IndexesareuniqueidentifiersforeachCoSsetting.CoSindexes0through7arecreatedby defaultandmappeddirectlyto802.1ppriorityforbackwardscompatibility.Theseentries cannotberemoved,and802.1ppriorityvaluescannotbechanged.WhenCoSisenabled, indexesareassigned.Upto256CoSindexesorentriescanbeconfigured. Priority 802.1pprioritycanbeappliedperCoSindex.ForeachnewCoSindexcreated,theuserhasthe optiontoassignan802.1ppriorityvalue0to7fortheclassofservice.CoSindexes0through7 mapdirectlyto802.1pprioritiesandcannotbechangedastheyexistforbackward compatibility. ToS Thisvaluecanbesetperclassofservice,butisnotrequired.Whenaframeisassignedtoa classofserviceforwhichthisvalueisconfigured,theToSfieldoftheincomingIPpacketwill beoverwrittentotheuserdefinedvalue.ToSbits0255canbeset,makingtheentireToS fieldrewritable.ToScanbesetforCoSindexes0through7. IRLReference
10-20
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateCoSentry8withapriorityvalueof3:
B2(rw)->set cos settings 8 priority 3
Syntax
clear cos settings cos-list {[all] | [priority] [tos-value] [irl-reference]}
Parameters
coslist all priority tosvalue irlreference SpecifiesaClassofServiceentrytoclear. Clearsallsettingsassociatedwiththisentry. Clearsthepriorityvalueassociatedwiththisentry. ClearstheTypeofServicevalueassociatedwiththisentry. CleartheIRLreferenceassociatedwiththisentry.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthepriorityforCoSentry8:
B2(rw)->clear cos settings 8 priority
Syntax
show cos settings [cos-list]
Parameters
coslist (Optional)SpecifiesaClassofServiceentrytodisplay.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,allCoSentrieswillbedisplayed.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 10-21
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoshowallCoSsettings:
B2(su)->show cos settings CoS Index Priority ToS IRL --------- ---------- ------- ----0 0 * * 1 1 * * 2 2 * * 3 3 * * 4 4 * * 5 5 * * 6 6 * * 7 7 * *
Syntax
set cos port-config irl group-type-index [name name] [ports port-list] [append] | [clear]
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex Specifiesthatthisisaninboundratelimiting(IRL)portgroup. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentries areintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. namename portsportlist append clear (Optional)Userdefinednameforthegroup. (Optional)Portsassignedtothegroup.Allportsmustbeofthesameport type(FastEthernet,GigabitEthernet). (Optional)Append(add)theportstotheportsthatarealreadyinthe group. (Optional)Clearthegivenportsfromthoseassignedtothegroup.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
10-22
Usage
CoSIRLportgroupsareidentifiedbygroupnumberandthetypeofportsinthegroup,inthe formofgroup#.porttype.TheIRLportgroup0.0existsbydefault.Thisdefaultportgroupcannot beremovedandallphysicalportsinthesystemareassignedtoit.Uptosevenadditionalport groups(1through7)canbeconfigured.Currently,onlyoneporttype(type0)issupported.This porttypesupports100limiters. Additionalportgroupsmaybecreatedforflexibility.Portsassignedtoanewportgroupmustbe mutuallyexclusivefromtheotherportgroupentriesportsareautomaticallyremovedfromthe defaultportgroupandmustbecomprisedofthesameporttypeasdefinedbytheportgroup. Thecreationofadditionalportgroupscouldbeusedtocombinesimilarportsbytheirfunctionfor flexibility.Forinstance,portsassociatedtouserscanbeaddedtoaportgroupcalledUsersand portsassociatedtouplinkportscanbeaddedtoaportgroupcalledUplink.Usingtheseport groups,asingleclassofservicecanassigndifferentratelimitstoeachportgroup.Userports canbeassignedoneratelimit,whileUplinkportscanbeassignedanother.DFEsupportsa maximumof8portgroupsperCoSfunction(IRL). ThecommandshowcosportconfigdisplayseachIRLportgroupconfiguredbygroupandtype, withthegroupnameandassociated(assigned)ports.Thecommandshowcosporttypedisplays theavailableinboundratelimitingresourcesfortheporttype.
Example
Thisexampleconfigurestwoportgroups,oneforuserportsandoneforuplinkportsandassign portstothegroups.Portgroup1.0willrepresentuserports,group2.0willrepresentuplinkports.
B2(su)->set cos port-config irl 1.0 name Users ports ge.1.1-46 B2(su)->set cos port-config irl 2.0 name Uplink ports ge.1.47-48
Syntax
show cos port-config [irl group-type-index]
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex (Optional)Specifiesthatinboundratelimitingconfigurationinformation shouldbedisplayed. (Optional)Showassignedportsforaspecificportgroup.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0.
Defaults
TheshowcosportconfigcommandbyitselfwillshowallPortGroups.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
10-23
Example
Thisexampleshowsallinboundratelimitingportgroups.Notethatportsge.1.1throughge.1.48 wereremovedfromthedefaultportgroup0.0whentheywereaddedtoportgroups1.0and2.0.
B2(su)->show cos port-config Inbound Rate Limiting Port Configuration Entries ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Default Port Group :0 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :none ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Users Port Group :1 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :ge.1.1-46 ---------------------------------------------------------------------Port Group Name :Uplink Port Group :2 Port Type :0 Assigned Ports :ge.1.47-48 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
Syntax
clear cos port-config irl {all | group-type-index {[entry] | [name] [ports]}}
Parameters
irl all grouptypeindex ClearanIRLportgroupconfiguration. Clearallinboundratelimitingportconfignondefaultentries. Deleteaspecificportgrouporgroupname,orcleartheportsfromthat group.Validentriesareintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. entry name ports Deletethisnondefaultinboundratelimiterentry. Cleartheadministrativelyassignedtextualdescriptionofthisportgroup entrytoitsdefault. Cleartheportsassignedtothisgrouptoitsdefault.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
10-24
Usage
Thedefaultportgroup0.0cannotbedeleted.
Example
ThisexampledeletesallPortGroupsexceptfortheDefaultgroup0.0:
B2(su)->clear cos port-config irl all
Syntax
set cos port-resource irl group-type-index irl-index {[unit {kbps}] [rate rate] [type {drop}]}
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex SetanIRLportresource. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. irlindex unit kbps raterate typedrop Indexnumberoftheinboundratelimiterresourceassociatedwiththis entry.Validvaluesrangefrom0to99. Unitofmeasurefortheinboundratelimiter(onlyoptionisKbps). Kilobitspersecond. Datarateforthisinboundratelimiter.Thisistheactualratelimit.Valid valuesrangefrom512to1,000,000KbpsforaGigabitport. Actionfortheratelimiter.Theonlyactionoptionisdroptheframeifall limitersareexceeded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
CoSportresourcesarewhereactualphysicalratelimitersareconfigured.Resourcesmapdirectly tothenumberofratelimiterssupportedbytheporttype.(Porttype0supports100IRLresources.) Resourcesexistforeachportgroupandareindexedasgroup#.porttype.irlindex.Portresources arenotinitiallyconfiguredasratelimiting. Inboundratelimiting,orratepolicing,simplydropsorclipstrafficinboundifaconfiguredrateis exceeded.CoSinboundratelimitingallowstheusertoconfigureratelimitsbasedonkilobitsper second.
10-25
Example
Thisexamplesetstheinboundratelimitresourceindexnumber1forportgroup2.0to10000Kbps or1MB:
B2(su)->set cos port-resource irl 2.0 1 unit kbps rate 10000 type drop
Syntax
show cos port-resource [irl [group-type-index [irl-index]]]
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex (Optional)Specifiesthatinboundratelimitingportresourcesshouldbe displayed. (Optional)Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Valid entriesareintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. irlindex (Optional)Inboundratelimiterresourceindexconfiguredforthe specifiedportgroup.Validvaluesrangefrom0to99.
Defaults
IfaportgroupandIRLindexarenotspecified,theIRLconfigurationforallresources(099)forall configuredportgroupswillbeshown.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampledisplaystheIRLresourceindexnumber1configurationforgroup2.0.
B2(su)->show cos port-resource irl 2.0 1 '?' after the rate value indicates an invalid rate value Group Index Resource Type Unit Rate ----------- -------- ---- ---- ---------2.0 1 irl kbps 10000 Rate Limit Type Action --------------- -----drop none
10-26
Syntax
clear cos port-resource irl {all | group-type-index [irl-index [unit] [rate] [type]]}
Parameters
irl all grouptypeindex SpecifiesthatanIRLresourceistobecleared. ClearallIRLresourcesforallportgroups. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. irlindex unit rate type (Optional)Inboundratelimiterresourceindexassociatedwiththe specifiedportgroup.Validvaluesrangefrom0to99. Cleartheunitofmeasurefortheinboundratelimiter. Clearthedatarateforthisinboundratelimiter. Cleartheactionfortheratelimiter.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleclearsthedatarateto0forIRLresourceindex1forgroup2.0.
B2(su)->clear cos port-resource irl 2.0 1 rate
Syntax
set cos reference irl group-type-index reference rate-limit irl-index
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex SpecifiesthatanIRLreferenceisbeingconfigured. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentriesare intheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. reference IRLreferencenumberassociatedwiththisentry.
10-27
ratelimitirlindex
Ratelimiter(IRLresourceindex)tobindthisreferenceto.Validvalues rangefrom0to99.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheCoSreferencetablemapstheuserdefinedIRLreferencesfoundintheCoSsettingstable(see setcossettingsonpage 1020)toratelimiterscreatedintheportresourcetable(seesetcos portresourceonpage 1025).TheCoSreferencetableindexescanbethoughtofasvirtualrate limiters.Thetableaccountsforthemaximumnumberofratelimiterssupportedbythedevice. Thevirtuallimitersthenmaptothephysicalratelimiters.TheCoSIRLReferenceTableisnot configuredbydefault. TheCoSIRLreferencetableuses100indexesorvirtualratelimiters,andmapseachvirtuallimiter toaphysicallimiterorresource.AnIRLreferencetableexistsforeachportgroupconfigured,and isindexedsimilarlytoportresources,asportgroup#,porttype,reference.IRLreferencesarenot populatedwithlimiters(resources),butcanbeconfiguredbytheuser.TheIRLreferencetablecan bedisplayedusingtheshowcosreferencecommand.
Example
IntheCoSIRLreferencemappingtableforportgroups1.0and2.0,createareferencefortheIRL resourcenumber1createdforeachgroup.Thereferencenumber1isused.
B2(su)->set cos reference irl 1.0 1 rate-limit 1 B2(su)->set cos reference irl 2.0 1 rate-limit 1
Syntax
show cos reference [irl [group-type-index]]
Parameters
irl grouptypeindex (Optional)Specifiesthatinboundratelimitingreferenceinformation shouldbedisplayed. (Optional)Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex. Validentriesareintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0.
Defaults
Ifirlisnotspecified,allCoSreferenceinformationisdisplayed. Ifaspecificportgroupisnotspecified,informationforallportgroupsisdisplayed.
10-28
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowstheClassofServiceIRLreferencesforportgroup1.0.Notethatnotallofthe 100possiblereferencesaredisplayedinthisoutputexample.
B2(su)->show cos reference irl 1.0 Group Index ----------1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 ... 1.0 1.0 1.0 Reference --------0 1 2 3 97 98 99 Type ---irl irl irl irl irl irl irl Rate Limiter -----------none 1 none none none none none
Syntax
clear cos reference irl {all | group-type-index reference}
Parameters
irl all grouptypeindex SpecifiesthatIRLreferencesarebeingcleared. Clearallgroupsindexesandreferences. Specifiesaninboundratelimitingportgroup/typeindex.Validentries areintheformofgroup#.porttype. Validvaluesforgroup#canrangefrom0to7.Validvaluesforporttype canrangefrom0to1,althoughonlyporttype0iscurrentlysupported. Forexample,portgroup3wouldbespecifiedas3.0. reference Clearaspecificreferenceforthespecifiedportgroup.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCoSinboundratelimitingreferenceconfigurationforall groups:
B2(su)->clear cos reference irl all
10-29
Syntax
show cos unit
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowspossibleunitentriesforinboundratelimiting:
B2(su)->show cos unit Type: irl = inbound rate limiting Port Type --------0 Type ---irl Unit ---Kbps Unit: Kbps = Kilobits per second Minimum Rate -----------512 Granularity ----------1
Syntax
clear cos all-entries
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheCoSconfigurationforallentriesexceptentries07:
B2(su)->clear cos all-entries
10-30
Syntax
show cos port-type [irl [port-type]]
Parameters
irl porttype (Optional)Displaysinboundratelimitinginformation. (Optional)Displaysinformationforaspecificporttype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,inboundratelimitinginformationforallporttypesisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
TheB2implementationprovidesonedefaultporttype(0)fordesignatingavailableinboundrate limitingresources.Porttype0includesallports. Theporttype0descriptionisB2100IRL,whichindicatesthatthisporttypeprovidesa maximumof100inboundratelimitingresourcesperportgroup.
Example
Thisexampleshowsinboundratelimitinginformationforporttype0.
B2(su)->show cos port-type irl 0 Number of resources: irl = inbound rate limiter(s) Port type description -----------B2 100 IRL Number of limiters --------100 Supported rate types: Kbps = kilobits per second Supported rate type --------kbps Eligible ports ----------------ge.1.1-48 Unselected ports ----------------ge.1.1-48
Index ----0
10-31
10-32
11
Port Priority and Rate Limiting Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthePortPriorityandRateLimitingsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Port Priority Configuration Summary Configuring Port Priority Configuring Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping Configuring Quality of Service (QoS) Configuring Port Traffic Rate Limiting Refer to page... 11-1 11-1 11-4 11-6 11-9
11-1
Commands
For information about... show port priority set port priority clear port priority Refer to page... 11-4 11-2 11-3
Syntax
show port priority [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displayspriorityinformationforaspecificport.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
If port-string is not specified, priority for all ports will be displayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheportpriorityforthege.2.1through5.
B2(su)->show port priority ge.2.1-5 ge.2.1 is set to 0 ge.2.2 is set to 0 ge.2.3 is set to 0 ge.2.4 is set to 0 ge.2.5 is set to 0
11-2
Syntax
set port priority port-string priority
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportforwhichtosetpriority.Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 52. Specifiesavalueof0to7tosettheCoSpriorityfortheportenteredinthe portstring.Priorityvalueof0isthelowestpriority.
priority
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetadefaultpriorityof6onge.1.3.Framesreceivedbythisport withoutpriorityinformationintheirframeheaderaresettothedefaultsettingof6:
B2(su)->set port priority ge.1.3 6
Syntax
clear port priority port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportforwhichtoclearpriority.Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetge.1.11tothedefaultpriority:
11-3
Commands
For information about... show port priority-queue set port priority-queue clear port priority-queue Refer to page... 11-4 11-5 11-6
Syntax
show port priority-queue [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysthemappingofprioritiestotransmitqueuesforone ormoreports.
Defaults
If port-string is not specified, priority queue information for all ports will be displayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
11-4
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaypriorityqueueinformationforge.1.1.Inthiscase,frameswith apriorityof0areassociatedwithtransmitqueue1;frameswith1or2priority,areassociatedwith transmitqueue0;andsoforth:
B2(su)->show Port P0 --------- -ge.1.1 1 port priority-queue ge.1.1 P1 P2 P3 P4 P5 P6 P7 -- -- -- -- -- -- -0 0 2 3 4 5 5
Syntax
set port priority-queue port-string priority queue
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)forwhichtosetprioritytoqueuemappings.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. Specifiesavalueof0through7(0isthelowestlevel)thatdetermines whatpriorityframeswillbetransmittedonthetransmitqueueenteredin thiscommand. Specifiesavalueof0through5(0isthelowestlevel)thatdeterminesthe queueonwhichtotransmittheframeswiththeportpriorityenteredin thiscommand.
priority
queue
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Althoughthereareeightqueuesimplementedintheswitchhardware,onlysixareavailablefor useinprioritizingvariousdataandcontroltraffic.The7thand8thqueuesarereservedfor stacking(ifapplicable)andnetworkcontrolrelatedcommunications.RefertoConfiguring QualityofService(QoS)onpage 116formoreinformationaboutconfiguringtheprioritymode andweightforthesequeues. PrioritytotransmitqueuemappingonanindividualportbasiscanonlybeconfiguredonGigabit Ethernetports(ge.x.x).WhenyouusethesetportpriorityqueuecommandtoconfigureaFast Ethernetport(fe.x.x),themappingvaluesareappliedgloballytoallFastEthernetportsonthe system.
11-5
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetpriority5framesreceivedonge.2.12totransmitonqueue0.
B2(su)->set port priority-queue ge.2.12 5 0
Syntax
clear port priority-queue port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportforwhichtoclearprioritytoqueuemappings.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthepriorityqueuesettingsonge.2.12:
B2(su)->clear port priority-queue ge.2.12
Commands
For information about... show port txq set port txq clear port txq Refer to page... 11-7 11-7 11-8
11-6
Syntax
show port txq [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiesport(s)forwhichtodisplayQoSsettings.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. Onlyphysicalportswillbedisplayed.LAGportshavenotransmitqueue information.
Defaults
Iftheportstringisnotspecified,theQoSsettingofallphysicalportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentalgorithmandtransmitqueueweightsconfigured onportsge.1.10through24:
B2(su)->show port txq ge.1.10-24 Port Alg Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 ------- --- --- --- --- --- --ge.1.10 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.11 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.12 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.13 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.14 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.15 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.16 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.17 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.18 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.19 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.20 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.21 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.22 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.23 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 ge.1.24 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 Q6 --SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP Q7 --SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP
Syntax
set port txq port-string value0 value1 value2 value3 value4 value5
11-7
Parameters
portstring Specifiesport(s)onwhichtosetqueuearbitrationvalues.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52. Onlyphysicalportscanbeconfiguredwiththiscommand.LAGports cannotbeconfigured. value0value5 Specifiespercentagetoallocatetoaspecifictransmitqueue.Thevalues musttotal100percent.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Eighttransmitqueuesareimplementedintheswitchhardwareforeachphysicalport,butonlysix areavailableforuseinprioritizingvariousdataandcontroltraffic.Theseventhandeighthqueues arereservedforstacking(ifapplicable)andnetworkcontrolrelatedcommunicationsandcannot beconfigured. Queuescanbesetforstrictpriority(SP)orweightedroundrobin(WRR).IfsetforWRRmode, weightsmaybeassignedtothosequeueswiththiscommand.Weightsarespecifiedintherange of0to100percent.Weightsspecifiedforqueues0through5onanyportmusttotal100percent. Queues0through5canbechangedtostrictprioritybyconfiguringqueues0through4at0 percentandqueue5at100percent.QueuescanbechangedbacktoWRRbychangingtheweight ofqueues0through5,orbyissuingtheclearporttxqcommand.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtochangethearbitrationvaluesforthesixtransmitqueuesbelongingto ge.1.1:
B2(su)->set port txq ge.1.1 17 17 17 17 16 16
Thisexampleshowshowtochangethealgorithmtostrictpriorityforthesixtransmitqueues belongingtoge.1.1:
B2(su)->set port txq ge.1.1 0 0 0 0 0 100 B2(su)->show port txq ge.1.1 Port Alg Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 ------- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --ge.1.1 STR SP SP SP SP SP SP SP SP
Syntax
clear port txq port-string
11-8
Parameters
portstring Clearstransmitqueuevaluesonspecificport(s)backtotheirdefault values.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. Onlyphysicalportscanbeconfiguredwiththiscommand.LAGports cannotbeconfigured.
Defaults
Bydefault,transmitqueuesaredefinedasfollows:
Queue 0 1 2 3 Mode WRR WRR WRR WRR Weight 1 2 3 4 Queue 4 5 6 7 Mode WRR WRR Strict (not configurable) Strict (not configurable) Weight 5 6
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtocleartransmitqueuevaluesonge.1.1:
B2(su)->clear port txq ge.1.1 B2(su)->show port txq ge.1.1 Port Alg Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 ------- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --ge.1.1 WRR 2 10 15 20 24 29 SP SP
Note: Port traffic rate limiting is not supported on mixed stacks containing B3 or C3 devices.
11-9
Commands
.
For information about... show port ratelimit set port ratelimit clear port ratelimit
Syntax
show port ratelimit [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysratelimitinginformationforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,ratelimitinginformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentratelimitinginformationforge.2.1:
B2(su)->show port ratelimit ge.2.1 Global Ratelimiting status is disabled. Port Number ----------ge.2.1 ge.2.1 ge.2.1 ge.2.1 ge.2.1 ge.2.1 ge.2.1 ge.2.1 Threshold (kB/s) --------64 64 64 64 64 64 64 64 Priority List ----------0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Index ----1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
11-10
Table 11-36
Output Index
Syntax
set port ratelimit {disable | enable} | port-string priority threshold {disable | enable} [inbound] [index]
Parameters
disable|enable Whenenteredwithoutaportstring,globallydisablesorenablestheport ratelimitingfunction.Whenenteredwithaportstring,disablesor enablesratelimitingonspecificport(s)whentheglobalfunctionis enabled. Specifiesaportonwhichtosettheratelimitingthresholdandother parameters.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. Specifiesthe802.1D(802.1p)portprioritylevelassociatedwiththeport string.Thevaluecanbe0to7,with0specifyingthelowestpriority. Specifiesaportratelimitingthresholdinkilobytespersecond.Rangeis 64uptoamaximumof2,147,483,647kilobytespersecond. (Optional)Appliesthisratepolicingruletoinboundtraffic. (Optional)Assignsaresourceindexforthisport.
portstring
Defaults
Thresholdwillbeappliedtoinboundtrafficontheport/priority. Ifindexisnotspecified,settingswillbeappliedtoindex1,andwilloverwriteindex1forany subsequentratelimitsconfigured.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
11-11
Example
Thisexampleshowshowto: globallyenableratelimiting configureratelimitingforinboundtrafficonportge.2.1,index1,priority5,toathresholdof 125 KBps:
B2(rw)->set port ratelimit enable B2(rw)->set port ratelimit ge.2.1 5 125 enable inbound
Syntax
clear port ratelimit port-string [index]
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoclearratelimiting.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntax UsedintheCLIonpage 52. (Optional)Specifiestheassociatedresourceindextobereset.
index
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,allindexentrieswillbereset.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearallratelimitingparametersonportge.2.1.
B2(su)->clear port ratelimit ge.2.1
11-12
12
IGMP Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheIGMPConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... IGMP Overview Configuring IGMP at Layer 2 Refer to page... 12-1 12-2
IGMP Overview
About IP Multicast Group Management
TheInternetGroupManagementProtocol(IGMP)runsbetweenhostsandtheirimmediately neighboringmulticastdevice.Theprotocolsmechanismsallowahosttoinformitslocaldevice thatitwantstoreceivetransmissionsaddressedtoaspecificmulticastgroup. Amulticastenableddevicecanperiodicallyaskitshostsiftheywanttoreceivemulticasttraffic.If thereismorethanonedeviceontheLANperformingIPmulticasting,oneofthesedevicesis electedquerierandassumestheresponsibilityofqueryingtheLANforgroupmembers. BasedonthegroupmembershipinformationlearnedfromIGMP,adevicecandeterminewhich (ifany)multicasttrafficneedstobeforwardedtoeachofitsports.AtLayer3,multicastdevices usethisinformation,alongwithamulticastroutingprotocol,tosupportIPmulticastingacrossthe Internet. IGMPprovidesthefinalstepinanIPmulticastpacketdeliveryservice,sinceitisonlyconcerned withforwardingmulticasttrafficfromthelocaldevicetogroupmembersonadirectlyattached subnetworkorLANsegment. ThisdevicesupportsIPmulticastgroupmanagementbypassivelysnoopingontheIGMPquery andIGMPreportpacketstransferredbetweenIPmulticastdevicesandIPmulticasthostgroupsto learnIPmulticastgroupmembers. ThepurposeofIPmulticastgroupmanagementistooptimizeaswitchednetworksperformance somulticastpacketswillonlybeforwardedtothoseportscontainingmulticastgrouphostsor multicastdevicesinsteadoffloodingtoallportsinthesubnet(VLAN).
About Multicasting
Multicastingisusedtosupportrealtimeapplicationssuchasvideoconferencesorstreaming audio.Amulticastserverdoesnothavetoestablishaseparateconnectionwitheachclient.It merelybroadcastsitsservicetothenetwork,andanyhoststhatwanttoreceivethemulticast registerwiththeirlocalmulticastswitch/router.Althoughthisapproachreducesthenetwork overheadrequiredbyamulticastserver,thebroadcasttrafficmustbecarefullyprunedatevery
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 12-1
multicastswitch/routeritpassesthroughtoensurethattrafficisonlypassedtothehoststhat subscribedtothisservice.
Commands
For information about... show igmpsnooping set igmpsnooping adminmode set igmpsnooping interfacemode set igmpsnooping groupmembershipinterval set igmpsnooping maxresponse set igmpsnooping mcrtrexpiretime set igmpsnooping add-static set igmpsnooping remove-static show igmpsnooping static show igmpsnooping mfdb clear igmpsnooping Refer to page... 12-2 12-3 12-3 12-4 12-5 12-5 12-6 12-7 12-7 12-8 12-8
show igmpsnooping
UsethiscommandtodisplayIGMPsnoopinginformation.
Syntax
show igmpsnooping
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
ConfiguredinformationisdisplayedwhetherornotIGMPsnoopingisenabled.Status informationisdisplayedonlywhenthefunctionisenabled.ForinformationonenablingIGMPon
12-2 IGMP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayIGMPsnoopinginformation:
B2(su)->show igmpsnooping Admin Mode..................................... Enable Group Membership Interval...................... 260 Max Response Time.............................. 100 Multicast Router Present Expiration Time....... 0 Interfaces Enabled for IGMP Snooping........... ge.1.1,ge.1.2,ge.1.3 Multicast Control Frame Count..................0 Data Frames Forwarded by the CPU...............0
Syntax
set igmpsnooping adminmode {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesIGMPsnoopingonthesystem.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
InorderforIGMPsnoopingtobeenabledononeorallports,itmustbegloballyenabledonthe devicewiththiscommand,andthenenabledonaport(s)usingthesetigmpsnoopinginterface modecommandasdescribedinsetigmpsnoopinginterfacemodeonpage 123.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIGMPonthesystem:
B2(su)->set igmpsnooping adminmode enable
Syntax
set igmpsnooping interfacemode port-string {enable | disable}
12-3
Parameters
portstring enable|disable SpecifiesoneormoreportsonwhichtoenableordisableIGMP. EnablesordisablesIGMP.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
InorderforIGMPsnoopingtobeenabledononeorallports,itmustbegloballyenabledonthe deviceusingthesetigmpsnoopingadminmodecommandasdescribedinsetigmpsnooping adminmodeonpage 123,andthenenabledonaport(s)usingthiscommand.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableIGMPonportsge.110:
B2(su)->set igmpsnooping interfacemode ge.1-10 enable
Syntax
set igmpsnooping groupmembershipinterval time
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPgroupmembershipinterval.Validvaluesare23600 seconds. Thisvalueworkstogetherwiththesetigmpsnoopingmaxresponsetime commandtoremoveportsfromanIGMPgroupandmustbegreaterthan themaxresponsetimevalue.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheIGMPgroupmembershipintervaltimesetsthefrequencyofhostqueryframetransmissions andmustbegreaterthantheIGMPmaximumresponsetimeasdescribedinsetigmpsnooping maxresponseonpage 125.
12-4
IGMP Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPgroupmembershipintervalto250seconds:
B2(su)->set igmpsnooping groupmembershipinterval 250
Syntax
set igmpsnooping maxresponse time
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPmaximumqueryresponsetime.Validvaluesare100 255seconds.Thedefaultvalueis100seconds. Thisvalueworkstogetherwiththesetigmpsnooping groupmembershipintervalcommandtoremoveportsfromanIGMPgroup andmustbelesserthanthegroupmembershipintervalvalue.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThisvaluemustbelessthantheIGMPmaximumresponsetimedescribedinsetigmpsnooping groupmembershipintervalonpage 124.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPmaximumresponsetimeto100seconds:
B2(su)->set igmpsnooping maxresponse 100
Syntax
set igmpsnooping mcrtrexpire time
Parameters
time SpecifiestheIGMPmulticastrouterexpirationtime.Validvaluesare0 3600seconds.Avalueof0willconfigurethesystemwithaninfinite expirationtime.Thedefaultvalueis0.
12-5
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thistimerisforexpiringtheswitchfromthemulticastdatabase.Ifthetimerexpires,andtheonly addressleftisthemulticastswitch,thentheentrywillberemoved.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheIGMPmulticastrouterexpirationtimetoinfinity:
B2(su)->set igmpsnooping mcrtrexpiretime 0
Syntax
set igmpsnooping add-static group vlan-list [modify] [port-string]
Parameters
group vlanlist modify portstring SpecifiesthemulticastgroupIPaddressfortheentry. SpecifiestheVLANsonwhichtoconfiguretheentry. (Optional)Addsthespecifiedportorportstoanexistingentry. (Optional)Specifiestheportorportstoaddtotheentry.
Defaults
Ifnoportsarespecified,allportsareaddedtotheentry. Ifmodifyisnotspecified,anewentryiscreated.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
UsethiscommandtocreateandconfigureLayer2IGMPentries.
Example
ThisexamplecreatesanIGMPentryforthemulticastgroupwithIPaddressof233.11.22.33 configuredonVLAN20configuredwiththeportge.1.1.
B2(su)->set igmpsnooping add-static 233.11.22.33 20 ge.1.1
12-6
IGMP Configuration
Syntax
set igmpsnooping remove-static group vlan-list [modify] [port-string]
Parameters
group vlanlist modify portstring SpecifiesthemulticastgroupIPaddressoftheentry. SpecifiestheVLANsonwhichtheentryisconfigured. (Optional)Removesthespecifiedportorportsfromanexistingentry. (Optional)Specifiestheportorportstoremovefromtheentry.
Defaults
Ifnoportsarespecified,allportsareremovedfromtheentry.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesportge.1.1fromtheentryforthemulticastgroupwithIPaddressof 233.11.22.33configuredonVLAN20.
B2(su)->set igmpsnooping remove-static 233.11.22.33 20 ge.1.1
Syntax
show igmpsnooping static vlan-list [group group]
Parameters
vlanlist groupgroup SpecifiestheVLANforwhichtodisplaystaticIGMPports. (Optional)SpecifiestheIGMPgroupforwhichtodisplaystaticIGMP ports.
Defaults
Ifnogroupisspecified,informationforallgroupsisdisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
12-7
Example
ThisexampledisplaysthestaticIGMPportsforVLAN20.
B2(su)->show igmpsnooping static 20 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------Vlan Id = 20 Static Multicast Group Address = 233.11.22.33 Type = IGMP IGMP Port List = ge.1.1
Syntax
show igmpsnooping mfdb [stats]
Parameters
stats (Optional)DisplaysMFDBstatistics.
Defaults
Ifstatsisnotspecified,allMFDBtableentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymulticastforwardingdatabaseentries:
B2(su)->show igmpsnooping mfdb MAC Address Type Description ----------------------- ------- ---------------00:14:01:00:5E:02:CD:B0 Dynamic Network Assist 00:32:01:00:5E:37:96:D0 Dynamic Network Assist 00:32:01:00:5E:7F:FF:FA Dynamic Network Assist Interfaces ------------------------Fwd: ge.1.1,ge.3.1,ge.4.1 Fwd: ge.4.7 Fwd: ge.4.7
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymulticastforwardingdatabasestatistics:
B2(su)->show igmpsnooping mfdb stats Max MFDB Table Entries......................... 256 Most MFDB Entries Since Last Reset............. 1 Current Entries................................ 0
clear igmpsnooping
UsethiscommandtoclearallIGMPsnoopingentries.
Syntax
clear igmpsnooping
Parameters
None.
12-8
IGMP Configuration
clear igmpsnooping
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearallIGMPsnoopingentries:
B2(su)->clear igmpsnooping Are you sure you want to clear all IGMP snooping entries? (y/n) y IGMP Snooping Entries Cleared.
12-9
clear igmpsnooping
12-10
IGMP Configuration
13
Logging and Network Management
Thischapterdescribesswitchrelatedloggingandnetworkmanagementcommandsandhowto usethem.
Note: The commands in this chapter pertain to network management of the SecureStack B2 device from the switch CLI only. For information on router-related network management tasks, including reviewing router ARP tables and IP traffic, refer to Chapter 17. For information about... Configuring System Logging Monitoring Network Events and Status Managing Switch Network Addresses and Routes Configuring Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Configuring Node Aliases Refer to page... 13-1 13-11 13-15 13-25 13-32
Commands
For information about... show logging server set logging server clear logging server show logging default set logging default clear logging default show logging application set logging application Refer to page... 13-2 13-3 13-4 13-4 13-5 13-5 13-6 13-7
13-1
For information about... clear logging application show logging local set logging local clear logging local show logging buffer
Syntax
show logging server [index]
Parameters
index (Optional)DisplaysSysloginformationpertainingtoaspecificserver tableentry.Validvaluesare18.
Defaults
Ifindexisnotspecified,allSyslogserverinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySyslogserverconfigurationinformation:
B2(ro)->show logging server IP Address Facility Severity Description Port Status ------------------------------------------------------------------------1 132.140.82.111 local4 warning(5) default 514 enabled 2 132.140.90.84 local4 warning(5) default 514 enabled
13-2
Syntax
set logging server index [ip-addr ip-addr] [facility facility] [severity severity] [descr descr] [port port] [state {enable | disable}]
Parameters
index ipaddripaddr facilityfacility severityseverity Specifiestheservertableindexnumberforthisserver.Validvaluesare1 8. (Optional)SpecifiestheSyslogmessageserversIPaddress. (Optional)Specifiestheserversfacilityname.Validvaluesare:local0to local7. (Optional)Specifiestheseveritylevelatwhichtheserverwilllog messages.Validvaluesandcorrespondinglevelsare: 1emergencies(systemisunusable) 2alerts(immediateactionrequired) 3criticalconditions 4errorconditions 5warningconditions 6notifications(significantconditions) 7informationalmessages 8debuggingmessages descrdescr portport stateenable| disable (Optional)Specifiesatextualstringdescriptionofthisfacility/server. (Optional)SpecifiesthedefaultUDPporttheclientusestosendtothe server. (Optional)Enablesordisablesthisfacility/serverconfiguration.
Defaults
Ifipaddrisnotspecified,anentryintheSyslogservertablewillbecreatedwiththespecified indexnumberandamessagewilldisplayindicatingthatnoIPaddresshasbeenassigned. Ifnotspecified,facility,severityandportwillbesettodefaultsconfiguredwiththesetlogging defaultcommand(setloggingdefaultonpage 135). Ifstateisnotspecified,theserverwillnotbeenabledordisabled.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThiscommandshowshowtoenableaSyslogserverconfigurationforindex1,IPaddress 134.141.89.113,facilitylocal4,severitylevel3onport514:
B2(su)->set logging server 1 ip-addr 134.141.89.113 facility local4 severity 3 port 514 state enable
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 13-3
Syntax
clear logging server index
Parameters
index Specifiestheservertableindexnumberfortheservertoberemoved. Validvaluesare18.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThiscommandshowshowtoremovetheSyslogserverwithindex1fromtheservertable:
B2(su)->clear logging server 1
Syntax
show logging default
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThiscommandshowshowtodisplaytheSyslogserverdefaultvalues.Foranexplanationofthe commandoutput,referbacktoTable 1337onpage 132.
B2(su)->show logging default Facility Severity Port ----------------------------------------local4 warning(5) 514
Defaults:
13-4
Syntax
set logging default {[facility facility] [severity severity] port port]}
Parameters
facilityfacility severityseverity Specifiesthedefaultfacilityname.Validvaluesare:local0tolocal7. Specifiesthedefaultloggingseveritylevel.Validvaluesand correspondinglevelsare: 1emergencies(systemisunusable) 2alerts(immediateactionrequired) 3criticalconditions 4errorconditions 5warningconditions 6notifications(significantconditions) 7informationalmessages 8debuggingmessages portport SpecifiesthedefaultUDPporttheclientusestosendtotheserver.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheSyslogdefaultfacilitynametolocal2andtheseveritylevelto4 (errorlogging):
B2(su)->set logging default facility local2 severity 4
Syntax
clear logging default {[facility] [severity] [port]}
13-5
Parameters
facility severity port (Optional)Resetsthedefaultfacilitynametolocal4. (Optional)Resetsthedefaultloggingseveritylevelto6(notificationsof significantconditions). (Optional)ResetsthedefaultUDPporttheclientusestosendtotheserver to514.
Defaults
Atleastoneoptionalparametermustbeentered. Allthreeoptionalkeywordsmustbeenteredtoresetallloggingvaluestodefaults.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheSyslogdefaultseveritylevelto6:
B2(su)->clear logging default severity
Syntax
show logging application [mnemonic | all]
Parameters
mnemonic (Optional)Displaysseveritylevelforoneapplicationconfiguredfor logging.Mnemonicswillvarydependingonthenumberandtypesof applicationsrunningonyoursystem.Samplemnemonicsandtheir correspondingapplicationsarelistedinTable 1339onpage 138.
Note: Mnemonic values are case sensitive and must be typed as they appear in Table 13-39.
all
(Optional)Displaysseveritylevelforallapplicationsconfiguredfor logging.
Defaults
Ifnoparameterisspecified,informationforallapplicationswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
13-6
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaysystemlogginginformationpertainingtotheSNMP application.
B2(ro)->show logging application SNMP Application Current Severity Level --------------------------------------------90 SNMP 6 1(emergencies) 4(errors) 7(information) 2(alerts) 5(warnings) 8(debugging) 3(critical) 6(notifications)
Syntax
set logging application {[mnemonic | all]} [level level]
Parameters
mnemonic Specifiesacasesensitivemnemonicabbreviationofanapplicationtobe logged.Thisparameterwillvarydependingonthenumberandtypesof applicationsrunningonyoursystem.Todisplayacompletelist,usethe showloggingapplicationcommandasdescribedinshowlogging applicationonpage 136.Samplemnemonicsandtheircorresponding applicationsarelistedinTable 1339onpage 138.
Note: Mnemonic values are case sensitive and must be typed as they appear in Table 13-39.
all
Setstheloggingseveritylevelforallapplications.
13-7
levellevel
(Optional)Specifiestheseveritylevelatwhichtheserverwilllog messagesforapplications.Validvaluesandcorrespondinglevelsare: 1emergencies(systemisunusable) 2alerts(immediateactionrequired) 3criticalconditions 4errorconditions 5warningconditions 6notifications(significantconditions) 7informationalmessages 8debuggingmessages
Table 13-39
Mnemonic CLIWEB SNMP STP Driver System Stacking UPN Router
Defaults
Iflevelisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheseveritylevelforSNMPto4sothaterrorconditionswillbe loggedforthatapplication.
B2(rw)->set logging application SNMP level 4
Syntax
clear logging application {mnemonic | all}
13-8
Parameters
mnemonic Resetstheseveritylevelforaspecificapplicationto6.Validmnemonic valuesandtheircorrespondingapplicationsarelistedinTable 1339on page 138. Resetstheseveritylevelforallapplicationsto6.
all
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresettheloggingseveritylevelto6forSNMP.
B2(rw)->clear logging application SNMP
Syntax
show logging local
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestateofmessagelogging.Inthiscase,loggingtothe consoleisenabledandloggingtoapersistentfileisdisabled.
B2(su)->show logging local Syslog Console Logging enabled Syslog File Logging disabled
Syntax
set logging local console {enable | disable} file {enable | disable}
13-9
Parameters
consoleenable|disable fileenable|disable Enablesordisablesloggingtotheconsole. Enablesordisablesloggingtoapersistentfile.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thiscommandshowshowtoenableloggingtotheconsoleanddisableloggingtoapersistentfile:
B2(su)->set logging local console enable file disable
Syntax
clear logging local
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearlocallogging:
B2(su)->clear logging local
Syntax
show logging buffer
Parameters
None.
13-10
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowsaportionoftheinformationdisplayedwiththeshowloggingbuffer command:
B2(su)->show logging buffer <165>Sep 4 07:43:09 10.42.71.13 CLI[5]User:rw logged in from 10.2.1.122 (telnet) <165>Sep 4 07:43:24 10.42.71.13 CLI[5]User: debug failed login from 10.4.1.100 (telnet)
Commands
For information about... history show history set history ping show users disconnect Refer to page... 13-11 13-12 13-12 13-13 13-13 13-14
history
Usethiscommandtodisplaythecontentsofthecommandhistorybuffer.Thecommandhistory bufferincludesalltheswitchcommandsentereduptoamaximumof100,asspecifiedintheset historycommand(sethistoryonpage 1312).
Syntax
history
Parameters
None.
13-11
show history
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecontentsofthecommandhistorybuffer.Itshowsthereare fivecommandsinthebuffer:
B2(su)->history 1 hist 2 show gvrp 3 show vlan 4 show igmp 5 show ip address
show history
Usethiscommandtodisplaythesize(inlines)ofthehistorybuffer.
Syntax
show history
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythesizeofthehistorybuffer:
B2(su)->show history History buffer size: 20
set history
Usethiscommandtosetthesizeofthehistorybuffer.
Syntax
set history size [default]
13-12
ping
Parameters
size default Specifiesthesizeofthehistorybufferinlines.Validvaluesare1to100. (Optional)Makesthissettingpersistentforallfuturesessions.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthesizeofthecommandhistorybufferto30lines:
B2(su)->set history 30
ping
UsethiscommandtosendICMPechorequestpacketstoanothernodeonthenetworkfromthe switchCLI.
Syntax
ping host
Parameters
host SpecifiestheIPaddressofthedevicetowhichthepingwillbesent.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtopingIPaddress134.141.89.29.Inthiscase,thishostisalive:
B2(su)->ping 134.141.89.29 134.141.89.29 is alive
Inthisexample,thehostatIPaddressisnotresponding:
B2(su)->ping 134.141.89.255 no answer from 134.141.89.255
show users
UsethiscommandtodisplayinformationabouttheactiveconsoleportorTelnetsession(s)logged intotheswitch.
13-13
disconnect
Syntax
show users
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetheshowuserscommand.Inthisoutput,therearetwoTelnet usersloggedinwithReadWriteaccessprivilegesfromIPaddresses134.141.192.119and 134.141.192.18:
B2(su)->show users Session User Location -------- ----- -------------------------* telnet rw 134.141.192.119 telnet rw 134.141.192.18
disconnect
UsethiscommandtocloseanactiveconsoleportorTelnetsessionfromtheswitchCLI.
Syntax
disconnect {ip-addr | console}
Parameters
ipaddr console SpecifiestheIPaddressoftheTelnetsessiontobedisconnected.This addressisdisplayedintheoutputshowninshowusersonpage 1215. Closesanactiveconsoleport.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtocloseaTelnetsessiontohost134.141.192.119:
B2(su)->disconnect 134.141.192.119
Thisexampleshowshowtoclosethecurrentconsolesession:
B2(su)->disconnect console
13-14
Commands
For information about... show arp set arp clear arp traceroute show mac show mac agetime set mac agetime clear mac agetime set mac algorithm show mac algorithm clear mac algorithm set mac multicast clear mac address show mac unreserved-flood set mac unreserved-flood Refer to page... 13-15 13-16 13-17 13-17 13-18 13-19 13-20 13-20 13-21 13-21 13-22 13-22 13-23 13-24 13-24
show arp
UsethiscommandtodisplaytheswitchsARPtable.
Syntax
show arp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
13-15
set arp
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheARPtable:
B2(su)->show arp LINK LEVEL ARP TABLE IP Address Phys Address Flags Interface ----------------------------------------------------10.20.1.1 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host 134.142.21.194 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host 134.142.191.192 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host 134.142.192.18 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host 134.142.192.119 00-00-5e-00-01-1 S host -----------------------------------------------------
set arp
UsethiscommandtoaddmappingentriestotheswitchsARPtable.
Syntax
set arp ip-address mac-address
Parameters
ipaddress macaddress SpecifiestheIPaddresstomaptotheMACaddressandaddtotheARP table. SpecifiestheMACaddresstomaptotheIPaddressandaddtotheARP table.TheMACaddresscanbeformattedasxx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xxorxxxx xxxxxxxx.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtomapIPaddress192.168.219.232toMACaddress00000c400fbc:
B2(su)->set arp 192.168.219.232 00-00-0c-40-0f-bc
13-16
clear arp
clear arp
UsethiscommandtodeleteaspecificentryorallentriesfromtheswitchsARPtable.
Syntax
clear arp {ip-address | all}
Parameters
ipaddress|all SpecifiestheIPaddressintheARPtabletobecleared,orclearsallARP entries.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodeleteentry10.1.10.10fromtheARPtable:
B2(su)->clear arp 10.1.10.10
traceroute
UsethiscommandtodisplayahopbyhoppaththroughanIPnetworkfromthedevicetoa specificdestinationhost.ThreeUDPorICMPprobeswillbetransmittedforeachhopbetweenthe sourceandthetraceroutedestination.
Syntax
traceroute [-w waittime] [-f first-ttl] [-m max-ttl] [-p port] [-q nqueries] [-r] [-d] [-n] [-v] host
Parameters
wwaittime ffirstttl mmaxttl pport qnqueries r d n v (Optional)Specifiestimeinsecondstowaitforaresponsetoaprobe. (Optional)Specifiesthetimetolive(TTL)ofthefirstoutgoingprobe packet. (Optional)Specifiesthemaximumtimetolive(TTL)usedinoutgoing probepackets. (Optional)SpecifiesthebaseUDPportnumberusedinprobes. (Optional)Specifiesthenumberofprobeinquiries. (Optional)Bypassesthenormalhostroutingtables. (Optional)Setsthedebugsocketoption. (Optional)Displayshopaddressesnumerically.(Supportedinafuture release.) (Optional)Displaysverboseoutput,includingthesizeanddestinationof eachresponse.
13-17
show mac
host
SpecifiesthehosttowhichtherouteofanIPpacketwillbetraced.
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,waittimewillbesetto5seconds. Ifnotspecified,firstttlwillbesetto1second. Ifnotspecified,maxttlwillbesetto30seconds. Ifnotspecified,portwillbesetto33434. Ifnotspecified,nquerieswillbesetto3. Ifrisnotspecified,normalhostroutingtableswillbeused. Ifdisnotspecified,thedebugsocketoptionwillnotbeused. Ifvisnotspecified,summaryoutputwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtousetraceroutetodisplayaroundtrippathtohost192.167.252.17.In thiscase,hop1istheSecureStackB2switch,hop2is14.1.0.45,andhop3isbacktothehostIP address.RoundtriptimesforeachofthethreeUDPprobesaredisplayednexttoeachhop:
B2(su)->traceroute 192.167.252.17 traceroute to 192.167.252.17 (192.167.252.17), 30 hops max, 40 byte packets 1 matrix.enterasys.com (192.167.201.40) 20.000 ms 20.000 ms 20.000 ms 2 14.1.0.45 (14.1.0.45) 40.000 ms 10.000 ms 20.000 ms 3 192.167.252.17 (192.167.252.17) 50.000 ms 0.000 ms 20.000 ms
show mac
UsethiscommandtodisplayMACaddressesintheswitchsfilteringdatabase.Theseare addresseslearnedonaportthroughtheswitchingprocess.
Syntax
show mac [address mac-address] [fid fid] [port port-string] [type {other | learned | self | mgmt}]
Parameters
addressmacaddress fidfid portportstring typeother|learned| self|mgmt (Optional)DisplaysaspecificMACaddress(ifitisknownbythe device). (Optional)DisplaysMACaddressesforaspecificfilterdatabase identifier. (Optional)DisplaysMACaddressesforspecificport(s). (Optional)Displaysinformationrelatedtoother,learned,selfor mgmt(management)addresstype.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allMACaddressesforthedevicewillbedisplayed.
13-18
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMACaddressinformationforge.3.1:
B2(su)->show mac port ge.3.1 MAC Address FID Port Type ----------------- ---- ------------- -------00-09-6B-0F-13-E6 15 ge.3.1 Learned MAC Address VLAN Port Type Status Egress Ports ----------------- ---- ------------- ------- ------- --------------------------01-01-23-34-45-56 20 any mcast perm ge.3.1
The VLAN ID configured for the multicast MAC address. The status of the multicast address. The ports which have been added to the egress ports list.
Syntax
show mac agetime
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
13-19
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheMACtimeoutperiod:
B2(su)->show mac agetime Aging time: 300 seconds
Syntax
set mac agetime time
Parameters
time SpecifiesthetimeoutperiodinsecondsforaginglearnedMAC addresses.Validvaluesare10to1,000,000seconds.Defaultvalueis300 seconds.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMACtimeoutperiod:
B2(su)->set mac agetime 250
Syntax
clear mac agetime
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
13-20 Logging and Network Management
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheMACtimeoutperiodtothedefaultvalueof300seconds.
B2(su)->clear mac agetime
Syntax
set mac algorithm {mac-crc16-lowerbits | mac-crc16-upperbits | mac-crc32-lowerbits | mac-crc32-upperbits}
Parameters
maccrc16lowerbits maccrc16upperbits maccrc32lowerbits maccrc32upperbits SelecttheMACCRC16lowerbitsalgorithmforhashing. SelecttheMACCRC16upperbitsalgorithmforhashing. SelecttheMACCRC32lowerbitsalgorithmforhashing. SelecttheMACCRC32upperbitsalgorithmforhashing.
Defaults
ThedefaultMACalgorithmismaccrc16upperbits.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
EachalgorithmisoptimizedforadifferentspreadofMACaddresses.Whenchangingthismode, theswitchwilldisplayawarningmessageandpromptyoutorestartthedevice. ThedefaultMACalgorithmismaccrc16upperbits.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthehashingalgorithmtomaccrc32upperbits.
B2(rw)->set mac algorithm mac-crc32-upperbits
Syntax
show mac algorithm
Parameters
None.
13-21
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowstheoutputofthiscommand.
B2(su)->show mac algorithm Mac hashing algorithm is mac-crc16-upperbits.
Syntax
clear mac algorithm
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleresetstheMAChashingalgorithmtothedefaultvalue.
B2(su)->clear mac algorithm
Syntax
set mac multicast mac-address vlan-id [port-string] [{append | clear} port-string]
13-22
Parameters
macaddress vlanid portstring append|clear SpecifiesthemulticastMACaddress.TheMACaddresscanbe formattedasxx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xxorxxxxxxxxxxxx. SpecifiestheVLANIDcontainingtheports. SpecifiestheportorrangeofportsthemulticastMACaddresscanbe learnedonorfloodedto. Appendsorclearstheportorrangeofportsfromtheegressportlist.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisdefined,thecommandwillapplytoallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleconfiguresmulticastMACaddress010122334455forVLAN24.
B2(su)->set mac multicast 01-01-22-33-44-55 24
Syntax
clear mac address mac-address [vlan-id]
Parameters
macaddress vlanid SpecifiesthemulticastMACaddresstobecleared.TheMACaddress canbeformattedasxx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xxorxxxxxxxxxxxx. (Optional)SpecifiestheVLANIDfromwhichtoclearthestatic multicastMACaddress.
Defaults
Ifnovlanidisspecified,themulticastMACaddressisclearedfromallVLANs.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleclearsmulticastMACaddress010122334455fromVLAN24.
B2(su)->clear mac multicast 01-01-22-33-44-55 24
13-23
Syntax
show mac unreserved-flood
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysthestatusofmulticastfloodprotection.
B2(su)->show mac unreserved-flood mac unreserved flood is disabled.
Syntax
set mac unreserved-flood {disable | enable}
Parameters
disable|enable Disablesorenablesmulticastfloodprotection.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Thefollowingaddresseswillbeforwardedwhenthisfunctionisenabled: 01:80:C2:00:00:11 01:80:C2:00:00:14 01:80:C2:00:00:15 Thedefaultstateisdisabled,andtheseaddresseswillnotbeforwarded.
13-24
Example
Thisexampleenablesmulticastfloodprotection.
B2(su)->set mac unreserved-flood enable
Commands
For information about... show sntp set sntp client clear sntp client set sntp server clear sntp server set sntp poll-interval clear sntp poll-interval set sntp poll-retry clear sntp poll-retry set sntp poll-timeout clear sntp poll-timeout Refer to page... 13-25 13-27 13-27 13-28 13-28 13-29 13-29 13-30 13-30 13-31 13-31
show sntp
UsethiscommandtodisplaySNTPclientsettings.
Syntax
show sntp
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
13-25
show sntp
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySNTPclientsettings:
B2(su)->show sntp SNTP Version: 3 Current Time: TUE SEP 09 16:13:33 2003 Timezone: 'EST', offset from UTC is -4 hours and 0 minutes Client Mode: unicast Broadcast Count: 0 Poll Interval: 512 seconds Poll Retry: 1 Poll Timeout: 5 seconds SNTP Poll Requests: 1175 Last SNTP Update: TUE SEP 09 16:05:24 2003 Last SNTP Request: TUE SEP 09 16:05:24 2003 Last SNTP Status: Success SNTP-Server Precedence Status ------------------------------------------10.2.8.6 2 Active 144.111.29.19 1 Active
SNTP Poll Requests Total number of SNTP poll requests. Last SNTP Update Last SNTP Request Last SNTP Status SNTP-Server Precedence Date and time of most recent SNTP update. Date and time of most recent SNTP request. Whether or not broadcast reception or unicast transmission and reception was successful. IP address(es) of SNTP server(s). Precedence level of SNTP server in relation to its peers. Highest precedence is 1 and lowest is 10. Default of 1 can be reset using the set sntp server command (set sntp server on page 13-28). Whether or not the SNTP server is active.
Status
13-26
Syntax
set sntp client {broadcast | unicast | disable}
Parameters
broadcast unicast disable EnablesSNTPinbroadcastclientmode. EnablesSNTPinunicast(pointtopoint)clientmode.Inthismode,the clientmustsupplytheIPaddressfromwhichtoretrievethecurrenttime. DisablesSNTP.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableSNTPinbroadcastmode:
B2(su)->set sntp client broadcast
Syntax
clear sntp client
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheSNTPclientsoperationalmode:
B2(su)->clear sntp client
13-27
Syntax
set sntp server ip-address [precedence]
Parameters
ipaddress precedence SpecifiestheSNTPserversIPaddress. (Optional)SpecifiesthisSNTPserversprecedenceinrelationtoitspeers. Validvaluesare1(highest)to10(lowest).
Defaults
Ifprecedenceisnotspecified,1willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheserveratIPaddress10.21.1.100 asan SNTPserver:
B2(su)->set sntp server 10.21.1.100
Syntax
clear sntp server {ip-address | all}
Parameters
ipaddress all SpecifiestheIPaddressofaservertoremovefromtheSNTPserverlist. RemovesallserversfromtheSNTPserverlist.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremovetheserveratIPaddress10.21.1.100 fromtheSNTPserverlist:
B2(su)->clear sntp server 10.21.1.100
13-28
Syntax
set sntp poll-interval interval
Parameters
interval Specifiesthepollintervalinseconds.Validvaluesare16to16284.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheSNTPpollintervalto30seconds:
B2(su)->set sntp poll-interval 30
Syntax
clear sntp poll-interval
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheSNTPpollinterval:
B2(su)->clear sntp poll-interval
13-29
Syntax
set sntp poll-retry retry
Parameters
retry Specifiesthenumberofretries.Validvaluesare0to10.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthenumberofSNTPpollretriesto5:
B2(su)->set sntp poll-retry 5
Syntax
clear sntp poll-retry
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthenumberofSNTPpollretries:
B2(su)->clear sntp poll-retry
13-30
Syntax
set sntp poll-timeout timeout
Parameters
timeout Specifiesthepolltimeoutinseconds.Validvaluesare1to30.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheSNTPpolltimeoutto10seconds:
B2(su)->set sntp poll-timeout 10
Syntax
clear sntp poll-timeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheSNTPpolltimeout:
B2(su)->clear sntp poll-timeout
13-31
Commands
For information about... show nodealias config set nodealias clear nodealias config Refer to page... 13-32 13-33 13-34
Syntax
show nodealias config [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysnodealiasconfigurationsettingsforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,nodealiasconfigurationswillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaynodealiasconfigurationsettingsforportsge.2.1through9:
B2(rw)->show nodealias config ge.2.1-9 Port Number Max Entries --------------------ge.2.1 16 ge.2.2 47 ge.2.3 47 ge.2.4 47 ge.2.5 47 ge.2.6 47 ge.2.7 47 ge.2.8 47 ge.2.9 4000 Used Entries -----------0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0 1 Status -----Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable Enable
Table 1343providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
13-32
set nodealias
Table 13-43
Output Port Number Max Entries Used Entries Status
set nodealias
Usethiscommandtoenableordisableanodealiasagentononeormoreports,orsetthe maximumnumberofaliasentriesperport.
Syntax
set nodealias {enable | disable | maxentries maxentries} port-string
Parameters
enable|disable maxentriesmaxentries portstring Enablesordisablesanodealiasagent. Setthemaximumnumberofaliasentriesperports.Validrangeis0to 4096.Thedefaultvalueis32. Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoenable/disablenodealiasagentorset amaximumnumberofentries.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Uponpacketreception,nodealiasesaredynamicallyassignedtoportsenabledwithanalias agent,whichisthedefaultsettingonSecureStackB2devices.Nodealiasescannotbestatically created,butcanbedeletedusingtheclearnodealiascommandasdescribedinclearnodealias configonpage 1334.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisablethenodealiasagentonge.1.3:
B2(su)->set nodealias disable ge.1.3
13-33
Syntax
clear nodealias config port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoresetthenodealiasconfiguration.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthenodealiasconfigurationonge.1.3:
B2(su)->clear nodealias config ge.1.3
13-34
14
RMON Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthecommandsusedtoconfigureRMONonaSecureStackB2switch.
For information about... RMON Monitoring Group Functions Statistics Group Commands History Group Commands Alarm Group Commands Event Group Commands Filter Group Commands Packet Capture Commands Refer to page... 14-1 14-3 14-6 14-9 14-13 14-16 14-20
14-1
Table 14-44
RMON Group Statistics
History
Alarm
Periodically gathers statistical samples from variables in the probe and compares them with previously configured thresholds. If the monitored variable crosses a threshold, an event is generated. Controls the generation and notification of events from the device.
show rmon alarm on page 14-9 set rmon alarm properties on page 14-10 set rmon alarm status on page 14-11 clear rmon alarm on page 14-12
Event
show rmon event on page 14-13 set rmon event properties on page 14-14 set rmon event status on page 14-15 clear rmon event on page 14-15
14-2
RMON Configuration
Table 14-44
RMON Group Filter
Packet Capture
show rmon capture on page 14-21 set rmon capture on page 14-22 clear rmon capture on page 14-22
Note: Due to hardware limitations, the only frame error counted is oversized frames.
Commands
For information about... show rmon stats set rmon stats clear rmon stats Refer to page... 14-3 14-5 14-6
Syntax
show rmon stats [port-string]
14-3
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysRMONstatisticsforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,RMONstatswillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONstatisticsforGigabitEthernetport1inswitch1.
:
B2(su)->show rmon stats ge.1.1 Port: ge.1.1 ------------------------------------Index = 1 Owner = monitor Data Source = ifIndex.1 Drop Events Collisions Jabbers Broadcast Pkts Multicast Pkts CRC Errors Undersize Pkts Oversize Pkts Fragments = = = = = = = = = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Packets Octets 0 64 65 - 127 128 - 255 256 - 511 512 - 1023 1024 - 1518 = = = = = = = = 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
14-4
RMON Configuration
Table 14-45
Output CRC Errors
Packets Octets 0 64 Octets 65 127 Octets 128 255 Octets 256 511 Octets 512 1023 Octets 1024 1518 Octets
Syntax
set rmon stats index port-string [owner]
Parameters
index portstring owner Specifiesanindexforthisstatisticsentry. Specifiesport(s)towhichthisentrywillbeassigned. (Optional)Assignsanownerforthisentry.
Defaults
Ifownerisnotspecified,monitorwillbeapplied.
14-5
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfigureRMONstatisticsentry2forge.1.20:
B2(rw)->set rmon stats 2 ge.1.20
Syntax
clear rmon stats {index-list | to-defaults}
Parameters
indexlist todefaults Specifiesoneormorestatsentriestobedeleted,causingthemtodisappear fromanyfutureRMONqueries. Resetsallhistoryentriestodefaultvalues.Thiswillcauseentriesto reappearinRMONqueries.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteRMONstatisticsentry2:
B2(rw)->clear rmon stats 2
Commands
For information about... show rmon history set rmon history clear rmon history Refer to page... 14-7 14-7 14-8
14-6
RMON Configuration
Syntax
show rmon history [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysRMONhistoryentriesforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationaboutallRMONhistoryentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONhistoryentriesforGigabitEthernetport1inswitch1. Acontrolentrydisplaysfirst,followedbyactualentriescorrespondingtothecontrolentry.Inthis case,thedefaultsettingsforentryowner,samplinginterval,andmaximumnumberofentries. (buckets)havenotbeenchangedfromtheirdefaultvalues.Foradescriptionofthetypesof statisticsshown,refertoTable 1445.
:
B2(su)->show rmon history ge.1.1 Port: ge.1.1 ------------------------------------Index 1 Owner = monitor Status = valid Data Source = ifIndex.1 Interval = 30 Buckets Requested = 50 Buckets Granted = 10 Sample 2779 Interval Start: 1 days 0 hours 2 minutes 22 seconds Drop Events = 0 Undersize Pkts = 0 Octets = 0 Oversize Pkts = 0 Packets = 0 Fragments = 0 Broadcast Pkts = 0 Jabbers = 0 Multicast Pkts = 0 Collisions = 0 CRC Align Errors = 0 Utilization(%) = 0
Syntax
set rmon history index [port-string] [buckets buckets] [interval interval] [owner owner]
14-7
Parameters
indexlist portstring bucketsbuckets intervalinterval ownerowner Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry. (Optional)Assignsthisentrytoaspecificport. (Optional)Specifiesthemaximumnumberofentriestomaintain. (Optional)Specifiesthesamplingintervalinseconds. (Optional)Specifiesanownerforthisentry.
Defaults
Ifbucketsisnotspecified,themaximumnumberofentriesmaintainedwillbe50. Ifnotspecified,intervalwillbesetto30seconds. Ifownerisnotspecified,monitorwillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowconfigureRMONhistoryentry1onportge.2.1tosampleevery20 seconds:
B2(rw)->set rmon history 1 ge.2.1 interval 20
Syntax
clear rmon history {index-list | to-defaults}
Parameters
indexlist todefaults Specifiesoneormorehistoryentriestobedeleted,causingthemto disappearfromanyfutureRMONqueries. Resetsallhistoryentriestodefaultvalues.Thiswillcauseentriesto reappearinRMONqueries.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodeleteRMONhistoryentry1:
B2(rw)->clear rmon history 1
14-8
RMON Configuration
Commands
For information about... show rmon alarm set rmon alarm properties set rmon alarm status clear rmon alarm Refer to page... 14-9 14-10 14-11 14-12
Syntax
show rmon alarm [index]
Parameters
index (Optional)DisplaysRMONalarmentriesforaspecificentryindexID.
Defaults
Ifindexisnotspecified,informationaboutallRMONalarmentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONalarmentry3:
B2(rw)->show rmon alarm 3 Index 3 --------------------Owner = Status = Variable = Sample Type = Interval = Rising Threshold = Rising Event Index =
Manager valid 1.3.6.1.4.1.5624.1.2.29.1.2.1.0 delta Startup Alarm 30 Value 1 Falling Threshold 2 Falling Event Index
= = = =
rising 0 0 0
Table 1446providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 14-9
Table 14-46
Output Index Owner Status Variable Sample Type Startup Alarm Interval
Rising Threshold Falling Threshold Rising Event Index Falling Event Index
Syntax
set rmon alarm properties index [interval interval] [object object] [type {absolute | delta}] [startup {rising | falling | either}] [rthresh rthresh] [fthresh fthresh] [revent revent] [fevent fevent] [owner owner]
Parameters
index intervalinterval objectobject Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Maximumnumberorentriesis 50.Maximumvalueis65535. (Optional)Specifiesaninterval(inseconds)forRMONtoconductsample monitoring. (Optional)SpecifiesaMIBobjecttobemonitored.
Note: This parameter is not mandatory for executing the command, but must be specified in order to enable the alarm entry configuration.
typeabsolute| delta
(Optional)Specifiesthemonitoringmethodas:samplingtheabsolute valueoftheobject,orthedifference(delta)betweenobjectsamples.
14-10
RMON Configuration
startuprising| falling|either
(Optional)Specifiesthetypeofalarmgeneratedwhenthiseventisfirst enabledas: RisingSendsalarmwhenanRMONeventreachesamaximum thresholdconditionisreached,forexample,morethan30collisions persecond. FallingSendsalarmwhenRMONeventfallsbelowaminimum thresholdcondition,forexamplewhenthenetworkisbehaving normallyagain. EitherSendsalarmwheneitherarisingorfallingthresholdis reached.
Defaults
interval3600seconds typeabsolute startuprising rthresh0 fthresh0 revent0 fevent0 ownermonitor
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoconfigurearisingRMONalarm.Thisentrywillconductmonitoring ofthedeltabetweensamplesevery30seconds:
B2(rw)->set rmon alarm properties 3 interval 30 object 1.3.6.1.4.1.5624.1.2.29.1.2.1.0 type delta rthresh 1 revent 2 owner Manager
Syntax
set rmon alarm status index enable
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 14-11
Parameters
index enable Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Maximumnumberorentriesis 50.Maximumvalueis65535. Enablesthisalarmentry.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
AnRMONalarmentrycanbecreatedusingthiscommand,configuredusingthesetrmonalarm propertiescommand(setrmonalarmpropertiesonpage 1410),thenenabledusingthis command.AnRMONalarmentrycanbecreatedandconfiguredatthesametimebyspecifying anunusedindexwiththesetrmonalarmpropertiescommand.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableRMONalarmentry3:
B2(rw)->set rmon alarm status 3 enable
Syntax
clear rmon alarm index
Parameters
index Specifiestheindexnumberofentrytobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONalarmentry1:
B2(rw)->clear rmon alarm 1
14-12
RMON Configuration
Commands
For information about... show rmon event set rmon event properties set rmon event status clear rmon event Refer to page... 14-13 14-14 14-15 14-15
Syntax
show rmon event [index]
Parameters
index (Optional)DisplaysRMONpropertiesandlogentriesforaspecificentry indexID.
Defaults
Ifindexisnotspecified,informationaboutallRMONentrieswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONevententry3:
B2(rw)->show rmon event 3 Index 3 ---------------Owner = Status = Description = Type = Community = Last Time Sent =
Manager valid STP Topology change log-and-trap public 0 days 0 hours 0 minutes 37 seconds
Table 1447providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
14-13
Table 14-47
Output Index Owner Status Description Type Community Last Time Sent
Syntax
set rmon event properties index [description description] [type {none | log | trap | both}] [community community] [owner owner]
Parameters
index description description typenone|log| trap|both community community Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Maximumnumberofentriesis 100.Maximumvalueis65535. (Optional)Specifiesatextstringdescriptionofthisevent. (Optional)SpecifiesthetypeofRMONeventnotificationas:none,alog tableentry,anSNMPtrap,orbothalogentryandatrapmessage. (Optional)SpecifiesanSNMPcommunitynametouseifthemessage typeissettotrap.FordetailsonsettingSNMPtrapsandcommunity names,refertoCreatingaBasicSNMPTrapConfigurationon page 636. (Optional)Specifiesthenameoftheentitythatconfiguredthisentry.
ownerowner
Defaults
Ifdescriptionisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifnotspecified,typenonewillbeapplied. Ifownerisnotspecified,monitorwillbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateandenableanRMONevententrycalledSTPtopology changethatwillsendbothalogentryandanSNMPtrapmessagetothepubliccommunity:
14-14
RMON Configuration
B2(rw)->set rmon event properties 2 description "STP topology change" type both community public owner Manager
Syntax
set rmon event status index enable
Parameters
index enable Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Maximumnumberofentriesis 100.Maximumvalueis65535. Enablesthisevententry.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
AnRMONevententrycanbecreatedusingthiscommand,configuredusingthesetrmonevent propertiescommand(setrmoneventpropertiesonpage 1414),thenenabledusingthis command.AnRMONevententrycanbecreatedandconfiguredatthesametimebyspecifyingan unusedindexwiththesetrmoneventpropertiescommand.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableRMONevententry1:
B2(rw)->set rmon event status 1 enable
Syntax
clear rmon event index
Parameters
index Specifiestheindexnumberoftheentrytobecleared.
Defaults
None.
14-15
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONevent1:
B2(rw)->clear rmon event 1
Note: Packet capture is sampling only and does not guarantee receipt of back to back packets.
Commands
For information about... show rmon channel set rmon channel clear rmon channel show rmon filter set rmon filter clear rmon filter Refer to page... 14-16 14-17 14-18 14-18 14-19 14-20
Syntax
show rmon channel [port-string]
14-16
RMON Configuration
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysRMONchannelentriesforaspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationaboutallchannelswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONchannelinformationforge.2.12:
B2(rw)->show rmon channel ge.2.12 Port ge.2.12 Channel index= 628 EntryStatus= valid ---------------------------------------------------------Control off AcceptType matched OnEventIndex 0 OffEventIndex 0 EventIndex 0 Status ready Matches 4498 Description Thu Dec 16 12:57:32 EST 2004 Owner NetSight smith
Syntax
set rmon channel index port-string [accept {matched | failed}] [control {on | off}] [description description] [owner owner]
Parameters
index Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Anentrywillautomaticallybe createdifanunusedindexnumberischosen.Maximumnumberof entriesis2.Maximumvalueis65535. Specifiestheportonwhichtrafficwillbemonitored. (Optional)Specifiestheactionofthefiltersonthischannelas: controlon|off description description ownerowner matchedPacketswillbeacceptedonfiltermatches failedPacketswillbeacceptediftheyfailamatch
Defaults
Ifanactionisnotspecified,packetswillbeacceptedonfiltermatches. Ifnotspecified,controlwillbesettooff.
14-17
Ifadescriptionisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifownerisnotspecified,itwillbesettomonitor.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateanRMONchannelentry:
B2(rw)->set rmon channel 54313 ge.2.12 accept failed control on description "capture all"
Syntax
clear rmon channel index
Parameters
index Specifiesthechannelentrytobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONchannelentry2:
B2(rw)->clear rmon channel 2
Syntax
show rmon filter [index index | channel channel]
Parameters
indexindex| channelchannel (Optional)Displaysinformationaboutaspecificfilterentry,oraboutall filterswhichbelongtoaspecificchannel.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,informationforallfilterentrieswillbedisplayed.
14-18
RMON Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayallRMONfilterentriesandchannelinformation:
B2(rw)->show rmon filter Index= 55508 Channel Index= 628 EntryStatus= valid ---------------------------------------------------------Data Offset 0 PktStatus 0 PktStatusMask 0 PktStatusNotMask 0 Owner ETS,NAC-D ----------------------------Data ff ff ff ff ff ff ----------------------------DataMask ff ff ff ff ff ff ----------------------------DataNotMask 00 00 00 00 00 00
Syntax
set rmon filter index channel-index [offset offset] [status status] [smask smask] [snotmask snotmask] [data data] [dmask dmask] [dnotmask dnotmask] [owner owner]
Parameters
index Specifiesanindexnumberforthisentry.Anentrywillautomaticallybe createdifanunusedindexnumberischosen.Maximumnumberof entriesis10.Maximumvalueis65535. Specifiesthechanneltowhichthisfilterwillbeapplied. (Optional)Specifiesanoffsetfromthebeginningofthepackettolookfor matches. (Optional)Specifiespacketstatusbitsthataretobematched. (Optional)Specifiesthemaskappliedtostatustoindicatewhichbitsare significant. (Optional)Specifiestheinversionmaskthatindicateswhichbitsshould besetornotset (Optional)Specifiesthedatatobematched. (Optional)Specifiesthemaskappliedtodatatoindicatewhichbitsare significant. (Optional)Specifiestheinversionmaskthatindicateswhichbitsshould besetornotset. (Optional)Specifiesthenameoftheentitythatconfiguredthisentry.
14-19
Defaults
Ifownerisnotspecified,itwillbesettomonitor. Ifnootheroptionsarespecified,none(0)willbeapplied.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateRMONfilter1andapplyittochannel9:
B2(rw)->set rmon filter 1 9 offset 30 data 0a154305 dmask ffffffff
Syntax
clear rmon filter {index index | channel channel}
Parameters
indexindex| channelchannel Clearsaspecificfilterentry,orallentriesbelongingtoaspecificchannel.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONfilterentry1:
B2(rw)->clear rmon filter index 1
Purpose
TodisplayRMONcaptureentries,configure,enable,ordisablecaptureentries,andclearcapture entries.
14-20
RMON Configuration
Commands
For information about... show rmon capture set rmon capture clear rmon capture Refer to page... 14-21 14-22 14-22
Syntax
show rmon capture [index [nodata]]
Parameters
index nodata (Optional)Displaysthespecifiedbuffercontrolentryandallcaptured packetsassociatedwiththatentry. (Optional)Displaysonlythebuffercontrolentryspecifiedbyindex.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,allbuffercontrolentriesandassociatedcapturedpacketswillbe displayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRMONcaptureentriesandassociatedbufferentries:
B2(rw)->show rmon capture Buf.control= 28062 Channel= 38283 EntryStatus= valid ---------------------------------------------------------FullStatus avail FullAction lock Captured packets 251 Capture slice 1518 Download size 100 Download offset 0 Max Octet Requested 50000 Max Octet Granted 50000 Start time 1 days 0 hours 51 minutes 15 seconds Owner monitor
captureEntry= 1 Buff.control= 28062 -------------------------------------------Pkt ID 9 Pkt time 1 days 0 hours 51 minutes 15 seconds Pkt Length 93 Pkt status 0 Data: 00 00 5e 00 01 01 00 01 f4 00 7d ce 08 00 45 00 00 4b b4 b9 00 00 40 11 32 5c 0a 15 43 05 86 8d bf e5 00 a1 0e 2b 00 37 cf ca 30 2d 02 01 00 04 06 70 75 62 6c 69 63 a2 20 02 02 0c 92 02 01 00 02 01 00 30 14 30 12 06 0d 2b 06 01 02 01 10 07
14-21
01 01 0b 81 fd 1c 02 01 01 00 11 0b 00
Syntax
set rmon capture index {channel [action {lock}] [slice slice] [loadsize loadsize] [offset offset] [asksize asksize] [owner owner]}
Parameters
index channel actionlock Specifiesabuffercontrolentry. Specifiesthechanneltowhichthiscaptureentrywillbeapplied. (Optional)Specifiestheactionofthebufferwhenitisfullas: sliceslice loadsizeloadsize offsetoffset asksizeasksize lockPacketswillceasetobeaccepted
owner
Defaults
Ifnotspecified,actiondefaultstolock. Ifnotspecified,offsetdefaultsto0. Ifnotspecified,asksizedefaultsto1(whichwillrequestasmanyoctetsaspossible). Ifsliceisnotspecified,1518willbeapplied. Ifloadsizeisnotspecified,100willbeapplied. Ifownerisnotspecified,itwillbesettomonitor.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateRMONcaptureentry1tolistenonchannel628:
B2(rw)->set rmon capture 1 628
14-22
RMON Configuration
Syntax
clear rmon capture index
Parameters
index Specifiesthecaptureentrytobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearRMONcaptureentry1:
B2(rw)->clear rmon capture 1
14-23
14-24
RMON Configuration
15
DHCP Server Configuration
ThischapterdescribesthecommandstoconfiguretheIPv4DHCPserverfunctionalityona SecureStackB2switch.
For information about... DHCP Overview Configuring General DHCP Server Parameters Configuring IP Address Pools Refer to page... 15-1 15-3 15-10
DHCP Overview
DynamicHostConfigurationProtocol(DHCP)forIPv4isanetworklayerprotocolthat implementsautomaticormanualassignmentofIPaddressesandotherconfigurationinformation toclientdevicesbyservers.ADHCPservermanagesauserconfiguredpoolofIPaddressesfrom whichitcanmakeassignmentsuponclientrequests.ArelayagentpassesDHCPmessages betweenclientsandserverswhichareondifferentphysicalsubnets.
DHCP Server
DHCPserverfunctionalityallowstheSecureStackB2switchtoprovidebasicIPconfiguration informationtoaclientonthenetworkwhorequestssuchinformationusingtheDHCPprotocol. DHCPprovidesthefollowingmechanismsforIPaddressallocationbyaDHCPserver: AutomaticDHCPserverassignsanIPaddresstoaclientforalimitedperiodoftime(or untiltheclientexplicitlyrelinquishestheaddress)fromadefinedpoolofIPaddresses configuredontheserver. ManualAclientsIPaddressisassignedbythenetworkadministrator,andDHCPisused simplytoconveytheassignedaddresstotheclient.Thisismanagedbymeansofstatic addresspoolsconfiguredontheserver.
15-1
DHCP Overview
Note: A total of 16 address pools, dynamic and/or static, can be configured on the SecureStack B2.
2. 3.
SetotherDHCPserverparameterssuchasthenumberofpingpacketstobesentbefore assigninganIPaddress,orenablingconflictlogging.
15-2
Commands
For information about... set dhcp set dhcp bootp set dhcp conflict logging show dhcp conflict clear dhcp conflict set dhcp exclude clear dhcp exclude set dhcp ping clear dhcp ping show dhcp binding clear dhcp binding show dhcp server statistics clear dhcp server statistics Refer to page... 15-3 15-4 15-4 15-5 15-5 15-6 15-6 15-7 15-7 15-8 15-9 15-9 15-10
set dhcp
UsethiscommandtoenableordisabletheDHCPserverfunctionalityontheSecureStackB2.
Syntax
set dhcp {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesDHCPserverfunctionality.Bydefault,DHCPserver isdisabled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
15-3
Example
ThisexampleenablesDHCPserverfunctionality.
B2(rw)->set dhcp enable
Syntax
set dhcp bootp {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesaddressallocationforBOOTPclients.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleenablesaddressallocationforBOOTPclients.
B2(rw)->set dhcp bootp enable
Syntax
set dhcp conflict logging
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleenablesDHCPconflictlogging.
B2(rw)->set dhcp conflict logging
15-4 DHCP Server Configuration
Syntax
show dhcp conflict [address]
Parameters
address [Optional]Specifiestheaddressforwhichtodisplayconflictinformation.
Defaults
Ifnoaddressisspecified,conflictinformationforalladdressesisdisplayed.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysconflictinformationforalladdresses.Notethatpingistheonlydetection methodused.
B2(ro)->show dhcp conflict IP address ----------192.0.0.2 192.0.0.3 192.0.0.4 192.0.0.12 Detection Method ----------------Ping Ping Ping Ping Detection Time --------------0 days 19h:01m:23s 0 days 19h:00m:46s 0 days 19h:01m:25s 0 days 19h:01m:26s
Syntax
clear dhcp conflict {logging | ip-address| *}
Parameters
logging ipaddress * Disablesconflictlogging. ClearstheconflictinformationforthespecifiedIPaddress. ClearstheconflictinformationforallIPaddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
15-5
Examples
ThisexampledisablesDHCPconflictlogging.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp conflict logging
ThisexampleclearstheconflictinformationfortheIPaddress192.0.0.2.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp conflict 192.0.0.2
Syntax
set dhcp exclude low-ipaddr [high-ipaddr]
Parameters
lowipaddr highipaddr SpecifiesthefirstIPaddressintheaddressrangetobeexcludedfrom assignment. (Optional)SpecifiesthelastIPaddressintheaddressrangetobe excluded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplefirstconfigurestheaddresspoolnamedauto1with255addressesfortheClassC network172,20.28.0,withthesetdhcppoolnetworkcommand.Then,theexamplelimitsthe scopeoftheaddressesthatcanbeassignedbyaDHCPserverbyexcludingaddresses172.20.28.80 100,withthesetdhcpexcludecommand.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 network 172.20.28.0 24 B2(rw)->set dhcp exclude 172.20.28.80 172.20.28.100
Syntax
clear dhcp exclude low-ipaddr [high-ipaddr]
15-6
Parameters
lowipaddr highipaddr SpecifiesthefirstIPaddressintheaddressrangetobecleared. (Optional)SpecifiesthelastIPaddressintheaddressrangetobecleared.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleclearsthepreviouslyexcludedrangeofIPaddressesbetween192.168.1.88through 192.168.1.100.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp exclude 192.168.1.88 192.168.1.100
Syntax
set dhcp ping packets number
Parameters
packetsnumber Specifiesthenumberofpingpacketstobesent.Thevalueofnumbercan be0,orrangefrom2to10.Entering0disablesthisfunction.Thedefault valueis2packets.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthenumberofpingpacketssentto3.
B2(rw)->set dhcp ping packets 3
Syntax
clear dhcp ping packets
15-7
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleresetsthenumberofpingpacketssentbacktothedefaultvalue.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp ping packets
Syntax
show dhcp binding [ip-address]
Parameters
ipaddress (Optional)SpecifiestheIPaddressforwhichtodisplaybinding information.
Defaults
IfnoIPaddressisspecified,bindinginformationforalladdressesisdisplayed.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysbindinginformationaboutalladdresses.
B2(rw)->show dhcp binding IP address Hardware Address --------------------------192.0.0.6 00:33:44:56:22:39 192.0.0.8 00:33:44:56:22:33 192.0.0.10 00:33:44:56:22:34 192.0.0.11 00:33:44:56:22:35 192.0.0.12 00:33:44:56:22:36 192.0.0.13 00:33:44:56:22:37 192.0.0.1400:33:44:56:22:38 Lease Expiration ----------------00:11:02 00:10:22 00:09:11 00:10:05 00:10:30 infinite infinite Type ----Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic Automatic Manual Manual
15-8
Syntax
clear dhcp binding {ip-addr | *}
Parameters
ipaddr * SpecifiestheIPaddressforwhichtoclear/deletetheDHCPbinding. Deletesalladdressbindings.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampledeletestheDHCPaddressbindingforIPaddress192.168.1.1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp binding 192.168.1.1
Syntax
show dhcp server statistics
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Readonly.
15-9
Example
Thisexampledisplaysserverstatistics.
B2(ro)->show dhcp server statistics Automatic Bindings Expired Bindings Malformed Bindings Messages ---------DHCP DISCOVER DHCP REQUEST DHCP DECLINE DHCP RELEASE DHCP INFORM Messages ---------DHCP OFFER DHCP ACK DHCP NACK 36 6 0 Received ---------382 3855 0 67 1 Sent -----381 727 2
Syntax
clear dhcp server statistics
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleclearsallDHCPservercounters.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp server statistics
15-10
Amanualpoolcanbeconfiguredusingeithertheclientshardwareaddress(setdhcppool hardwareaddress)ortheclientsclientidentifier(setdhcppoolclientidentifier),butusing bothisnotrecommended. IftheincomingDHCPrequestpacketcontainsaclientidentifier,thenamanualpool configuredwiththatclientidentifiermustexistontheswitchinorderfortherequesttobe processed.Thehardwareaddressisnotchecked. Ifamanualpoolisconfiguredwithaclientidentifier,thentheincomingDHCPrequest packetfromthatclientmustincludethatclientidentifierinorderfortherequesttobe processed.Thehardwareaddressisnotchecked. Ahardwareaddressandtype(EthernetorIEEE802)configuredinamanualpoolischecked onlywhenaclientidentifierisnotalsoconfiguredforthepoolandtheincomingDHCP requestpacketdoesnotincludeaclientidentifieroption.
Purpose
ToconfigureandclearDHCPaddresspoolparameters,andtodisplayaddresspoolconfiguration information.
Note: A total of 16 address pools, dynamic and/or static, can be configured on the SecureStack B2.
Commands
For information about... set dhcp pool clear dhcp pool set dhcp pool network clear dhcp pool network set dhcp pool hardware-address clear dhcp pool hardware-address set dhcp pool host clear dhcp pool host set dhcp pool client-identifier clear dhcp pool client-identifier set dhcp pool client-name clear dhcp pool client-name set dhcp pool bootfile clear dhcp pool bootfile set dhcp pool next-server clear dhcp pool next-server set dhcp pool lease clear dhcp pool lease Refer to page... 15-12 15-12 15-13 15-14 15-14 15-15 15-15 15-16 15-16 15-17 15-18 15-18 15-19 15-19 15-20 15-20 15-21 15-21
15-11
For information about... set dhcp pool default-router clear dhcp pool default-router set dhcp pool dns-server clear dhcp pool dns-server set dhcp pool domain-name clear dhcp pool domain-name set dhcp pool netbios-name-server clear dhcp pool netbios-name-server set dhcp pool netbios-node-type clear dhcp pool netbios-node-type set dhcp pool option clear dhcp pool option show dhcp pool configuration
Refer to page... 15-22 15-22 15-23 15-23 15-24 15-24 15-25 15-25 15-26 15-26 15-27 15-28 15-28
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplecreatesanaddresspoolnamedauto1.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1
15-12
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletestheaddresspoolnamedauto1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname network number {mask | prefix-length}
Parameters
poolname number mask prefixlength Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiesanIPsubnetfortheaddresspool. Specifiesthesubnetmaskindottedquadnotation. Specifiesthesubnetmaskasaninteger.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
UsethiscommandtoconfigureasetofIPaddressestobeassignedbytheDHCPserverusingthe specifiedaddresspool.Inordertolimitthescopeoftheaddressesconfiguredwiththiscommand, usethesetdhcpexcludecommandonpage156.
Examples
ThisexampleconfigurestheIPsubnet172.20.28.0withaprefixlengthof24fortheautomatic DHCPpoolnamedauto1.Alternatively,themaskcouldhavebeenspecifiedas255.255.255.0.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 15-13
Thisexamplelimitsthescopeof255addressescreatedfortheClassCnetwork172,20.28.0bythe previousexample,byexcludingaddresses172.20.28.80100.
B2(rw)->set dhcp exclude 172.20.28.80 172.20.28.100
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname network
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletesthenetworkandmaskfromtheaddresspoolnamedauto1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 network
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname hardware-address hw-addr [type]
Parameters
poolname hwaddr type Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheMACaddressoftheclientshardwareplatform.Thisvalue canbeenteredusingdottedhexadecimalnotationorcolons. (Optional)Specifiestheprotocolofthehardwareplatform.Validvalues are1forEthernetor6forIEEE802.Defaultvalueis1,Ethernet.
Defaults
Ifnotypeisspecified,Ethernetisassumed.
15-14
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplespecifies0001.f401.2710astheEthernetMACaddressforthemanualaddresspool namedmanual1.Alternatively,theMACaddresscouldhavebeenteredas00:01:f4:01:27:10.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual1 hardware-address 0001.f401.2710
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname hardware-address
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletestheclienthardwareaddressfromtheaddresspoolnamedmanual1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool manual1 hardware-address
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname host ip-address [mask | prefix-length]
Parameters
poolname ipaddress mask prefixlength Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressformanualbinding. (Optional)Specifiesthesubnetmaskindottedquadnotation. (Optional)Specifiesthesubnetmaskasaninteger.
15-15
Defaults
Ifamaskorprefixisnotspecified,theclassA,B,orCnaturalmaskwillbeused.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfiguretheminimumrequirementsforamanualbindingaddress pool.First,thehardwareaddressoftheclientshardwareplatformisconfigured,followedby configurationoftheaddresstobeassignedtothatclientmanually.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual1 hardware-address 0001.f401.2710 B2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual1 host 15.12.1.99 255.255.248.0
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname host
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampledeletesthehostIPaddressfromtheaddresspoolnamedmanual1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool manual1 host
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname client-identifier id
15-16
Parameters
poolname id Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiestheuniqueclientidentifierforthisclient.Thevaluemustbe enteredinxx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xxformat.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheclientidentifierisformedbyconcatenatingthemediatypeandtheMACaddress.For example,iftheclienthardwaretypeisEthernetandtheclientMACaddressis00:01:22:33:44:55, thentheclientidentifierconfiguredwiththiscommandmustbe01:00:01:22:33:44:55.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoconfiguretheminimumrequirementsforamanualbindingaddress pool,usingaclientidentifierratherthanthehardwareaddressoftheclientshardwareplatform.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 client-identifier 01:00:01:22:33:44:55 B2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 host 10.12.1.10 255.255.255.0
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname client-identifier
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletestheclientidentifierfromtheaddresspoolnamedmanual1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool manual1 client-identifier
15-17
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname client-name name
Parameters
poolname name Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiesthenametobeassignedtothisclient.Clientnamesmaybeupto 31charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleconfigurestheclientnameappsvr1tothemanualbindingpoolmanual2.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 client-identifier 01:22:33:44:55:66 B2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 host 10.12.1.10 255.255.255.0 B2(rw)->set dhcp pool manual2 client-name appsvr1
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname client-name
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledeletestheclientnamefromthemanualbindingpoolmanual2.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool manual2 client-name
15-18
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname bootfile filename
Parameters
poolname filename Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiesthebootimagefilename.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsthebootimagefilenameforaddresspoolnamedauto1.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 bootfile image1.img
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname bootfile
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesthebootimagefilenamefromaddresspoolnamedauto1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 bootfile
15-19
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname next-server ip-address
Parameters
poolname ipaddress Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressofthefileservertheDHCPclientshouldcontact toloadthedefaultbootimage.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplespecifiesthefileserverfromwhichclientsbeingservedbyaddresspoolauto1 shoulddownloadthebootimagefileimage1.img.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 bootfile image1.img B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 next-server 10.1.1.10
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname next-server
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesthefileserverfromaddresspoolauto1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 next-server
15-20
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname lease {days [hours [minutes]] | infinite}
Parameters
poolname days hours minutes Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiesthenumberofdaysanaddressleasewillremainvalid.Value canrangefrom0to59. (Optional)Whenadaysvaluehasbeenassigned,specifiesthenumberof hoursanaddressleasewillremainvalid.Valuecanrangefrom0to1439. (Optional)Whenadaysvalueandanhoursvaluehavebeenassigned, specifiesthenumberofminuteanaddressleasewillremainvalid.Value canrangefrom0to86399. Specifiesthatthedurationoftheleasewillbeunlimited.
infinite
Defaults
Ifnoleasetimeisspecified,aleasedurationof1dayisconfigured.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleconfiguresaleasedurationof12hoursfortheaddresspoolbeingconfigured.Note thattoconfigurealeasetimelessthanoneday,enter0fordays,thenthenumberofhoursand minutes.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 lease 0 12
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname lease
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
Clearstheleasetimeforthisaddresspooltothedefaultvalueofoneday.
15-21
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplerestoresthedefaultleasedurationofonedayforaddresspoolauto1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 lease
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname default-router address [address2 ... address8]
Parameters
poolname address address2...address8 Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressofadefaultrouter. (Optional)Specifies,inorderofpreference,upto7additionaldefault routeraddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleassignsadefaultrouterat10.10.10.1totheaddresspoolnamedauto1.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 default-router 10.10.10.1
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname default-router
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
15-22
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesthedefaultrouterfromtheaddresspoolauto1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 default-router
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname dns-server address [address2 ... address8]
Parameters
poolname address address2...address8 Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressofaDNSserver. (Optional)Specifies,inorderofpreference,upto7additionalDNS serveraddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleassignsaDNSserverat10.14.10.1totheaddresspoolauto1.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 dns-server 10.14.10.1
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname dns-server
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
15-23
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleremovestheDNSserverlistfromtheaddresspoolauto1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 dns-server
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname domain-name domain
Parameters
poolname domain Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. Specifiesthedomainnamestring.Thedomainnamecanbeupto255 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleassignsthemycompany.comdomainnametotheaddresspoolauto1.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 domain-name mycompany.com
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname domain-name
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
15-24
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesthedomainnamefromtheaddresspoolauto1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 domain-name
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname netbios-name-server address [address2 ... address8]
Parameters
poolname address address2...address8 Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheIPaddressofaNetBIOSnameserver. (Optional)Specifies,inorderofpreference,upto7additionalNetBIOS nameserveraddresses.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleassignsaNetBIOSnameserverat10.15.10.1totheaddresspoolbeingconfigured.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 netbios-name-server 10.15.10.1
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
15-25
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleremovestheNetBIOSnameserverlistfromtheaddresspoolauto1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 netbios-name-server
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname netbios-node-type {b-node | h-node | p-node | m-node}
Parameters
poolname bnode hnode pnode mnode Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheNetBIOsnodetypetobebroadcast(noWINS). SpecifiestheNetBIOsnodetypetobehybrid(WINS,thenbroadcast). SpecifiestheNetBIOsnodetypetobepeer(WINSonly). SpecifiestheNetBIOsnodetypetobemixed(broadcast,thenWINS).
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexamplespecifieshybridastheNetBIOSnodetypefortheaddresspoolauto1.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 netbios-node-type h-node
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname netbios-node-type
15-26
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleremovestheNetBIOSnodetypefromtheaddresspoolauto1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 netbios-node-type
Syntax
set dhcp pool poolname option code {ascii string | hex string-list | ip addresslist}
Parameters
poolname code asciistring hexstringlist ipaddresslist Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheDHCPoptioncode,asdefinedinRFC2132.Valuecanrange from1to254. SpecifiesthedatainASCIIformat.AnASCIIcharacterstringcontaininga spacemustbeenclosedinquotations. SpecifiesthedatainHEXformat.Upto8HEXstringscanbeentered. SpecifiesthedatainIPaddressformat.Upto8IPaddressescanbeentered.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleconfiguresDHCPoption19,whichspecifieswhethertheclientshouldconfigureits IPlayerforpacketforwarding.Inthiscase,IPforwardingisenabledwiththe01value.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 option 19 hex 01
ThisexampleconfiguresDHCPoption72,whichassignsoneormoreWebserversforDHCP clients.Inthiscase,twoWebserveraddressesareconfigured.
B2(rw)->set dhcp pool auto1 option 72 ip 168.24.3.252 168.24.3.253
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 15-27
Syntax
clear dhcp pool poolname option code
Parameters
poolname code Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength. SpecifiestheDHCPoptioncode,asdefinedinRFC2132.Valuecanrange from1to254.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleremovesoption19fromaddresspoolauto1.
B2(rw)->clear dhcp pool auto1 option 19
Syntax
show dhcp pool configuration {poolname | all}
Parameters
poolname Specifiesthenameoftheaddresspool.Poolnamesmaybeupto31 charactersinlength.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Readonly.
Example
Thisexampledisplaysconfigurationinformationforalladdresspools.
B2(rw)->show dhcp pool configuration all Pool: Atg_Pool Pool Type
Dynamic
15-28
Network Lease Time Default Routers Pool: static1 Pool Type Client Name Client Identifier Host Lease Time Option Pool: static2 Pool Type Hardware Address Hardware Address Type Host Lease Time
15-29
15-30
16
Security Configuration
ThischapterdescribestheSecurityConfigurationsetofcommandsandhowtousethem.
For information about... Overview of Security Methods Configuring RADIUS Configuring 802.1X Authentication Configuring MAC Authentication Configuring Multiple Authentication Methods Configuring VLAN Authorization (RFC 3580) Configuring MAC Locking Configuring Port Web Authentication (PWA) Configuring Secure Shell (SSH) Refer to page... 16-1 16-3 16-9 16-19 16-30 16-41 16-46 16-57 16-69
16-1
Note: To configure EAP pass-through, which allows client authentication packets to be forwarded through the switch to an upstream device, 802.1X authentication must be globally disabled with the set dot1x command.
MACAuthenticationprovidesamechanismforadministratorstosecurelyauthenticate sourceMACaddressesandgrantappropriateaccesstoenduserdevicescommunicatingwith SecureStackB2ports.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringMACAuthenticationonpage 1619. MultipleAuthenticationMethodsallowsuserstoauthenticateusingmultiplemethodsof authenticationonthesameport.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringMultipleAuthentication Methodsonpage 1630. MultiUserAuthenticationOntheSecureStackB2,theonlytypeofmultipleuser authenticationsupportedisUser+IPPhone.TheUser+IPPhoneauthenticationfeature supportsauthenticationandauthorizationoftwodevices,specificallyaPCcascadedwithan IPphone,onasingleportontheB2.TheIPphonemustauthenticateusingMACor802.1X authentication,buttheusermayauthenticatebyanymethod.Thisfeatureallowsboththe usersPCandIPphonetosimultaneouslyauthenticateonasingleportandeachreceivea uniquelevelofnetworkaccess.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringMultiUserAuthentication (User+IPphone)onpage 1630.
Note: B2 devices support up to eight authenticated users per port.
RFC3580TunnelAttributesprovideamechanismtocontainan802.1Xauthenticatedusertoa VLANregardlessofthePVID.Uptothreeuserscan beconfiguredperGigabitport.Refer toConfiguringVLANAuthorization(RFC3580)onpage 1641. MACLockinglocksaporttooneormoreMACaddresses,preventingtheuseof unauthorizeddevicesandMACspoofingontheportFordetails,refertoConfiguringMAC Lockingonpage 1646. PortWebAuthentication(PWA)locksdownaportauserisattachedtountilaftertheuser logsinusingawebbrowsertoaccesstheswitch.Theswitchwillpassalllogininformation fromtheendstationtoaRADIUSserverforauthenticationbeforeturningtheporton.PWAis analternativeto802.1XandMACauthentication.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringPortWeb Authentication(PWA)onpage 1657. SecureShell(SSH)providessecureTelnet.Fordetails,refertoConfiguringSecureShell (SSH)onpage 1669.
16-2
Security Configuration
Configuring RADIUS
configuredontheswitch,theswitchthendynamicallyappliesthepolicyprofiletothephysical porttheuser/deviceisauthenticatingon.
Configuring RADIUS
Purpose
Toperformthefollowing: ReviewtheRADIUSclient/serverconfigurationontheswitch. EnableordisabletheRADIUSclient. Setlocalandremoteloginoptions. Setprimaryandsecondaryserverparameters,includingIPaddress,timeoutperiod, authenticationrealm,andnumberofuserloginattemptsallowed. ResetRADIUSserversettingstodefaultvalues. ConfigureaRADIUSaccountingserver.
Commands
For information about... show radius set radius clear radius show radius accounting Refer to page... 16-4 16-5 16-7 16-7
16-3
show radius
show radius
UsethiscommandtodisplaythecurrentRADIUSclient/serverconfiguration.
Syntax
show radius [status | retries | timeout | server [index | all]]
Parameters
status retries timeout server index|all (Optional)DisplaystheRADIUSserversenablestatus. (Optional)DisplaysthenumberofretryattemptsbeforetheRADIUSserver timesout. (Optional)Displaysthemaximumamountoftime(inseconds)toestablish contactwiththeRADIUSserverbeforeretryattemptsbegin. (Optional)DisplaysRADIUSserverconfigurationinformation. Forusewiththeserverparametertoshowserverconfigurationforall serversoraspecificRADIUSserverasdefinedbyanindex.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allRADIUSconfigurationinformationwillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRADIUSconfigurationinformation:
B2(rw)->show radius RADIUS status: Enabled RADIUS retries: 3 RADIUS timeout: 20 seconds RADIUS Server IP Address ----------------------10 172.16.20.10
Auth-Port --------1812
Realm-Type ----------------management-access
16-4
Security Configuration
set radius
Table 16-48
Output
RADIUS timeout
set radius
Usethiscommandtoenable,disable,orconfigureRADIUSauthentication.
Syntax
set radius {enable | disable} | {retries number-of-retries} | {timeout timeout} | {server index ip-address port [secret-value] [realm {management-access | any | network-access}} | {realm {management-access | any | network-access} {index| all}}
Parameters
enable|disable retriesnumberof retries timeouttimeout EnablesordisablestheRADIUSclient. SpecifiesthenumberofretryattemptsbeforetheRADIUSservertimesout. Validvaluesarefrom0to10.Defaultis3. Specifiesthemaximumamountoftime(inseconds)toestablishcontact withtheRADIUSserverbeforeretryattemptsbegin.Validvaluesarefrom 1to30.Defaultis20seconds. Specifiestheindexnumber,IPaddressandtheUDPauthenticationportfor theRADIUSserver. (Optional)Specifiesanencryptionkeytobeusedforauthentication betweentheRADIUSclientandserver.
16-5
set radius
Note: If the management-access or any access realm has been configured, the local admin account is disabled for access to the switch using the console, Telnet, or Local Management. Only the network-access realm allows access to the local admin account.
index|all
Appliestherealmsettingtoaspecificserverortoallservers.
Defaults
Ifsecretvalueisnotspecified,nonewillbeapplied. Ifrealmisnotspecified,theanyaccessrealmwillbeused.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
TheSecureStackB2deviceallowsupto10RADIUSaccountingserverstobeconfigured,withup totwoserversactiveatanygiventime. TheRADIUSclientcanonlybeenabledontheswitchonceaRADIUSserverisonline,anditsIP address(es)hasbeenconfiguredwiththesamepasswordtheRADIUSclientwilluse.
Note: If RADIUS is configured with no host IP address on the device, it will use the loopback interface 0 IP address (if it has been configured) as its source for the NAS-IP attribute. For information about configuring loopback interfaces, refer to interface on page 17-2.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheRADIUSclientforauthenticatingwithRADIUSserver1at IPaddress192.168.6.203,UDPauthenticationport1812,andanauthenticationpasswordof pwsecret.Aspreviouslynoted,theserversecretpasswordenteredheremustmatchthat alreadyconfiguredastheReadWrite(rw)passwordontheRADIUSserver:
B2(su)->set radius server 1 192.168.6.203 1812 pwsecret
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheRADIUStimeoutto5seconds:
B2(su)->set radius timeout 5
ThisexampleshowshowtosetRADIUSretriesto10:
B2(su)->set radius retries 10
16-6
Security Configuration
clear radius
clear radius
UsethiscommandtoclearRADIUSserversettings.
Syntax
clear radius [retries] | [timeout] | [server {index | all | realm {index | all}}]
Parameters
retries timeout server index|all realm ResetsthemaximumnumberofattemptsausercancontacttheRADIUS serverbeforetimingoutto3. ResetsthemaximumamountoftimetoestablishcontactwiththeRADIUS serverbeforetimingoutto20seconds. Deletesserversettings. Forusewiththeserverparametertocleartheserverconfigurationforall serversoraspecificRADIUSserverasdefinedbyanindex. ResetstherealmsettingforallserversoraspecificRADIUSserveras definedbyanindex.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearallsettingsonallRADIUSservers:
B2(su)->clear radius server all
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheRADIUStimeouttothedefaultvalueof20seconds:
B2(su)->clear radius timeout
Syntax
show radius accounting [server] | [counter ip-address] | [retries] | [timeout]
Parameters
server counteripaddress retries timeout (Optional)DisplaysoneorallRADIUSaccountingserverconfigurations. (Optional)DisplayscountersforaRADIUSaccountingserver. (Optional)Displaysthemaximumnumberofattemptstocontactthe RADIUSaccountingserverbeforetimingout. (Optional)Displaysthemaximumamountoftimebeforetimingout.
16-7
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allRADIUSaccountingconfigurationinformationwillbe displayed.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayRADIUSaccountingconfigurationinformation.Inthiscase, RADIUSaccountingisnotcurrentlyenabledandglobaldefaultsettingshavenotbeenchanged. Oneserverhasbeenconfigured. FordetailsonenablingandconfiguringRADIUSaccounting,refertosetradiusaccountingon page 168:
B2(ro)->show radius accounting RADIUS accounting status: Disabled RADIUS Acct Server IP Address Acct-Port Retries Timeout Status ------------------ ---------- --------- ------- ------- -----1 172.16.2.10 1856 3 20 Disabled
Syntax
set radius accounting {[enable | disable] [retries retries] [timeout timeout] [server ip_address port [server-secret]
Parameters
enable|disable retriesretries timeouttimeout EnablesordisablestheRADIUSaccountingclient. SetsthemaximumnumberofattemptstocontactaspecifiedRADIUS accountingserverbeforetimingout.Validretryvaluesare010. Setsthemaximumamountoftime(inseconds)toestablishcontactwitha specifiedRADIUSaccountingserverbeforetimingout.Validtimeout valuesare130. Specifiestheaccountingservers: IPaddress UDPauthenticationport(065535) serversecret(ReadWritepasswordtoaccessthisaccountingserver. Devicewillpromptforthisentryuponcreatingaserverinstance,as shownintheexamplebelow.)
serverip_address portserversecret
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
16-8 Security Configuration
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheRADIUSaccountingclientforauthenticatingwiththe accountingserveratIPaddress10.2.4.12,UDPauthenticationport1800.Aspreviouslynoted,the serversecretpasswordenteredheremustmatchthatalreadyconfiguredastheReadWrite(rw) passwordontheRADIUSaccountingserver:
B2(su)->set radius accounting server 10.2.4.12 1800 Enter secret: Re-enter secret:
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheRADIUSaccountingtimeoutto30seconds:
B2(su)->set radius accounting timeout 30
ThisexampleshowshowtosetRADIUSaccountingretriesto10:
B2(su)->set radius accounting retries 10
Syntax
clear radius accounting {server ip-address | retries | timeout | counter}
Parameters
serveripaddress retries timeout counter Clearstheconfigurationononeormoreaccountingservers. Resetstheretriestothedefaultvalueof3. Resetsthetimeoutto5seconds. Clearscounters.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresettheRADIUSaccountingtimeoutto5seconds.
B2(su)->clear radius accounting timeout
16-9
show dot1x
Note: To configure EAP pass-through, which allows client authentication packets to be forwarded through the switch to an upstream device, 802.1X authentication must be globally disabled with the set dot1x command (set dot1x on page 16-13).
Commands
For information about... show dot1x show dot1x auth-config set dot1x set dot1x auth-config clear dot1x auth-config show eapol set eapol clear eapol Refer to page... 16-10 16-11 16-13 16-13 16-15 16-15 16-17 16-18
show dot1x
Usethiscommandtodisplay802.1Xstatus,diagnostics,statistics,andreauthenticationor initializationcontrolinformationforoneormoreports.
Syntax
show dot1x [auth-diag] [auth-stats] [port [init | reauth]] [port-string]
Parameters
authdiag authstats portinit|reauth portstring (Optional)Displaysauthenticationdiagnosticsinformation. (Optional)Displaysauthenticationstatistics. (Optional)Displaysthestatusofportinitializationandreauthentication controlfortheport. (Optional)Displaysinformationforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,802.1Xstatuswillbedisplayed. Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
16-10
Security Configuration
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplay802.1Xstatus:
B2(su)->show dot1x DOT1X is disabled.
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayauthenticationdiagnosticsinformationforge.1.1:
B2(su)->show dot1x auth-diag ge.1.1 Port : 1 Auth-Diag Enter Connecting: EAP Logoffs While Connecting: Enter Authenticating: Success While Authenticating Timeouts While Authenticating: Fails While Authenticating: ReAuths While Authenticating: EAP Starts While Authenticating: EAP logoff While Authenticating: Backend Responses: Backend Access Challenges: Backend Others Requests To Supp: Backend NonNak Responses From: Backend Auth Successes: Backend Auth Fails:
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayauthenticationstatisticsforge.1.1:
B2(su)->show dot1x auth-stats Port: 1 Auth-Stats EAPOL Frames Rx: EAPOL Frames Tx: EAPOL Start Frames Rx: EAPOL Logoff Frames Rx: EAPOL RespId Frames Rx: EAPOL Resp Frames Rx: EAPOL Req Frames Tx: EAP Length Error Frames Rx: Last EAPOL Frame Version: Last EAPOL Frame Source: ge.1.1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00:00:00:00:00:00
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythestatusofportreauthenticationcontrolforge.1.1through ge.1.6:
B2(su)->show dot1x port reauth ge.1.1-6 Port 1: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 2: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 3: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 4: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 5: Port reauthenticate: FALSE Port 6: Port reauthenticate: FALSE
Syntax
show dot1x auth-config [authcontrolled-portcontrol] [maxreq] [quietperiod] [reauthenabled] [reauthperiod] [servertimeout] [supptimeout] [txperiod] [port-string]
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 16-11
Parameters
authcontrolled portcontrol maxreq quietperiod reauthenabled reauthperiod servertimeout supptimeout txperiod portstring (Optional)DisplaysthecurrentvalueofthecontrolledPortcontrol parameterfortheport. (Optional)Displaysthevaluesetformaximumrequestscurrentlyinuseby thebackendauthenticationstatemachine. (Optional)Displaysthevaluesetforquietperiodcurrentlyinusebythe authenticatorPAEstatemachine. (Optional)Displaysthestateofreauthenticationcontrolusedbythe ReauthenticationTimerstatemachine. (Optional)Displaysthevalue,inseconds,setforthereauthentication periodusedbythereauthenticationtimerstatemachine. (Optional)Displaystheservertimeoutvalue,inseconds,currentlyinuse bythebackendauthenticationstatemachine. (Optional)Displaystheauthenticationsupplicanttimeoutvalue,in seconds,currentlyinusebythebackendauthenticationstatemachine. (Optional)Displaysthetransmissionperiodvalue,inseconds,currentlyin usebytheauthenticatorPAEstatemachine. (Optional)Limitsthedisplayofdesiredinformationinformationtospecific port(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,all802.1Xsettingswillbedisplayed. Ifportstringisnotspecified,informationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaytheEAPOLportcontrolmodeforge.1.1:
B2(su)->show dot1x auth-config authcontrolled-portcontrol ge.1.1 Port 1: Auth controlled port control: Auto
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythe802.1Xquietperiodsettingsforge.1.1:
B2(su)->show dot1x auth-config quietperiod ge.1.1 Port 1: Quiet period: 30
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplayall802.1Xauthenticationconfigurationsettingsforge.1.1:
B2(ro)->show dot1x auth-config Port : 1 Auth-Config PAE state: Backend auth state: Admin controlled directions: Oper controlled directions: Auth controlled port status: Auth controlled port control: Quiet period: Transmission period: Supplicant timeout: ge.1.1 Initialize Initialize Both Both Authorized Auto 60 30 30
16-12
Security Configuration
set dot1x
30 2 3600 Disabled
set dot1x
Usethiscommandtoenableordisable802.1Xauthentication,toreauthenticateoneormoreaccess entities,ortoreinitializeoneormoresupplicants.
Syntax
set dot1x {enable | disable | port {init | reauth} {true | false} [port-string]}
Parameters
enable|disable port init|reauth true|false portstring Enablesordisables802.1X. Enableordisable802.1Xreauthenticationorinitializationcontrolononeor moreports. Configureinitializationorreauthenticationcontrol. Enable(true)ordisable(false)reinitialization/reauthentication. (Optional)Specifiestheport(s)toreinitializeorreauthenticate.
Defaults
Ifnoportsarespecified,thereinitializationorreauthenticationsettingwillbeappliedtoallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Disabling802.1Xauthenticationglobally,bynotenteringaspecificportstringvalue,willenable theEAPpassthroughfeature.EAPpassthroughallowsclientauthenticationpacketstobe forwardedunmodifiedthroughtheswitchtoanupstreamdevice.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoenable802.1X:
B2(su)->set dot1x enable
Thisexampleshowshowtoreinitializege.1.2:
B2(rw)->set dot1x port init true ge.1.2
Syntax
set dot1x auth-config {[authcontrolled-portcontrol {auto | forced-auth | forced-unauth}] [maxreq value] [quietperiod value] [reauthenabled {false | true}]
16-13
Parameters
authcontrolled portcontrol auto|forcedauth| forcedunauth Specifiesthe802.1Xportcontrolmode. maxreqvalue autoSetportcontrolmodetoautocontrolledportcontrol.This isthedefaultvalue. forcedauthSetportcontrolmodetoForcedAuthorized controlledportcontrol. forcedunauthSetportcontrolmodetoForcedUnauthorized controlledportcontrol.
Specifiesthemaximumnumberofauthenticationrequestsallowed bythebackendauthenticationstatemachine.Validvaluesare110. Defaultvalueis2. Specifiesthetime(inseconds)followingafailedauthentication beforeanotherattemptcanbemadebytheauthenticatorPAEstate machine.Validvaluesare065535.Defaultvalueis60seconds. Enables(true)ordisables(false)reauthenticationcontrolofthe reauthenticationtimerstatemachine.Defaultvalueisfalse. Specifiesthetimelapse(inseconds)betweenattemptsbythe reauthenticationtimerstatemachinetoreauthenticateaport.Valid valuesare065535.Defaultvalueis3600seconds. Specifiesatimeoutperiod(inseconds)fortheauthenticationserver, usedbythebackendauthenticationstatemachine.Validvaluesare1 300.Defaultvalueis30seconds. Specifiesatimeoutperiod(inseconds)fortheauthentication supplicantusedbythebackendauthenticationstatemachine.Valid valuesare1300.Defaultvalueis30seconds. Specifiestheperiod(inseconds)whichpassesbetweenauthenticator PAEstatemachineEAPtransmissions.Validvaluesare065535. Defaultvalueis30seconds. (Optional)Limitstheconfigurationofdesiredsettingstospecified port(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refer toPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
quietperiodvalue
servertimeouttimeout
supptimeouttimeout
txperiodvalue
portstring
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,authenticationparameterswillbesetonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablereauthenticationcontrolonportsge.1.13:
B2(su)->set dot1x auth-config reauthenabled true ge.1.1-3
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthe802.1Xquietperiodto120secondsonportsge.1.13:
B2(su)->set dot1x auth-config quietperiod 120 ge.1.1-3
16-14
Security Configuration
Syntax
clear dot1x auth-config [authcontrolled-portcontrol] [maxreq] [quietperiod] [reauthenabled] [reauthperiod] [servertimeout] [supptimeout] [txperiod] [portstring]
Parameters
authcontrolled portcontrol maxreq quietperiod reauthenabled reauthperiod servertimeout supptimeout txperiod portstring (Optional)Resetsthe802.1Xportcontrolmodetoauto. (Optional)Resetsthemaximumrequestsvalueto2. (Optional)Resetsthequietperiodvalueto60seconds. (Optional)Resetsthereauthenticationcontrolstatetodisabled(false). (Optional)Resetsthereauthenticationperiodvalueto3600seconds. (Optional)Resetstheservertimeoutvalueto30seconds. (Optional)Resetstheauthenticationsupplicanttimeoutvalueto30 seconds. (Optional)Resetsthetransmissionperiodvalueto30seconds. (Optional)Resetssettingsonspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionof possibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 52.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,allauthenticationparameterswillbereset. Ifportstringisnotspecified,parameterswillbesetonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthe802.1Xportcontrolmodetoautoonallports:
B2(su)->clear dot1x auth-config authcontrolled-portcontrol
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetreauthenticationcontroltodisabledonportsge.1.13:
B2(su)->clear dot1x auth-config reauthenabled ge.1.1-3
Thisexampleshowshowtoresetthe802.1Xquietperiodto60secondsonportsge.1.13:
B2(su)->clear dot1x auth-config quietperiod ge.1.1-3
show eapol
UsethiscommandtodisplayEAPOLstatusorsettingsforoneormoreports.
16-15
show eapol
Syntax
show eapol [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysEAPOLstatusforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,onlyEAPOLenablestatuswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayEAPOLstatusforportsge.1.13:
B2(su)->show eapol ge.1.1-3 EAPOL is disabled. Port -------ge.1.1 ge.1.2 ge.1.3 Authentication State -------------------Initialize Initialize Initialize Authentication Mode -------------------Auto Auto Auto
16-16
Security Configuration
set eapol
Table 16-49
Output
Authentication State
authentication is disabled, authentication is enabled and the port is not linked, or authentication is enabled and the port is linked. (In this case very little time is spent in this state, it immediately transitions to the connecting state, via disconnected.
disconnected: The port passes through this state on its way to connected whenever the port is reinitialized, via link state change, reauthentication failure, or management intervention. connecting: While in this state, the authenticator sends request/ID messages to the end user. authenticating: The port enters this state from connecting after receiving a response/ID from the end user. It remains in this state until the entire authentication exchange between the end user and the authentication server completes. authenticated: The port enters this state from authenticating state after the exchange completes with a favorable result. It remains in this state until linkdown, logoff, or until a reauthentication begins. aborting: The port enters this state from authenticating when any event occurs that interrupts the login exchange. held: After any login failure the port remains in this state for the number of seconds equal to quietPeriod (can be set using MIB). forceAuth: Management is allowing normal, unsecured switching on this port. forceUnauth: Management is preventing any frames from being forwarded to or from this port. Authentication Mode Mode enabling network access for each port. Modes include: Auto: Frames are forwarded according to the authentication state of each port. Forced Authorized Mode: Meant to disable authentication on a port. It is intended for ports that support ISLs and devices that cannot authenticate, such as printers and file servers. If a default policy is applied to the port via the policy profile MIB, then frames are forwarded according to the configuration set by that policy, otherwise frames are forwarded according to the current configuration for that port. Authentication using 802.1X is not possible on a port in this mode. Forced Unauthorized Mode: All frames received on the port are discarded by a filter. Authentication using 802.1X is not possible on a port in this mode.
set eapol
UsethiscommandtoenableordisableEAPOLportbaseduserauthenticationwiththeRADIUS serverandtosettheauthenticationmodeforoneormoreports.
Syntax
set eapol [enable | disable] [auth-mode {auto | forced-auth | forced-unauth} port-string
16-17
clear eapol
Parameters
enable|disable authmode auto| forcedauth| forcedunauth EnablesordisablesEAPOL. Specifiestheauthenticationmodeas: autoAutoauthorizationmode.Thisisthedefaultmodeandwill forwardframesaccordingtotheauthenticationstateoftheport.For detailsonthismode,refertoTable 1649. forcedauthForcedauthorizedmode,whichdisablesauthentication ontheport. forcedunauthForcedunauthorizedmode,whichfiltersanddiscards allframesreceivedontheport.
portstring
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableEAPOL:
B2(su)->set eapol enable
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableEAPOLwithforcedauthorizedmodeonportge.1.1:
B2(su)->set eapol auth-mode forced-auth ge.1.1
clear eapol
UsethiscommandtogloballycleartheEAPOLauthenticationmode,ortoclearsettingsforoneor moreports.
Syntax
clear eapol [auth-mode] [port-string]
Parameters
authmode portstring (Optional)GloballyclearstheEAPOLauthenticationmode. Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoclearEAPOLparameters.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifauthmodeisnotspecified,allEAPOLsettingswillbecleared. Ifportstringisnotspecified,settingswillbeclearedforallports.
16-18
Security Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheEAPOLauthenticationmodeforportge.1.3:
B2(su)->clear eapol auth-mode ge.1.3
Commands
For information about... show macauthentication show macauthentication session set macauthentication set macauthentication password clear macauthentication password set macauthentication port set macauthentication portinitialize set macauthentication portquietperiod clear macauthentication portquietperiod set macauthentication macinitialize set macauthentication reauthentication set macauthentication portreauthenticate set macauthentication macreauthenticate set macauthentication reauthperiod clear macauthentication reauthperiod set macauthentication significant-bits Refer to page... 16-20 16-21 16-22 16-22 16-23 16-23 16-24 16-25 16-25 16-26 16-26 16-27 16-27 16-28 16-28 16-29
16-19
show macauthentication
show macauthentication
UsethiscommandtodisplayMACauthenticationinformationforoneormoreports.
Syntax
show macauthentication [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysMACauthenticationinformationforspecificport(s). Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MACauthenticationinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMACauthenticationinformationforge.2.1through8:
B2(su)->show macauthentication ge.2.1-8 MAC authentication: - enabled MAC user password: - NOPASSWORD Port username significant bits - 48 Port ------ge.2.1 ge.2.2 ge.2.3 ge.2.4 ge.2.5 ge.2.6 ge.2.7 ge.2.8 Port State -------disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled Reauth Period ---------3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600 Auth Allowed -------1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Auth Allocated --------1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Reauthentications ----------------disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled disabled
16-20
Security Configuration
Table 16-50
Output Port username significant bits
Port Port State Reauth Period Auth Allowed Auth Allocated Reauthentications
Syntax
show macauthentication session
Parameters
None.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MACsessioninformationwillbedisplayedforallMAC authenticationports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Usage
ChangingtheReauthPeriodwiththesetmacauthenticationreauthperiodcommanddoesnot affectcurrentsessions.Newsessionsdisplaythecorrectperiod.
16-21
set macauthentication
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMACsessioninformation:
B2(su)->show macauthentication session Port MAC Address Duration Reauth Period --------------------- ---------- ------------ge.1.2 00:60:97:b5:4c:07 0,00:52:31 3600 Reauthentications ----------------disabled
Reauthentications
set macauthentication
UsethiscommandtogloballyenableordisableMACauthentication.
Syntax
set macauthentication {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable GloballyenablesordisablesMACauthentication.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballyenableMACauthentication:
B2(su)->set macauthentication enable
16-22
Security Configuration
Syntax
set macauthentication password password
Parameters
password SpecifiesatextstringMACauthenticationpassword.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMACauthenticationpasswordtomacauth:
B2(su)->set macauthentication password macauth
Syntax
clear macauthentication password
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocleartheMACauthenticationpassword:
B2(su)->clear macauthentication password
Syntax
set macauthentication port {enable | disable} port-string
16-23
Parameters
enable|disable portstring EnablesordisablesMACauthentication. Specifiesport(s)onwhichtoenableordisableMACauthentication.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Enablingport(s)forMACauthenticationrequiresgloballyenablingMACauthenticationonthe switchasdescribedinsetmacauthenticationonpage 1622,andthenenablingitonaportby portbasis.Bydefault,MACauthenticationisgloballydisabledanddisabledonallports.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableMACauthenticationonge.2.1though5:
B2(su)->set macauthentication port enable ge.2.1-5
Syntax
set macauthentication portinitialize port-string
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheMACauthenticationport(s)toreinitialize.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoforcege.2.1through5toinitialize:
B2(su)->set macauthentication portinitialize ge.2.1-5
16-24
Security Configuration
Syntax
set macauthentication portquietperiod time port-string
Parameters
time portstring Periodinsecondstowaitafterafailedauthentication Specifiestheportsforwhichthequitperiodistobeapplied.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexamplesetsport1towait5secondsafterafailedauthenticationattemptbeforeanew attemptcanbemade:
B2(su)->set macauthentication portquietperiod 5 ge.1.1
Syntax
clear macauthentication portquietperiod [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifiestheportsforwhichthequietperiodistobereset.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifaportstringisnotspecifiedthenallportswillbesettothedefaultportquietperiod.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleresetsthedefaultquitperiodonport1:
B2(su)->clear macauthentication portquietperiod ge.1.1
16-25
Syntax
set macauthentication macinitialize mac-addr
Parameters
macaddr SpecifiestheMACaddressofthesessiontoreinitialize.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Defaults
None.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoforcetheMACauthenticationsessionforaddress006097b54c07 toreinitialize:
B2(su)->set macauthentication macinitialize 00-60-97-b5-4c-07
Syntax
set macauthentication reauthentication {enable | disable} port-string
Parameters
enable|disable portstring EnablesordisablesMACreauthentication. Specifiesport(s)onwhichtoenableordisableMACreauthentication.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableMACreauthenticationonge.4.1though5:
B2(su)->set macauthentication reauthentication enable ge.4.1-5
16-26
Security Configuration
Syntax
set macauthentication portreauthenticate port-string
Parameters
portstring SpecifiesMACauthenticationport(s)tobereauthenticated.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoforcege.2.1though5toreauthenticate:
B2(su)->set macauthentication portreauthentication ge.2.1-5
Syntax
set macauthentication macreauthenticate mac-addr
Parameters
macaddr SpecifiestheMACaddressofthesessiontoreauthenticate.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoforcetheMACauthenticationsessionforaddress006097b54c07 toreauthenticate:
B2(su)->set macauthentication macreauthenticate 00-60-97-b5-4c-07
16-27
Syntax
set macauthentication reauthperiod time port-string
Parameters
time portstring Specifiesthenumberofsecondsbetweenreauthenticationattempts.Valid valuesare14294967295. Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtosettheMACreauthenticationperiod.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ChangingtheReauthPeriodwiththesetmacauthenticationreauthperiodcommanddoesnot affectcurrentsessions.Newsessionswillusethecorrectperiod.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosettheMACreauthenticationperiodto7200seconds(2hours)on ge.2.1through5:
B2(su)->set macauthentication reauthperiod 7200 ge.2.1-5
Syntax
clear macauthentication reauthperiod [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)ClearstheMACreauthenticationperiodonspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,thereauthenticationperiodwillbeclearedonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
16-28 Security Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtogloballycleartheMACreauthenticationperiod:
B2(su)->clear macauthentication reauthperiod
Syntax
set macauthentication significant-bits number
Parameters
number Specifiesthenumberofsignificantbitstobeusedforauthentication.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ThiscommandallowsyoutospecifyamasktoapplytoMACaddresseswhenauthenticating usersthroughaRADIUSserver.Themostcommonuseofsignificantbitmasksisfor authenticationofallMACaddressesforaspecificvendor. OnswitchesusingMACauthentication,theMACaddressofauserattemptingtologinissentto theRADIUSserverastheusername.Ifaccessisdenied,andifasignificantbitmaskhasbeen configured(otherthan48)withthiscommand,theswitchwillapplythemaskandresendthe maskedaddresstotheRADIUSserver.Forexample,ifauserwithMACaddressof0016CF12 3456isdeniedaccess,anda32bitmaskhasbeenconfigured,theswitchwillapplythemaskand resendaMACaddressof0016CF120000totheRADIUSserver. Touseasignificantbitsmaskforauthenticationofdevicesbyaparticularvendor,specifya24bit mask,tomaskouteverythingexceptthevendorportionoftheMACaddress.
Example
ThisexamplesetstheMACauthenticationsignificantbitsmaskto24.
B2(su)->set macauthentication significant-bits 24
Syntax
clear macauthentication significant-bits
16-29
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleresetstheMACauthenticationsignificantbitsto48.
B2(su)->clear macauthentication significant-bits
User+IPPhoneAuthenticationontheSecureStackB2isimplementedbyassigninganingressed packetreceivedonaporttoapolicyrolebasedontheVLANthepacketwasassignedto,andnot thepacketssourceMACaddress.Therefore,onaportconfiguredforUser+IPPhone Authentication,thereexiststwodifferentVLANtopolicyrolemappings. ThepolicyrolefortheIPphoneisstaticallymappedusingtheVLANtopolicymappingfeature whichassignsanypacketsreceivedwithaVLANtagsettoaspecificVID(forexample,Voice VLAN)toanindicatedpolicyrole(forexample,IPPhonepolicyrole).Therefore,itisrequiredthat IPphoneisconfiguredtosendVLANtaggedpacketstotheVoiceVLAN. Thesecondpolicyrole,fortheuser,caneitherbestaticallyconfiguredwiththedefaultpolicyrole ontheportordynamicallyassignedthroughauthenticationtothenetwork.Whenthedefault policyroleisassignedonaport,theVLANsetastheportsPVIDismappedtothedefaultpolicy
16-30 Security Configuration
show multiauth
Commands
For information about... show multiauth set multiauth mode clear multiauth mode set multiauth precedence clear multiauth precedence show multiauth port set multiauth port clear multiauth port show multiauth station show multiauth session show multiauth idle-timeout set multiauth idle-timeout clear multiauth idle-timeout show multiauth session-timeout set multiauth session-timeout clear multiauth session-timeout Refer to page... 16-31 16-32 16-32 16-33 16-34 16-34 16-35 16-35 16-36 16-36 16-37 16-38 16-39 16-39 16-40 16-41
show multiauth
Usethiscommandtodisplaymultipleauthenticationsystemconfiguration.
Syntax
show multiauth
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
16-31
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymultipleauthenticationsystemconfiguration:
B2(rw)->show multiauth Multiple authentication system configuration ------------------------------------------------Supported types : dot1x, pwa mac Maximum number of users : Current number of users : 0 System mode : multi Default precedence : dot1x, pwa, mac Admin precedence Operational precedence : dot1x, pwa, mac
Syntax
set multiauth mode {multi | strict}
Parameters
multi strict Allowsthesystemtousemultipleauthenticatorssimultaneously(802.1x, PWA,andMACAuthentication)onaport.Thisisthedefaultmode. Usermustauthenticateusing802.1xauthenticationbeforenormaltraffic (anythingotherthanauthenticationtraffic)canbeforwarded.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
MultiauthmultimoderequiresthatMAC,PWA,and802.1Xauthenticationbeenabledglobally, andconfiguredappropriatelyonthedesiredportsaccordingtotheircorrespondingcommand setsdescribedinthischapter.RefertoConfiguring802.1XAuthenticationonpage 169and ConfiguringMACAuthenticationonpage 1619andConfiguringPortWebAuthentication (PWA)onpage 1657.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenablesimultaneousmultipleauthentications:
B2(rw)->set multiauth mode multi
Syntax
clear multiauth mode
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthesystemauthenticationmode:
B2(rw)->clear multiauth mode
Syntax
set multiauth precedence {[dot1x] [mac] }
Parameters
dot1x mac pwa Setsprecedencefor802.1Xauthentication. SetsprecedenceforMACauthentication. Setsprecedenceforportwebauthentication
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Whenauserissuccessfullyauthenticatedbymorethanonemethodatthesametime,the precedenceoftheauthenticationmethodswilldeterminewhichRADIUSreturnedfilterIDwillbe processedandresultinanappliedtrafficpolicyprofile.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetprecedenceforMACauthentication:
B2(rw)->set multiauth precedence mac dot1x
16-33
Syntax
clear multiauth precedence
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthemultipleauthenticationprecedence:
B2(rw)->clear multiauth precedence
Syntax
show multiauth port [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Displaysmultipleauthenticationinformationforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,multipleauthenticationinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymultipleauthenticationinformationforportsge.3.14:
B2(rw)->show multiauth port ge.3.1-4 Port Max users ------------ ------------ ---------ge.3.1 auth-opt 2 ge.3.2 auth-opt 2 ge.3.3 auth-opt 2 ge.3.4 auth-opt 2 Mode Allowed users ---------8 8 8 8 Current users ---------0 0 0 0
16-34
Security Configuration
Syntax
set multiauth port mode {auth-opt | auth-reqd | force-auth | force-unauth} | numusers numusers port-string
Parameters
mode authopt| authreqd| forceauth| forceunauth Specifiestheport(s)multipleauthenticationmodeas: authoptAuthenticationoptional(nonstrictbehavior).Ifauser doesnotattempttoauthenticateusing802.1x,orif802.1x authenticationfails,theportwillallowtraffictobeforwarded accordingtothedefineddefaultVLAN. authreqdAuthenticationisrequired. forceauthAuthenticationconsidered. forceunauthAuthenticationdisabled.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtosettheportmultipleauthenticationmodetorequiredonge.3.14:
B2(rw)->set multiauth port mode auth-reqd ge.3.14
Syntax
clear multiauth port {mode | numusers} port-string
Parameters
mode numusers portstring Clearsthespecifiedportsmultipleauthenticationmode. Clearsthevaluesetforthenumberofusersallowedauthenticationonthe specifiedport. Specifiestheportorportsonwhichtoclearmultipleauthentication properties.
16-35
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtocleartheportmultipleauthenticationmodeonportge.3.14:
B2(rw)->clear multiauth port mode ge.3.14
Thisexampleshowshowtoclearthenumberofusersonportge.3.14:
B2(rw)->clear multiauth port numusers ge.3.14
Syntax
show multiauth station [mac address] [port port-string]
Parameters
macaddress portportstring (Optional)DisplaysmultipleauthenticationstationentriesforspecificMAC address(es). (Optional)Displaysmultipleauthenticationstationentriesforspecific port(s).
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,multipleauthenticationstationentrieswillbedisplayedforallMAC addressesandports.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymultipleauthenticationstationentries.Inthiscase,twoend userMACaddressesareshown:
B2(rw)->show Port -----------ge.1.20 ge.2.16 multiauth station Address type Address ------------ -----------------------mac 00-10-a4-9e-24-87 mac 00-b0-d0-e5-0c-d0
Syntax
show multiauth session [all] [agent {dot1x | mac | pwa}] [mac address] [port port-string]
16-36 Security Configuration
Parameters
all agentdot1x|mac| pwa macaddress portportstring (Optional)Displaysinformationaboutallsessions,includingthosewith terminatedstatus. (Optional)Displays802.1X,orMAC,orportwebauthenticationsession information. (Optional)Displaysmultipleauthenticationsessionentriesforspecific MACaddress(es). (Optional)Displaysmultipleauthenticationsessionentriesforthe specifiedportorports.
Defaults
Ifnooptionsarespecified,multipleauthenticationsessionentrieswillbedisplayedforall sessions,authenticationtypes,MACaddresses,andports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaymultipleauthenticationsessioninformationforportge.1.1.
B2(su)->show multiauth session port ge.1.1 __________________________________________ Port | ge.1.1 Station address Auth status | success Last attempt Agent type | dot1x Session applied Server type | radius VLAN-Tunnel-Attr Policy index | 0 Policy name Session timeout | 0 Session duration Idle timeout | 5 Idle time Termination time | Not Terminated
| | | | | | |
00-01-03-86-0A-87 FRI MAY 18 11:16:36 2007 true none Administrator 0,00:00:25 0,00:00:00
Syntax
show multiauth idle-timeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
16-37
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaytimeoutvaluesforanidlesessionforallauthenticationtypes.
B2(su)->show multiauth idle-timeout Authentication type Timeout (sec) ------------------- ------------dot1x 0 pwa 0 mac 0
Syntax
set multiauth idle-timeout [dot1x | mac | pwa] timeout
Parameters
dot1x mac pwa timeout (Optional)SpecifiestheIEEE802.1Xportbasednetworkaccesscontrol authenticationmethodforwhichtosetthetimeoutvalue. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysMACauthenticationmethodfor whichtosetthetimeoutvalue. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysPortWebAuthenticationmethodfor whichtosetthetimeoutvalue. Specifiesthetimeoutvalueinseconds.Thevaluecanrangefrom0to 65535.Avalueof0meansthatnoidletimeoutwillbeappliedunlessan idletimeoutvalueisprovidedbytheauthenticatingserver.
Defaults
Ifnoauthenticationmethodisspecified,theidletimeoutvalueissetforallauthentication methods.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
Ifyousetanidletimeoutvalue,aMACuserwhoseMACaddresshasagedoutoftheforwarding databasewillbeunauthenticatedifnotraffichasbeenseenfromthataddressforthespecifiedidle timeoutperiod. Avalueofzeroindicatesthatnoidletimeoutwillbeappliedunlessanidletimeoutvalueis providedbytheauthenticatingserver.Forexample,ifasessionisauthenticatedbyaRADIUS server,thatservermayencodeaIdleTimeoutAttributeinitsauthenticationresponse.
Example
Thisexamplesetstheidletimeoutvalueforallauthenticationmethodsto300seconds.
B2(su)->set multiauth idle-timeout 300
16-38
Security Configuration
Syntax
clear multiauth idle-timeout [dot1x | mac | pwa]
Parameters
dot1x (Optional)SpecifiestheIEEE802.1Xportbasednetworkaccesscontrol authenticationmethodforwhichtoresetthetimeoutvaluetoits default. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysMACauthenticationmethodfor whichtoresetthetimeoutvaluetoitsdefault. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysPortWebAuthenticationmethodfor whichtoresetthetimeoutvaluetoitsdefault.
mac pwa
Defaults
Ifnoauthenticationmethodisspecified,theidletimeoutvalueisresettoitsdefaultvalueof0for allauthenticationmethods.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleresetstheidletimeoutvalueforallauthenticationmethodsto0seconds.
B2(su)->clear multiauth idle-timeout
Syntax
show multiauth session-timeout
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readonly.
16-39
Example
Thisexampledisplaysthesessiontimeoutvaluesforallauthenticationmethods.
B2(su)->show multiauth session-timeout Authentication type Timeout (sec) ------------------- ------------dot1x 0 pwa 0 mac 0
Syntax
set multiauth session-timeout [dot1x | mac | pwa] timeout
Parameters
dot1x mac pwa timeout (Optional)SpecifiestheIEEE802.1Xportbasednetworkaccesscontrol authenticationmethodforwhichtosetthesessiontimeoutvalue. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysMACauthenticationmethodfor whichtosetthesessiontimeoutvalue. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysPortWebAuthenticationmethodfor whichtosetthesessiontimeoutvalue. Specifiesthetimeoutvalueinseconds.Thevaluecanrangefrom0to 65535.Avalueof0meansthatnosessiontimeoutwillbeappliedunless asessiontimeoutvalueisprovidedbytheauthenticatingserver.
Defaults
Ifnoauthenticationmethodisspecified,thesessiontimeoutvalueissetforallauthentication methods.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Usage
Avalueofzeromaybesupersededbyasessiontimeoutvalueprovidedbytheauthenticating server.Forexample,ifasessionisauthenticatedbyaRADIUSserver,thatservermayencodea SessionTimeoutAttributeinitsauthenticationresponse.
Example
ThisexamplesetsthesessiontimeoutvaluefortheIEEE802.1Xauthenticationmethodto300 seconds.
B2(su)->set multiauth session-timeout dot1x 300
16-40
Security Configuration
Syntax
clear multiauth session-timeout [dot1x | mac | pwa]
Parameters
dot1x (Optional)SpecifiestheIEEE802.1Xportbasednetworkaccesscontrol authenticationmethodforwhichtoresetthetimeoutvaluetoits default. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysMACauthenticationmethodfor whichtoresetthetimeoutvaluetoitsdefault. (Optional)SpecifiestheEnterasysPortWebAuthenticationmethodfor whichtoresetthetimeoutvaluetoitsdefault.
mac pwa
Defaults
Ifnoauthenticationmethodisspecified,thesessiontimeoutvalueisresettoitsdefaultvalueof0 forallauthenticationmethods.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleresetsthesessiontimeoutvaluefortheIEEE802.1Xauthenticationmethodto0 seconds.
B2(su)->clear multiauth session-timeout dot1x
InordertoauthenticatemultipleRFC3580users,policymaptableresponsemustbesettotunnel asdescribedinthissection.
Commands
For information about... show policy maptable response set policy maptable response set vlanauthorization set vlanauthorization egress clear vlanauthorization show vlanauthorization Refer to page... 16-42 16-42 16-43 16-44 16-44 16-45
Syntax
show policy maptable response
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtodisplaythecurrentpolicymaptableresponsesetting:
B2(rw)->show policy maptable response
policy
16-42
Security Configuration
set vlanauthorization
Syntax
set policy maptable response {policy | tunnel}
Parameters
policy tunnel Setsthemaptableresponsetopolicy.Thisisthedefaultsetting,which allowsauthenticationofupto2multiauthusersperport. Setsthemaptableresponsetotunnel,whichallowsauthenticationofup to3multiauthusersperport.ThissettingisrequiredtoconfigureVLAN authorizationformultipleusersperGigabitport.
Defaults
Settopolicy.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
Thisexampleshowshowtosetthepolicymaptableresponsetotunnel:
B2(rw)-> set policy maptable response tunnel
set vlanauthorization
EnableordisabletheuseoftheRADIUSVLANtunnelattributetoputaportintoaparticular VLANbasedontheresultofauthentication.
Syntax
set vlanauthorization {enable | disable} [port-string]
Parameters
enable|disable portstring Enablesordisablesvlanauthorization/tunnelattributes. (Optional)SpecifieswhichportstoenableordisabletheuseofVLAN tunnelattributes/authorization.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleport stringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
VLANauthenticationisdisabledbydefault.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Examples
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableVLANauthenticationforallGigabitEthernetports:
B2(rw)-> set vlanauthorization enable ge.*.*
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableVLANauthenticationforallGigabitEthernetportsonswitch unit/module 3:
16-43
Syntax
set vlanauthorization egress {none | tagged | untagged} port-string
Parameters
none tagged untagged portstring Specifiesthatnoegressmanipulationwillbemade. Specifiesthattheauthenticatingportwillbeaddedtothecurrenttagged egressfortheVLANIDreturned. Specifiesthattheauthenticatingportwillbeaddedtothecurrent untaggedegressfortheVLANIDreturned(default). Specifiesthattheportorlistofports.towhichthiscommandwillapply. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Bydefault,administrativeegressissettountagged.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenabletheinsertionoftheRADIUSassignedVLANtoan802.1qtag foralloutboundframesforports10through15onunit/modulenumber3.
B2(rw)->set vlanauthorization egress tagged ge.3.10-15
clear vlanauthorization
Usethiscommandtoreturnport(s)tothedefaultconfigurationofVLANauthorizationdisabled, egressuntagged.
Syntax
clear vlanauthorization [port-string]
16-44
Security Configuration
show vlanauthorization
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Specifieswhichportsaretoberestoredtodefault configuration.Ifnoportstringisentered,theactionwillbeaglobal setting.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisentered,allportsawillberesettodefaultconfigurationwithVLAN authorizationdisabledandegressframesuntagged.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowhowtoclearVLANauthorizationforallportsonslots3,4,and5:
B2(rw)->clear vlanauthorization ge.3-5.*
show vlanauthorization
DisplaystheVLANauthenticationstatusandconfigurationinformationforthespecifiedports.
Syntax
show vlanauthorization [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysVLANauthenticationstatusforthespecifiedports.If noportstringisentered,thentheglobalstatusofthesettingisdisplayed. Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPort StringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifnoportstringisentered,thestatusforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThiscommandshowshowtodisplayVLANauthorizationstatusforge.1.1:
B2(rw)-> show vlanauthorization ge.1.1 port ----ge.1.1 status ------enabled administrative egress ------------------------untagged operational egress --------------------none vlan id -------0
16-45
Table 16-52
Output port status administrative egress
Purpose
Toreview,disable,enable,andconfigureMAClocking.
Commands
For information about... show maclock show maclock stations set maclock enable Refer to page... 16-47 16-48 16-49
16-46
Security Configuration
show maclock
For information about... set maclock disable set maclock clear maclock set maclock static clear maclock static set maclock firstarrival clear maclock firstarrival set maclock agefirstarrival clear maclock agefirstarrival set maclock move set maclock trap
Refer to page... 16-50 16-50 16-51 16-52 16-52 16-53 16-54 16-54 16-55 16-55 16-56
show maclock
UsethiscommandtodisplaythestatusofMAClockingononeormoreports.
Syntax
show maclock [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysMAClockingstatusforspecifiedport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MAClockingstatuswillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMAClockinginformationforge.1.1.
B2(su)->show maclock ge.1.1 MAC locking is globally enabled Port Number ------ge.1.1 Port Trap Status Status ------- -------enabled disabled Aging Status ------enabled Max Static Max FirstArrival Last Violating Allocated Allocated MAC Address ---------- --------------- --------------20 1 00:a0:c9:39:5c:b4
Table 1653providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
16-47
Table 16-53
Output Port Number Port Status
Max Static Allocated The maximum static MAC addresses allowed locked to the port. For details on setting this value, refer to set maclock static on page 16-52. Max FirstArrival Allocated Last Violating MAC Address The maximum end station MAC addresses allowed locked to the port. For details on setting this value, refer to set maclock firstarrival on page 16-53. Most recent MAC address(es) violating the maximum static and first arrival value(s) set for the port.
Syntax
show maclock stations [firstarrival | static] [port-string]
Parameters
firstarrival static portstring (Optional)DisplaysMAClockinginformationaboutendstationsfirst connectedtoMAClockedports. (Optional)DisplaysMAClockinginformationaboutstatic(management defined)endstationsconnectedtoMAClockedports. (Optional)Displaysendstationinformationforspecifiedport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifnoparametersarespecified,MAClockinginformationwillbedisplayedforallendstations.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
16-48
Security Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayMAClockinginformationfortheendstationsconnectedtoall GigabitEthernetportsinunit/module2:
B2(su)->show maclock stations ge.2.* Port Number MAC Address Status ------------ -----------------------------ge.2.1 00:a0:c9:39:5c:b4 active ge.2.7 00:a0:c9:39:1f:11 active State -------------first arrival static Aging ----true false
Note: MAC locking needs to be enabled globally and on appropriate ports for it to function.
Syntax
setmaclockenable[portstring]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)EnablesMAClockingonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MAClockingwillbeenabledglobally.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Whenenabledandconfigured,MAClockingdefineswhichMACaddresses,aswellashowmany MACaddressesarepermittedtousespecificport(s).
16-49
MAClockingisdisabledbydefaultatdevicestartup.ConfiguringoneormoreportsforMAC lockingrequiresgloballyenablingitonthedeviceandthenenablingitonthedesiredports.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableMAClockingonge.2.3:
B2(su)->set maclock enable ge.2.3
Syntax
set maclock disable [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisablesMAClockingonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,MAClockingwillbedisabledgloballyonthestackorstandalone device.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableMAClockingonge.2.3:
B2(su)->set maclock disable ge.2.3
set maclock
UsethiscommandtocreateastaticMACaddresstoportlocking,andtoenableordisableMAC lockingforthespecifiedMACaddressandport.
Syntax
set maclock mac-address port-string {create | enable | disable}
16-50
Security Configuration
clear maclock
Parameters
macaddress portstring SpecifiestheMACaddressforwhichMAClockingwillbecreated, enabledordisabled. Specifiestheportonwhichtocreate,enableordisableMAClockingfor thespecifiedMAC.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstring values,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. EstablishesaMAClockingassociationbetweenthespecifiedMAC addressandport.CreateautomaticallyenablesMAClockingbetweenthe specifiedMACaddressandport. EnablesordisablesMAClockingbetweenthespecifiedMACaddressand port.
create
enable|disable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
ConfiguringoneormoreportsforMAClockingrequiresgloballyenablingitontheswitchfirst usingthesetmaclockenablecommandasdescribedinsetmaclockenableonpage 1649.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtocreateaMAClockingassociationbetweenMACaddress0e03efd8 4455andportge.3.2:
B2(rw)->set maclock 0e-03-ef-d8-44-55 ge.3.2 create
clear maclock
UsethiscommandtoremoveastaticMACaddresstoportlockingentry.
Syntax
clear maclock mac-address port-string
Parameters
macaddress portstring SpecifiestheMACaddressthatwillberemovedfromthelistofstatic MACsallowedtocommunicateontheport. SpecifiestheportonwhichtocleartheMACaddress.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
SecureStack B2 Configuration Guide 16-51
Usage
TheMACaddressthatisclearedwillnolongerbeabletocommunicateontheportunlessthefirst arrivallimithasbeensettoavaluegreaterthan0andthislimithasnotyetbeenmet. Forexample,ifuserBsMACisremovedfromthestaticMACaddresslistandthefirstarrival limithasbeensetto0,thenuserBwillnotbeabletocommunicateontheport.IfuserAsMACis removedfromthestaticMACaddresslistandthefirstarrivallimithasbeensetto10,butonlyhas 7entries,userAwillbecomethe8thentryandallowedtocommunicateontheport.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoremoveaMACfromthelistofstaticMACsallowedtocommunicate onportge.3.2:
B2(rw)->clear maclock 0e-03-ef-d8-44-55 ge.3.2
Syntax
set maclock static port-string value
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichtosetthemaximumnumberofstaticMACs allowed.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. SpecifiesthemaximumnumberofstaticMACaddressesallowedper port.Validvaluesare0to20.
value
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthemaximumnumberofallowablestaticMACsto2onge.3.1:
B2(rw)->set maclock static ge.3.1 2
Syntax
clear maclock static port-string
16-52
Security Configuration
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichtoresetnumberofstaticMACaddresses allowed.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthenumberofallowablestaticMACsonge.2.3:
B2(rw)->clear maclock static ge.2.3
Syntax
set maclock firstarrival port-string value
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichtolimitMAClocking.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52. SpecifiesthenumberoffirstarrivalendstationMACaddressestobe allowedconnectionstotheport.Validvaluesare0to600.
value
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Themaclockfirstarrivalcountresetswhenthelinkgoesdown.Thisfeatureisbeneficialifyou haveroamingusersthefirstarrivalcountwillbereseteverytimeausermovestoanotherport, butwillstillprotectagainstconnectingmultipledevicesonasingleportandwillprotectagainst MACaddressspoofing. IfyouwishtohaveonlystaticallysetMACs,setaportsfirstarrivallimitto0.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtorestrictMAClockingto6MACaddressesonge.2.3:
16-53
Syntax
clear maclock firstarrival port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheportonwhichtoresetthefirstarrivalvalue.Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetMACfirstarrivalsonge.2.3:
B2(su)->clear maclock firstarrival ge.2.3
Syntax
set maclock agefirstarrival port-string {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtoenableordisablefirstarrivalaging.For adetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. Enableordisablefirstarrivalaging.Bydefault,firstarrivalagingis disabled.
enable|disable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
16-54
Security Configuration
Example
Thisexampleenablesfirstarrivalagingonportge.1.1.
B2(su)-> set maclock agefirstarrival ge.1.1 enable
Syntax
clear maclock agefirstarrival port-string
Parameters
portstring Specifiestheport(s)onwhichtodisablefirstarrivalaging.Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchmode,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampledisablesfirstarrivalagingonportge.1.1.
B2(su)-> clear maclock agefirstarrival ge.1.1 enable
Syntax
set maclock move port-string
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichMACwillbemovedfromfirstarrivalMACs tostaticentries.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues, refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
16-55
Usage
IftherearemorefirstarrivalMACsthantheallowedmaximumstaticMACs,thenonlythelatest firstarrivalMACswillbemovedtostaticentries.Forexample,ifyousetthemaximumnumberof staticMACsto2withthesetmaclockstaticcommand,andthenexecutedthesetmaclockmove command,eventhoughtherewerefiveMACsinthefirstarrivaltable,onlythetwomostrecent MACentrieswouldbemovedtostaticentries.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtomoveallcurrentfirstarrivalMACstostaticentriesonportsge.3.140:
B2(rw)->set maclock move ge.3.1-40
Syntax
set maclock trap port-string {enable | disable}
Parameters
portstring SpecifiestheportonwhichMAClocktrapmessagingwillbeenabledor disabled.Foradetaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,referto PortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52. EnablesordisablesMAClocktrapmessaging.
enable|disable
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
Whenenabled,thisfeatureauthorizestheswitchtosendanSNMPtrapmessageifanendstation isconnectedthatexceedsthemaximumvaluesconfiguredusingthesetmaclockfirstarrivaland setmaclockstaticcommands.ViolatingMACaddressesaredroppedfromthedevices(or stacks)filteringdatabase.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenableMAClocktrapmessagingonge.2.3:
B2(su)->set maclock trap ge.2.3 enable
16-56
Security Configuration
About PWA
PWAprovidesawayofauthenticatingusersbeforeallowinggeneralaccesstothenetwork.A PWAusersaccesstothenetworkisrestricteduntilaftertheusersuccessfullylogsinviaaweb browserusingtheEnterasysNetworkswebbasedsecurityinterface.TheSecureStackB2device willvalidatealllogincredentialsfromtheuserwithaRADIUSserverbeforeallowingnetwork access. PWAisanalternativeto802.1XandMACauthentication.Itallowsonlytheessentialprotocols andservicesrequiredbytheauthenticationprocessbetweentheendstationandthenetwork.All othertrafficisdiscarded.Whenauserisintheunauthenticatedstate,anyusertrafficrequesting networkresourceswillnotbeallowed. TologonusingPWA,theusermakesarequestviaawebbrowserforthePWAwebpageoris automaticallyredirectedtothisloginpageafterrequestingaURLinabrowser. Dependingupontheauthenticatedstateoftheuser,aloginpageoralogoutpagewilldisplay. Whenausersubmitsusernameandpassword,theswitchthenauthenticatestheuserviaa preconfiguredRADIUSserver.Iftheloginissuccessful,thentheuserwillbegrantedfullnetwork accessaccordingtotheuserspolicyconfigurationontheswitch.
Note: One user per PWA-configured port can be authenticated on SecureStack B2 devices. Only one method of authentication can be deployed per port.
Purpose
Toreview,enable,disable,andconfigurePortWebAuthentication(PWA).
Commands
For information about... show pwa set pwa show pwa banner set pwa banner clear pwa banner set pwa displaylogo set pwa ipaddress set pwa protocol set pwa guestname clear pwa guestname set pwa guestpassword Refer to page... 16-58 16-59 16-60 16-60 16-61 16-61 16-62 16-62 16-63 16-63 16-64
16-57
show pwa
For information about... set pwa gueststatus set pwa initialize set pwa quietperiod set pwa maxrequest set pwa portcontrol show pwa session set pwa enhancedmode
show pwa
Usethiscommandtodisplayportwebauthenticationinformationforoneormoreports.
Syntax
show pwa [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysPWAinformationforspecificport(s).
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,PWAinformationwillbedisplayedforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPWAinformationforge.2.1:
B2(su)->show pwa ge.2.1 PWA Status PWA IP Address PWA Protocol PWA Enhanced Mode PWA Logo PWA Guest Networking Status PWA Guest Name PWA Redirect Time Port Mode -------- ---------------ge.2.1 disabled enabled 192.168.62.99 PAP N/A enabled disabled guest N/A QuietPeriod ----------60 MaxReq --------16
AuthStatus -------------disconnected
Table 1655providesanexplanationofthecommandoutput.
16-58
Security Configuration
set pwa
Table 16-55
Output PWA Status
PWA IP Address
PWA Protocol
PWA Guest Password PWA Redirect Time Port Mode Auth Status Quiet Period
MaxReq
set pwa
Usethiscommandtoenableordisableportwebauthentication.
Syntax
set pwa {enable | disable}
16-59
Parameters
enable|disable Enablesordisablesportwebauthentication.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoenableportwebauthentication:
B2(su)->set pwa enable
Syntax
show pwa banner
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaythePWAloginbanner:
B2(su)->show pwa banner Welcome to Enterasys Networks
Syntax
set pwa banner string
Parameters
string SpecifiesthePWAloginbanner.
16-60
Security Configuration
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAloginbannertoWelcometoEnterasysNetworks:
B2(su)->set pwa banner Welcome to Enterasys Networks
Syntax
clear pwa banner
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoresetthePWAloginbannertoablankstring
B2(su)->clear pwa banner
Syntax
set pwa displaylogo {display | hide}
Parameters
display|hide DisplaysorhidestheEnterasysNetworkslogowhenthePWAwebsite displays.
Defaults
None.
16-61
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtohidetheEnterasysNetworkslogo:
B2(su)->set pwa displaylogo hide
Syntax
set pwa ipaddress ip-address
Parameters
ipaddress SpecifiesagloballyuniqueIPaddress.Thissamevaluemustbe configuredintoeveryauthenticatingswitchinthedomain.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetaPWAIPaddressof1.2.3.4:
B2(su)->set pwa ipaddress 1.2.3.4
Syntax
set pwa protocol {chap | pap}
Parameters
chap|pap SetsthePWAprotocolto: CHAP(PPPChallengeHandshakeProtocol)encryptstheusername andpasswordbetweentheendstationandtheswitchport. PAP(PasswordAuthenticationProtocoldoesnotprovideany encryptionbetweentheendstationtheswitchport.
Defaults
None.
16-62 Security Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetathePWAprotocoltoCHAP:
B2(su)->set pwa protocol chap
Syntax
set pwa guestname name
Parameters
name Specifiesaguestusername.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAguestusernametoguestuser:
B2(su)->set pwa guestname guestuser
Syntax
clear pwa guestname
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
16-63
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoclearthePWAguestusername
B2(su)->clear pwa guestname
Syntax
set pwa guestpassword
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
PWAwillusethispasswordandtheguestusernametograntnetworkaccesstoguestswithout establishedloginnamesandpasswords.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAguestuserpasswordname:
B2(su)->set pwa guestpassword Guest Password: ********* Retype Guest Password: *********
Syntax
set pwa gueststatus {authnone | authradius | disable}
Parameters
authnone authradius Enablesguestnetworkingwithnoauthenticationmethod. EnablesguestnetworkingwithRADIUSauthentication.Uponsuccessful authenticationfromRADIUS,PWAwillapplythepolicyreturnedfrom RADIUStothePWAport. Disablesguestnetworking.
disable
Defaults
None.
16-64 Security Configuration
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Usage
PWAwilluseaguestpasswordandguestusernametograntnetworkaccesswithdefaultpolicy privilegestouserswithoutestablishedloginnamesandpasswords.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePWAguestnetworkingwithRADIUSauthentication:
B2(su)->set pwa guestnetworking authradius
Syntax
set pwa initialize [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)Initializesspecificport(s).Foradetaileddescriptionofpossible portstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsedintheCLIon page 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,allportswillbeinitialized.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
Thisexampleshowshowtoinitializeportsge.1.57:
B2(su)->set pwa initialize ge.1.5-7
Syntax
set pwa quietperiod time [port-string]
16-65
Parameters
time portstring Specifiesquiettimeinseconds. (Optional)Setsthequietperiodforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,quietperiodwillbesetforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAquietperiodto30secondsforportsge.1.57:
B2(su)->set pwa quietperiod 30 ge.1.5-7
Syntax
set pwa maxrequests requests [port-string]
Parameters
maxrequests portstring Specifiesthemaximumnumberoflogonattempts. (Optional)Setsthemaximumrequestsforspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,maximumrequestswillbesetforallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
16-66
Security Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtosetthePWAmaximumrequeststo3forallports:
B2(su)->set pwa maxrequests 3
Syntax
set pwa portcontrol {enable | disable} [port-string]
Parameters
enable|disable portstring EnablesordisablesPWAonspecifiedports. (Optional)Setsthecontrolmodeonspecificport(s).Foradetailed descriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortStringSyntaxUsed intheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,PWAwillenabledonallports.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePWAonports122:
B2(su)->set pwa portcontrol enable ge.1.1-22
Syntax
show pwa session [port-string]
Parameters
portstring (Optional)DisplaysPWAsessioninformationforspecificport(s).Fora detaileddescriptionofpossibleportstringvalues,refertoPortString SyntaxUsedintheCLIonpage 52.
Defaults
Ifportstringisnotspecified,sessioninformationforallportswillbedisplayed.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
16-67
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplayPWAsessioninformation:
B2(su)->show pwa session Port MAC -------- ----------------ge.2.19 00-c0-4f-20-05-4b ge.2.19 00-c0-4f-24-51-70 ge.2.19 00-00-f8-78-9c-a7 IP --------------172.50.15.121 172.50.15.120 172.50.15.61 User ------------pwachap10 pwachap1 pwachap11 Duration -----------0,14:46:55 0,15:43:30 0,14:47:58 Status --------active active active
Syntax
set pwa enhancedmode {enable | disable}
Parameters
enable|disable EnablesordisablesPWAenhancedmode.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
16-68
Security Configuration
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoenablePWAenhancedmode:
B2(su)->set pwa enhancedmode enable
Commands
For information about... show ssh status set ssh set ssh hostkey Refer to page... 16-69 16-69 16-70
Syntax
show ssh status
Parameters
None.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readonly.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisplaySSHstatusontheswitch:
B2(su)->show ssh status SSH Server status: Disabled
set ssh
Usethiscommandtoenable,disableorreinitializeSSHserverontheswitch.Bydefault,theSSH serverisdisabled.
16-69
Syntax
set ssh {enable | disable | reinitialize}
Parameters
enable|disable reinitialize EnablesordisablesSSH,orreinitializestheSSHserver. ReinitializestheSSHserver.
Defaults
None.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtodisableSSH:
B2(su)->set ssh disable
Syntax
set ssh hostkey [reinitialize]
Parameters
reinitialize (Optional)Reinitializestheserverhostauthenticationkeys.
Defaults
Ifreinitializeisnotspecified,theusermustsupplySSHauthenticationkeyvalues.
Mode
Switchcommand,readwrite.
Example
ThisexampleshowshowtoregenerateSSHkeys:
B2(su)->set ssh hostkey reinitialize
16-70
Security Configuration
Index
Numerics
802.1D 7-1 802.1p 10-15, 11-1 802.1Q 8-1 802.1s 7-1 802.1w 7-1 802.1x 16-5, 16-17 DHCP server, configuring 15-1 Differentiated Services adding classes to policies 9-11 assigning policies to service ports 9-15 configuring policies 9-9 creating classes and matching conditions 9-2 deleting classes 9-4 deleting policies 9-10 displaying class information 9-3 displaying status information 9-2 globally enabling or disabling 9-1 marking packets 9-11 matching classes to conditions 9-5 setting policing styles for policies 9-12 Diffserv, see Differentiated Services Dynamic policy profile assignment 16-2
K
Keyword Lookups 1-7
L
licenses activating 3-26 license key field descriptions 3-26 procedure for stack environment 3-27 Line Editing Commands 1-9 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) configuring 4-13 LLDP configuring 4-13 LLDP-MED configuring 4-14 Lockout set system 3-6 Logging 13-1 Login administratively configured 1-6 default 1-6 setting accounts 3-1 via Telnet 1-5
A
Advertised Ability 5-13 Alias node 13-32 Authentication EAPOL 16-17 MAC 16-19 Port web 16-57 RADIUS server 16-5, 16-8 SSH 16-70 Auto-negotiation 5-13
B
banner motd 3-20 Baud Rate 3-26 Broadcast suppression, enabling on ports 5-27
E
EAP pass-through 16-2, 16-13 EAPOL 16-17
C
CDP Discovery Protocol 4-1 Cisco Discovery Protocol 4-6 Class of Service 10-7, 10-11, 10-15 to 10-21, 11-1 Classification Policies 10-1 Clearing NVRAM 3-51 CLI closing 3-49 scrolling screens 1-8 starting 1-5 Command History Buffer 13-11, 13-12 Command Line Interface. See also CLI Configuration clearing switch parameters 3-51 Configuration Files copying 3-45 deleting 3-46 displaying 3-44 executing 3-45 show running config 3-46 Contexts (SNMP) 6-3 Copying Configuration or Image Files 3-45 Cost Spanning Tree port 7-37
F
Flow Control 5-17 Forbidden VLAN port 8-13
M
MAC Addresses displaying 13-18 MAC Authentication 16-19 MAC Locking 16-46 maximum static entries 16-52 static 16-52 Management VLAN 8-1 motd 3-20 Multicast Filtering 12-1 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) 7-1
G
Getting Help xxi GVRP enabling and disabling 8-22 purpose of 8-19 timer 8-23
H
Hardware show system 3-12, 3-21 Help keyword lookups 1-7 Host VLAN 8-16
N
Name setting for a VLAN 8-5 setting for the system 3-22 Network Management addresses and routes 13-15 monitoring switch events and status 13-11 Node Alias 13-32 NVRAM clearing 3-51
I
ICMP 13-13 IGMP 12-1 enabling and disabling 12-2 Image File copying 3-45 downloading 3-34 Ingress Filtering 8-6, 8-9 IP routes, managing in switch mode 13-15
P
Password aging 3-5 history 3-5, 3-6 set new 3-4 setting the login 3-4 Ping 13-13
D
Defaults CLI behavior, described 1-6 factory installed 1-2
J
Jumbo Frame Support 5-11
Index-1
Policy Management assigning ports 10-14 classifying to a VLAN or Class of Service 10-7, 10-11 dynamic assignment of profiles 16-2 profiles 10-1, 10-15 Port Mirroring 5-29 Port Priority configuring 11-1 Port String syntax used in the CLI 5-2 Port Trunking 5-32 Port web authentication configuring 16-57 Port(s) alias 5-8 assignment scheme 5-2 auto-negotiation and advertised ability 5-13 broadcast suppression 5-27 counters, reviewing statistics 5-5 duplex mode, setting 5-9 flow control 5-17 link flap about 5-19 configuration defaults 5-21 configuring 5-20 link traps, configuring 5-18 MAC lock 16-49 priority, configuring 11-1 speed, setting 5-9 status, reviewing 5-3 Power over Ethernet (PoE), configuring 3-31 Priority to Transmit Queue Mapping 11-4 Prompt set 3-19 PWA 16-57
downloading upgrades via 3-34 show system utilization cpu 3-13 SNMP access rights 6-15 accessing in router mode 6-3 enabling on the switch 6-17 MIB views 6-18 notification parameters 6-28 notify filters 6-28 security models and levels 6-2 statistics 6-3 target addresses 6-25 target parameters 6-22 trap configuration example 6-36 users, groups and communities 6-7 SNTP 13-25 Spanning Tree 7-1 backup root 7-21 bridge parameters 7-3 features 7-2 port parameters 7-31 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 7-1 SSL WebView 3-54 stacks installing units 2-2 operation 2-1 virtual switch configuration 2-4 Syslog 13-1 System Information displaying basic 3-11 setting basic 3-8
authentication 16-41, 16-45 classifying to 10-7, 10-11 creating static 8-4 dynamic egress 8-16 egress lists 8-12, 16-44 enabling GVRP 8-18 forbidden ports 8-13 host, setting 8-16 ingress filtering 8-6 naming 8-5 RADIUS 16-41 secure management, creating 8-1
W
WebView 1-2, 3-52 WebView SSL 3-54
T
Technical Support xxi Telnet disconnecting 13-14 enabling in switch mode 3-38 Terminal Settings 3-23 TFTP downloading firmware upgrades via 3-34 Timeout CLI, system 3-25 RADIUS 16-5 Trap SNMP configuration example 6-36 Tunnel Attributes RFC 3580 RADIUS attributes 16-41
R
RADIUS 16-3 realm 16-6 RADIUS Filter-ID 16-2 attribute formats 16-3 RADIUS server 16-5, 16-8 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 7-1 Rate Limiting 11-9 Related Manuals xx Reset 3-51 RFC 3580 16-41
U
User Accounts default 1-6 setting 3-1
S
Scrolling Screens 1-8 Secure Shell (SSH) 16-69 enabling 16-69 regenerating new keys 16-70 Security methods, overview of 16-1 Serial Port
V
Version Information 3-21 virtual switch, configuring 2-4 VLANs assigning ingress filtering 8-9 assigning port VLAN IDs 8-6
Index-2